summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/13291-h/13291-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/13291-h/13291-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--old/13291-h/13291-h.htm10314
1 files changed, 10314 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/13291-h/13291-h.htm b/old/13291-h/13291-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11291dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/13291-h/13291-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,10314 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type"
+ content="text/html; charset=us-ascii">
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of the World's Great Men of Music, by Harriette Brower
+</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+ P { text-indent: 1em;
+ margin-top: .75em;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ margin-bottom: .75em; }
+ HR{ border: 0;
+ width: 33%;
+ height: 4px;}
+ PRE{
+ font-size: 100%;
+ margin-left: 1.0em;}
+ PRE.notes{
+ font-size: 80%;}
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The World's Great Men of Music, by Harriette Brower
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The World's Great Men of Music
+ Story-Lives of Master Musicians
+
+Author: Harriette Brower
+
+Release Date: August 25, 2004 [EBook #13291]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WORLD'S GREAT MEN OF MUSIC ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Ronald Holder and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<div align="center">
+<h1>THE WORLD'S GREAT MEN OF MUSIC</h1>
+<br>
+BY
+<br>
+<h3>HARRIETTE BROWER</h3>
+ <i>Author of &quot;Piano Mastery, First and Second Series,&quot; <br>
+ &quot;Home-Help in Music Study,&quot; &quot;Self-Help in Piano Study,&quot; &quot;Vocal Mastery,&quot; etc</i>.</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div align="center">Also Published Under the Title of <br>&quot;Story-Lives of Master Musicians&quot;</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div align="center">1922
+<br>&nbsp;<br>
+FREDERICK A. STOKES COMPANY
+<br>&nbsp;<br>
+Printed in the United States of America
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<a name="FOR"><!-- FOR --></a>
+<h2>
+ FOREWORD
+</h2>
+
+<p>
+The preparation of this volume began with a period of delightful research
+work in a great musical library. As a honey-bee flutters from flower to
+flower, culling sweetness from many blossoms, so the compiler of such
+stories as these must gather facts from many sources&mdash;from biography,
+letters, journals and musical history. Then, impressed with the personality
+and individual achievement of each composer, the author has endeavored to
+present his life story.
+</p>
+<p>
+While the aim has been to make the story-sketches interesting to young
+people, the author hopes that they may prove valuable to musical readers of
+all ages. Students of piano, violin or other instruments need to know how
+the great composers lived their lives. In every musical career described
+in this book, from the old masters represented by Bach and Beethoven to
+the musical prophets of our own day, there is a wealth of inspiration and
+practical guidance for the artist in any field. Through their struggles,
+sorrows and triumphs, divine melody and harmony came into being, which will
+bless the world for all time to come.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="TOC"><!-- TOC --></a>
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p><a href="#FOR">FOREWORD</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_1">I PALESTRINA</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_2">II JOHN SEBASTIAN BACH</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_3">III GEORGE FREDERICK HANDEL</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_4">IV CHRISTOPH WILLIBALD GLUCK</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_5">V JOSEF HAYDN</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_6">VI WOLFGANG MOZART</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_7">VII LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_8">VIII CARL MARIA VON WEBER</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_9">IX FRANZ SCHUBERT</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_10">X FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_11">XI ROBERT SCHUMANN</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_12">XII FREDERIC CHOPIN</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_13">XIII HECTOR BERLIOZ</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_14">XIV FRANZ LISZT</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_15">XV GIUSEPPE VERDI</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_16">XVI RICHARD WAGNER</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_17">XVII C&Eacute;SAR FRANCK</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_18">XVIII JOHANNES BRAHMS</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_19">XIX EDWARD GRIEG</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_20">XX PETER ILYITCH TSCHAIKOWSKY</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_21">XXI EDWARD MACDOWELL</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_22">XXII CLAUDE ACHILLE DEBUSSY</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_23">XXIII ARTURO TOSCANINI</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_24">XXIV LEOPOLD STOKOWSKY</a></p>
+<p><a href="#RULE4_25">XXV SERGE KOUSSEVITZKY</a></p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+
+<div align="center"><h2>
+STORY-LIVES OF<br>
+MASTER MUSICIANS
+</h2></div>
+
+<a name="RULE4_1"><!-- RULE4 1 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+I<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+PALESTRINA
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+To learn something of the life and labors of Palestrina, one of the
+earliest as well as one of the greatest musicians, we must go back in the
+world's history nearly four hundred years. And even then we may not be able
+to discover all the events of his life as some of the records have been
+lost. But we have the main facts, and know that Palestrina's name will
+be revered for all time as the man who strove to make sacred music the
+expression of lofty and spiritual meaning.
+</p>
+<p>
+Upon a hoary spur of the Apennines stands the crumbling town of Palestrina.
+It is very old now; it was old when Rome was young. Four hundred years
+ago Palestrina was dominated by the great castle of its lords, the proud
+Colonnas. Naturally the town was much more important in those days than it
+is to-day.
+</p>
+<p>
+At that time there lived in Palestrina a peasant pair, Sante Pierluigi and
+his wife Maria, who seem to have been an honest couple, and not grindingly
+poor, since the will of Sante's mother has lately been found, in which she
+bequeathed a house in Palestrina to her two sons. Besides this she left
+behind a fine store of bed linen, mattresses and cooking utensils. Maria
+Gismondi also had a little property.
+</p>
+<p>
+To this pair was born, probably in 1526, a boy whom they named Giovanni
+Pierluigi, which means John Peter Louis. This boy, from a tiniest child,
+loved beauty of sight and sound. And this is not at all surprising, for a
+child surrounded from infancy by the natural loveliness and glory of old
+Palestrina, would unconsciously breathe in a sense of beauty and grandeur.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was soon discovered the boy had a voice, and his mother is said to have
+sold some land she owned to provide for her son's musical training.
+</p>
+<p>
+From the rocky heights on which their town was built, the people of
+Palestrina could look across the Campagna&mdash;the great plain between&mdash;and see
+the walls and towers of Rome. At the time of our story, Saint Peter's had
+withstood the sack of the city, which happened a dozen years before, and
+Bramante's vast basilica had already begun to rise. The artistic life of
+Rome was still at high tide, for Raphael had passed away but twenty years
+before, and Michael Angelo was at work on his Last Judgment.
+</p>
+<p>
+Though painting and sculpture flourished, music did not keep pace with
+advance in other arts. The leading musicians were Belgian, Spanish or
+French, and their music did not match the great achievements attained in
+the kindred art of the time&mdash;architecture, sculpture and painting. There
+was needed a new impetus, a vital force. Its rise began when the peasant
+youth John Peter Louis descended from the heights of Palestrina to the
+banks of the Tiber.
+</p>
+<p>
+It is said that Tomasso Crinello was the boy's master; whether this is true
+or not, he was surely trained in the Netherland manner of composition.
+</p>
+<p>
+The youth, whom we shall now call Palestrina, as he is known by the name
+of his birthplace, returned from Rome at the age of eighteen to his native
+town, in 1544, as a practising musician, and took a post at the Cathedral
+of Saint Agapitus. Here he engaged himself for life, to be present every
+day at mass and vespers, and to teach singing to the canons and choristers.
+Thus he spent the early years of his young manhood directing the daily
+services and drumming the rudiments of music into the heads of the little
+choristers. It may have been dry and wearisome labor; but afterward, when
+Palestrina began to reform the music of the church, it must have been of
+great advantage to him to know so absolutely the liturgy, not only of Saint
+Peter's and Saint John Lateran, but also that in the simple cathedral of
+his own small hill-town.
+</p>
+<p>
+Young Palestrina, living his simple, busy life in his home town, never
+dreamed he was destined to become a great musician. He married in 1548,
+when he was about twenty-two. If he had wished to secure one of the great
+musical appointments in Rome, it was a very unwise thing for him to marry,
+for single singers were preferred in nine cases out of ten. Palestrina did
+not seem to realize this danger to a brilliant career, and took his bride,
+Lucrezia, for pure love. She seems to have been a person after his own
+heart, besides having a comfortable dowry of her own. They had a happy
+union, which lasted for more than thirty years.
+</p>
+<p>
+Although he had agreed to remain for life at the cathedral church of Saint
+Agapitus, it seems that such contracts could be broken without peril. Thus,
+after seven years of service, he once more turned his steps toward the
+Eternal City.
+</p>
+<p>
+He returned to Rome as a recognized musician. In 1551 he became master of
+the Capella Giulia, at the modest salary of six scudi a month, something
+like ten dollars. But the young chapel master seemed satisfied. Hardly
+three years after his arrival had elapsed, when he had written and printed
+a book containing five masses, which he dedicated to Pope Julius III. This
+act pleased the pontiff, who, in January, 1555, appointed Palestrina one of
+the singers of the Sistine Chapel, with an increased salary.
+</p>
+<p>
+It seems however, that the Sistine singers resented the appointment of a
+new member, and complained about it. Several changes in the Papal chair
+occurred at this time, and when Paul IV, as Pope, came into power, he began
+at once with reforms. Finding that Palestrina and two other singers were
+married men, he put all three out, though granting an annuity of six scudi
+a month for each.
+</p>
+<p>
+The loss of this post was a great humiliation, which Palestrina found it
+hard to endure. He fell ill at this time, and the outlook was dark indeed,
+with a wife and three little children to provide for.
+</p>
+<p>
+But the clouds soon lifted. Within a few weeks after this unfortunate
+event, the rejected singer of the Sistine Chapel was created Chapel Master
+of Saint John Lateran, the splendid basilica, where the young Orlandus
+Lassus had so recently directed the music. As Palestrina could still keep
+his six scudi pension, increased with the added salary of the new position,
+he was able to establish his family in a pretty villa on the Coelian Hill,
+where he could be near his work at the Lateran, but far enough removed from
+the turmoil of the city to obtain the quiet he desired, and where he lived
+in tranquillity for the next five years.
+</p>
+<p>
+Palestrina spent forty-four years of his life in Rome. All the eleven popes
+who reigned during this long period honored Palestrina as a great musician.
+Marcellus II spent a part of his three weeks' reign in showing kindness
+to the young Chapel master, which the composer returned by naming for this
+pontiff a famous work, &quot;Mass of Pope Marcellus.&quot; Pius IV, who was in power
+when the mass was performed, praised it eloquently, saying John Peter Louis
+of Palestrina was a new John, bringing down to the church militant the
+harmonies of that &quot;new song&quot; which John the Apostle heard in the Holy City.
+The musician-pope, Gregory XIII, to whom Palestrina dedicated his grandest
+motets, entrusted him with the sacred task of revising the ancient chant.
+Pope Sixtus V greatly praised his beautiful mass, &quot;Assumpta est Maria&quot; and
+promoted him to higher honors.
+</p>
+<p>
+With this encouragement and patronage, Palestrina labored five years at
+the Lateran, ten years at Santa Maria Maggiore and twenty three at Saint
+Peter's. At the last named it was his second term, of course, but it
+continued from 1571 to his death. He was happy in his work, in his home and
+in his friends. He also saved quite a little money and was able to give his
+daughter-in-law, in 1577, 1300 scudi; he is known indeed, to have bought
+land, vineyards and houses in and about Rome.
+</p>
+<p>
+All was not a life of sunshine for Palestrina, for he suffered many
+domestic sorrows. His three promising sons died one after another. They
+were talented young men, who might have followed in the footsteps of their
+distinguished father. In 1580 his wife died also. Yet neither poignant
+sorrow, worldly glory nor ascetic piety blighted his homely affections. At
+the Jubilee of Pope Gregory XIII, in 1575, when 1500 pilgrims from the
+town of Palestrina descended the hills on the way to Rome, it was their
+old townsman, Giovanni Pierluigi, who led their songs, as they entered
+the Eternal City, their maidens clad in white robes, and their young men
+bearing olive branches.
+</p>
+<p>
+It is said of Palestrina that he became the &quot;savior of church music,&quot; at a
+time when it had almost been decided to banish all music from the service
+except the chant, because so many secular subjects had been set to music
+and used in church. Things had come to a very difficult pass, until at last
+the fathers turned to Palestrina, desiring him to compose a mass in which
+sacred words should be heard throughout. Palestrina, deeply realizing
+his responsibility, wrote not only one but three, which, on being heard,
+pleased greatly by their piety, meekness, and beautiful spirit. Feeling
+more sure of himself, Palestrina continued to compose masses, until he
+had created ninety-three in all. He also wrote many motets on the Song of
+Solomon, his Stabat Mater, which was edited two hundred and fifty years
+later by Richard Wagner, and his lamentations, which were composed at the
+request of Sixtus V.
+</p>
+<p>
+Palestrina's end came February 2, 1594. He died in Rome, a devout
+Christian, and on his coffin were engraved the simple but splendid words:
+&quot;Prince of Music.&quot;
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_2"><!-- RULE4 2 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+II<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+JOHN SEBASTIAN BACH
+</h3><br>
+<img src="images/gmm009.jpg" alt="Johann Sebastian Bach" width="414" height="593" border="0">
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Away back in 1685, almost two hundred and fifty years ago, one of the
+greatest musicians of the world first saw the light, in the little town of
+Eisenach, nestling on the edge of the Thuringen forest. The long low-roofed
+cottage where little Johann Sebastian Bach was born, is still standing, and
+carefully preserved.
+</p>
+<p>
+The name Bach belonged to a long race of musicians, who strove to elevate
+the growing art of music. For nearly two hundred years there had been
+organists and composers in the family; Sebastian's father, Johann Ambrosius
+Bach was organist of the Lutheran Church in Eisenach, and naturally a love
+of music was fostered in the home. It is no wonder that little Sebastian
+should have shown a fondness for music almost from infancy. But, beyond
+learning the violin from his father, he had not advanced very far in his
+studies, when, in his tenth year he lost both his parents and was taken
+care of by his brother Christoph, fourteen years older, a respectable
+musician and organist in a neighboring town. To give his little brother
+lessons on the clavier, and send him to the Lyceum to learn Latin, singing
+and other school subjects seemed to Christoph to include all that could
+be expected of him. That his small brother possessed musical genius of the
+highest order, was an idea he could not grasp; or if he did, he repressed
+the boy with indifference and harsh treatment.
+</p>
+<p>
+Little Sebastian suffered in silence from this coldness. Fortunately the
+force of his genius was too great to be crushed. He knew all the simple
+pieces by heart, which his brother set for his lessons, and he longed for
+bigger things. There was a book of manuscript music containing pieces by
+Buxtehude and Frohberger, famous masters of the time, in the possession of
+Christoph. Sebastian greatly desired to play the pieces in that book, but
+his brother kept it under lock and key in his cupboard, or bookcase. One
+day the child mustered courage to ask permission to take the book for a
+little while. Instead of yielding to the boy's request Christoph became
+angry, told him not to imagine he could study such masters as Buxtehude and
+Frohberger, but should be content to get the lessons assigned him.
+</p>
+<p>
+The injustice of this refusal fired Sebastian with the determination to
+get possession of the coveted book at all costs. One moonlight night, long
+after every one had retired, he decided to put into execution a project he
+had dreamed of for some time.
+</p>
+<p>
+Creeping noiselessly down stairs he stood before the bookcase and sought
+the precious volume. There it was with the names of the various musicians
+printed in large letters on the back in his brother's handwriting. To get
+his small hands between the bars and draw the book outward took some time.
+But how to get it out. After much labor he found one bar weaker than the
+others, which could be bent.
+</p>
+<p>
+When at last the book was in his hands, he clasped it to his breast and
+hurried quickly back to his chamber. Placing the book on a table in front
+of the window, where the moonlight fell full upon it, he took pen and music
+paper and began copying out the pieces in the book.
+</p>
+<p>
+This was but the beginning of nights of endless toil. For six months
+whenever there were moonlight nights, Sebastian was at the window working
+at his task with passionate eagerness.
+</p>
+<p>
+At last it was finished, and Sebastian in the joy of possessing it for his
+very own, crept into bed without the precaution of putting away all traces
+of his work. Poor boy, he had to pay dearly for his forgetfulness. As he
+lay sleeping, Christoph, thinking he heard sounds in his brother's room,
+came to seek the cause. His glance, as he entered the room, fell on the
+open books. There was no pity in his heart for all this devoted labor, only
+anger that he had been outwitted by his small brother. He took both books
+away and hid them in a place where Sebastian could never find them. But
+he did not reflect that the boy had the memory of all this beautiful
+music indelibly printed on his mind, which helped him to bear the bitter
+disappointment of the loss of his work.
+</p>
+<p>
+When he was fifteen Sebastian left his brother's roof and entered the Latin
+school connected with the Church of St. Michael at L&uuml;neburg. It was found
+he had a beautiful soprano voice, which placed him with the scholars who
+were chosen to sing in the church service in return for a free education.
+There were two church schools in L&uuml;neburg, and the rivalry between them
+was so keen, that when the scholars sang in the streets during the winter
+months to collect money for their support, the routes for each had to be
+carefully marked out, to prevent collision.
+</p>
+<p>
+Soon after he entered St. Michael's, Bach lost his beautiful soprano voice;
+his knowledge of violin and clavier, however, enabled him to keep his place
+in the school. The boy worked hard at his musical studies, giving his spare
+time to the study of the best composers. He began to realize that he cared
+more for the organ than for any other instrument; indeed his love for
+it became a passion. He was too poor to take lessons, for he was almost
+entirely self-dependent&mdash;a penniless scholar, living on the plainest of
+fare, yet determined to gain a knowledge of the music he longed for.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of the great organists of the time was Johann Adam Reinken. When
+Sebastian learned that this master played the organ in St. Katharine's
+Church in Hamburg, he determined to walk the whole distance thither to hear
+him. Now Hamburg was called in those days the &quot;Paradise of German music,&quot;
+and was twenty-five good English miles from the little town of L&uuml;neburg,
+but what did that matter to the eager lad? Obstacles only fired him to
+strive the harder for what he desired to attain.
+</p>
+<p>
+The great joy of listening to such a master made him forget the long tramp
+and all the weariness, and spurred him on to repeat the journey whenever he
+had saved a few shillings to pay for food and lodging. On one occasion
+he lingered a little longer in Hamburg than usual, until his funds were
+well-nigh exhausted, and before him was the long walk without any food. As
+he trudged along he came upon a small inn, from the open door of which
+came a delightful savory odor. He could not resist looking in through the
+window. At that instant a window above was thrown open and a couple of
+herrings' heads were tossed into the road. The herring is a favorite
+article of food in Germany and poor Sebastian was glad to pick up these
+bits to satisfy the cravings of hunger. What was his surprise on pulling
+the heads to pieces to find each one contained a Danish ducat. When he
+recovered from his astonishment, he entered the inn and made a good meal
+with part of the money; the rest ensured another visit to Hamburg.
+</p>
+<p>
+After remaining three years in L&uuml;neburg, Bach secured a post as violinist
+in the private band of Prince Johann Ernst of Saxe-Weimar; but this was
+only to fill the time till he could find a place to play the instrument he
+so loved. An opportunity soon came. The old Thuringian town Arnstadt had a
+new church and a fine new organ. The consistory of the church were
+looking for a capable organist and Bach's request to be allowed to try the
+instrument was readily granted.
+</p>
+<p>
+As soon as they heard him play they offered him the post, with promise
+of increasing the salary by a contribution from the town funds. Bach thus
+found himself at the age of eighteen installed as organist at a salary
+of fifty florins, with thirty thalers in addition for board and lodging,
+equal, all in all, to less than fifty dollars. In those days this amount
+was considered a fair sum for a young player. On August 14, 1703, the young
+organist entered upon his duties, promising solemnly to be diligent and
+faithful to all requirements.
+</p>
+<p>
+The requirements of the post fortunately left him plenty of leisure to
+study. Up to this time he had done very little composing, but now he set
+about teaching himself the art of composition.
+</p>
+<p>
+The first thing he did was to take a number of concertos written for the
+violin by Vivaldi, and set them for the harpsichord. In this way he learned
+to express himself and to attain facility in putting his thoughts on paper
+without first playing them on an instrument. He worked alone in this way
+with no assistance from any one, and often studied till far into the night
+to perfect himself in this branch of his art.
+</p>
+<p>
+From the very beginning, his playing on the new organ excited admiration,
+but his artistic temperament frequently threatened to be his undoing.
+For the young enthusiast was no sooner seated at the organ to conduct the
+church music than he forgot that the choir and congregation were depending
+on him and would begin to improvise at such length that the singing had to
+stop altogether, while the people listened in mute admiration. Of course
+there were many disputes between the new organist and the elders of the
+church, but they overlooked his vagaries because of his genius.
+</p>
+<p>
+Yet he must have been a trial to that well-ordered body. Once he asked for
+a month's leave of absence to visit L&uuml;beck, where the celebrated Buxtehude
+was playing the organ in the Marien Kirche during Advent. L&uuml;beck was fifty
+miles from Arnstadt, but the courageous boy made the entire journey on
+foot. He enjoyed the music at L&uuml;beck so much that he quite forgot his
+promise to return in one month until he had stayed three. His pockets being
+quite empty, he thought for the first time of returning to his post. Of
+course there was trouble on his return, but the authorities retained him in
+spite of all, for the esteem in which they held his gifts.
+</p>
+<p>
+Bach soon began to find Arnstadt too small and narrow for his soaring
+desires. Besides, his fame was growing and his name becoming known in the
+larger, adjacent towns. When he was offered the post of organist at St.
+Blasius at M&uuml;lhausen, near Eisenach, he accepted at once. He was told he
+might name his own salary. If Bach had been avaricious he could have asked
+a large sum, but he modestly named the small amount he had received at
+Arnstadt with the addition of certain articles of food which should be
+delivered at his door, gratis.
+</p>
+<p>
+Bach's prospects were now so much improved that he thought he might make a
+home for himself. He had fallen in love with a cousin, Maria Bach, and they
+were married October 17, 1707.
+</p>
+<p>
+The young organist only remained in M&uuml;lhausen a year, for he received a
+more important offer. He was invited to play before Duke Wilhelm Ernst of
+Weimar, and hastened thither, hoping this might lead to an appointment at
+Court. He was not disappointed, for the Duke was so delighted with Bach's
+playing that he at once offered him the post of Court organist.
+</p>
+<p>
+A wider outlook now opened for Sebastian Bach, who had all his young life
+struggled with poverty and privation. He was now able to give much time to
+composition, and began to write those masterpieces for the organ which have
+placed his name on the highest pinnacle in the temple of music.
+</p>
+<p>
+In his comfortable Weimar home the musician had the quiet and leisure that
+he needed to perfect his art on all sides, not only in composition but
+in organ and harpsichord playing. He felt that he had conquered all
+difficulties of both instruments, and one day boasted to a friend that he
+could play any piece, no matter how difficult, at sight, without a mistake.
+In order to test this statement the friend invited him to breakfast shortly
+after. On the harpsichord were several pieces of music, one of which,
+though apparently simple, was really very difficult. His host left the room
+to prepare the breakfast, while Bach began to try over the music. All went
+well until he came to the difficult piece which he began quite boldly
+but stuck in the middle. It went no better after several attempts. As his
+friend entered, bringing the breakfast, Bach exclaimed:&mdash;&quot;You are right.
+One cannot play everything perfectly at sight,&mdash;it is impossible!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Duke Wilhelm Ernst, in 1714, raised him to the position of Head-Concert
+Master, a position which offered added privileges. Every autumn he used his
+annual vacation in traveling to the principal towns to give performances
+on organ and clavier. By such means he gained a great reputation both as
+player and composer.
+</p>
+<p>
+On one of these tours he arrived in Dresden in time to learn of a French
+player who had just come to town. Jean Marchand had won a great reputation
+in France, where he was organist to the King at Versailles, and regarded
+as the most fashionable musician of the day. All this had made him very
+conceited and overbearing. Every one was discussing the Frenchman's
+wonderful playing and it was whispered he had been offered an appointment
+in Dresden.
+</p>
+<p>
+The friends of Bach proposed that he should engage Marchand in a contest,
+to defend the musical honor of the German nation. Both musicians were
+willing; the King promised to attend.
+</p>
+<p>
+The day fixed for the trial arrived; a brilliant company assembled. Bach
+made his appearance, and all was ready, but the adversary failed to come.
+After a considerable delay it was learned that Marchand had fled the city.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1717, on his return from Dresden, Bach was appointed Capellmeister to
+the young Prince Leopold of Anhalt-C&ouml;then. The Prince was an enthusiastic
+lover of music, and at C&ouml;then Bach led a happy, busy life. The Prince often
+journeyed to different towns to gratify his taste for music, and always
+took Bach with him. On one of these trips he was unable to receive the
+news that his wife had suddenly passed away, and was buried before he could
+return to C&ouml;then. This was a severe blow to the whole family.
+</p>
+<p>
+Four years afterward, Bach married again, Anna Magdalena W&uuml;lkens was in
+every way suited for a musician's wife, and for her he composed many of the
+delightful dances which we now so greatly enjoy. He also wrote a number of
+books of studies for his wife and his sons, several of whom later became
+good musicians and composers.
+</p>
+<p>
+Perhaps no man ever led a more crowded life, though outwardly a quiet one.
+He never had an idle moment. When not playing, composing or teaching, he
+would be found engraving music on copper, since that work was costly in
+those days. Or he would be manufacturing some kind of musical instrument.
+At least two are known to be of his invention.
+</p>
+<p>
+Bach began to realize that the C&ouml;then post, while it gave him plenty of
+leisure for his work, did not give him the scope he needed for his art. The
+Prince had lately married, and did not seem to care as much for music as
+before.
+</p>
+<p>
+The wider opportunity which Bach sought came when he was appointed director
+of music in the churches of St. Thomas and St. Nicholas in Leipsic, and
+Cantor of the Thomas-Schule there. With the Leipsic period Bach entered
+the last stage of his career, for he retained this post for the rest of
+his life. He labored unceasingly, in spite of many obstacles and petty
+restrictions, to train the boys under his care, and raise the standard of
+musical efficiency in the Schule, as choirs of both churches were recruited
+from the scholars of the Thomas School.
+</p>
+<p>
+During the twenty-seven years of life in Leipsic, Bach wrote some of his
+greatest works, such as the Oratorios of St. Matthew and St. John, and
+the Mass in B Minor. It was the Passion according to St. Matthew that
+Mendelssohn, about a hundred years later discovered, studied with so much
+zeal, and performed in Berlin, with so much devotion and success.
+</p>
+<p>
+Bach always preferred a life of quiet and retirement; simplicity had ever
+been his chief characteristic. He was always very religious; his greatest
+works voice the noblest sentiments of exaltation.
+</p>
+<p>
+Bach's modesty and retiring disposition is illustrated by the following
+little incident. Carl Philip Emmanuel, his third son, was cembalist in the
+royal orchestra of Frederick the Great. His Majesty was very fond of music
+and played the flute to some extent. He had several times sent messages to
+Bach by Philip Emmanuel, that he would like to see him. But Bach, intent on
+his work, ignored the royal favor, until he finally received an imperative
+command, which could not be disobeyed. He then, with his son Friedmann, set
+out for Potsdam.
+</p>
+<p>
+The King was about to begin the evening's music when he learned that Bach
+had arrived. With a smile he turned to his musicians: &quot;Gentlemen, old Bach
+has come.&quot; Bach was sent for at once, without having time to change his
+traveling dress. His Majesty received him with great kindness and respect,
+and showed him through the palace, where he must try the Silbermann
+pianofortes, of which there were several. Bach improvised on each and the
+King gave a theme which he treated as a fantasia, to the astonishment
+of all. Frederick next asked him to play a six part fugue, and then
+Bach improvised one on a theme of his own. The King clapped his hands,
+exclaiming over and over, &quot;Only one Bach! Only one Bach!&quot; It was a great
+evening for the master, and one he never forgot.
+</p>
+<p>
+Just after completing his great work, The Art of Fugue, Bach became totally
+blind, due no doubt, to the great strain he had always put upon his eyes,
+in not only writing his own music, but in copying out large works of the
+older masters. Notwithstanding this handicap he continued at work up to
+the very last. On the morning of the day on which he passed away, July
+28, 1750, he suddenly regained his sight. A few hours later he became
+unconscious and passed in sleep.
+</p>
+<p>
+Bach was laid to rest in the churchyard of St. John's at Leipsic, but no
+stone marks his resting place. Only the town library register tells that
+Johann Sebastian Bach, Musical Director and Singing Master of the St.
+Thomas School, was carried to his grave July 30, 1750.
+</p>
+<p>
+But the memory of Bach is enduring, his fame immortal and the love his
+beautiful music inspires increases from year to year, wherever that music
+is known, all over the world.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_3"><!-- RULE4 3 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+III<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+GEORGE FREDERICK HANDEL
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+While little Sebastian Bach was laboriously copying out music by pale
+moonlight, because of his great love for it, another child of the same age
+was finding the greatest happiness of his life seated before an old spinet,
+standing in a lumber garret. He was trying to make music from those half
+dumb keys. No one had taught him how to play; it was innate genius that
+guided his little hands to find the right harmonies and bring melody out of
+the old spinet.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy's name was George Frederick Handel, and he was born in the
+German town of Halle, February 23, 1685. Almost from infancy he showed a
+remarkable fondness for music. His toys must be able to produce musical
+sounds or he did not care for them. The child did not inherit a love for
+music from his father, for Dr. Handel, who was a surgeon, looked on music
+with contempt, as something beneath the notice of a gentleman. He had
+decided his son was to be a lawyer, and refused to allow him to attend
+school for fear some one might teach him his notes. The mother was a sweet
+gentle woman, a second wife, and much younger than her husband, who seemed
+to have ruled his household with a rod of iron.
+</p>
+<p>
+When little George was about five, a kind friend, who knew how he longed to
+make music, had a spinet sent to him unbeknown to his father, and placed
+in a corner of the old garret. Here the child loved to come when he could
+escape notice. Often at night, when all were asleep, he would steal away to
+the garret and work at the spinet, mastering difficulties one by one. The
+strings of the instrument had been wound with cloth to deaden the sound,
+and thus made only a tiny tinkle.
+</p>
+<p>
+After this secret practising had been going on for some time, it was
+discovered one night, when little George was enjoying his favorite pastime.
+He had been missed and the whole house went in search. Finally the father,
+holding high the lantern in his hand and followed by mother and the rest of
+the inmates, reached the garret, and there found the lost child seated at
+his beloved spinet, quite lost to the material world. There is no record of
+any angry outburst on the father's part and it is likely little George was
+left in peace.
+</p>
+<p>
+One day when the boy was seven years old, the father was about to start for
+the castle of the Duke of Saxe-Weissenfels, to see his son, a stepbrother
+of George, who was a <i>valet de chambre</i> to the Duke. Little George
+begged to go too, for he knew there was music to be heard at the castle.
+In spite of his father's refusal he made up his mind to go if he had to run
+every step of the way. So watching his chance, he started to run after the
+coach in which his father rode. The child had no idea it was a distance of
+forty miles. He strove bravely to keep pace with the horses, but the roads
+were rough and muddy. His strength beginning to fail, he called out to the
+coachman to stop. His father, hearing the boy's voice looked out of the
+window. Instead of scolding the little scamp roundly, he was touched by
+his woebegone appearance, had him lifted into the coach and carried on to
+Weissenfels.
+</p>
+<p>
+George enjoyed himself hugely at the castle. The musicians were very kind
+to him, and his delight could hardly be restrained when he was allowed to
+try the beautiful organ in the chapel. The organist stood behind him and
+arranged the stops, and the child put his fingers on the keys that made the
+big pipes speak. During his stay, George had several chances to play; one
+was on a Sunday at the close of the service. The organist lifted him upon
+the bench and bade him play. Instead of the Duke and all his people leaving
+the chapel, they stayed to listen. When the music ceased the Duke asked:
+&quot;Who is that child? Does anybody know his name?&quot; The organist was sent
+for, and then little George was brought. The Duke patted him on the head,
+praised his playing and said he was sure to become a good musician. The
+organist then remarked he had heard the father disapproved of his musical
+studies. The Duke was greatly astonished. He sent for the father and after
+speaking highly of the boy's talent, said that to place any obstacle in the
+child's way would be unworthy of the father's honorable profession.
+</p>
+<p>
+And so it was settled that George Frederick should devote himself to music.
+Frederick Zachau, organist of the cathedral at Halle, was the teacher
+chosen to instruct the boy on the organ, harpsichord and violin. He
+also taught him composition, and showed him how different countries and
+composers differed in their ideas of musical style. Very soon the boy was
+composing the regular weekly service for the church, besides playing the
+organ whenever Zachau happened to be absent. At that time the boy could not
+have been more than eight years old.
+</p>
+<p>
+After three years' hard work his teacher told him he must seek another
+master, as he could teach him nothing more. So the boy was sent to Berlin,
+to continue his studies. Two of the prominent musicians there were Ariosti
+and Buononcini; the former received the boy kindly and gave him great
+encouragement; the other took a dislike to the little fellow, and tried to
+injure him. Pretending to test his musicianship, Buononcini composed a very
+difficult piece for the harpsichord and asked him to play it at sight. This
+the boy did with ease and correctness. The Elector was delighted with the
+little musician, offered him a place at Court and even promised to send
+him to Italy to pursue his studies. Both offers were refused and George
+returned to Halle and to his old master, who was happy to have him back
+once more.
+</p>
+<p>
+Not long after this the boy's father passed away, and as there was but
+little money left for the mother, her son decided at once that he must
+support himself and not deprive her of her small income. He acted as deputy
+organist at the Cathedral and Castle of Halle, and a few years later, when
+the post was vacant, secured it at a salary of less than forty dollars a
+year and free lodging. George Frederick was now seventeen and longed for a
+broader field. Knowing that he must leave Halle to find it, he said
+good-by to his mother, and in January 1703, set out for Hamburg to seek his
+fortune.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Opera House Orchestra needed a supplementary violin. It was a very
+small post, but he took it, pretending not to be able to do anything
+better. However a chance soon came his way to show what he was capable of.
+One day the conductor, who always presided at the harpsichord, was absent,
+and no one was there to take his place. Without delay George came forward
+and took his vacant seat. He conducted so ably, that he secured the
+position for himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+The young musician led a busy life in Hamburg, filled with teaching, study
+and composition. As his fame increased he secured more pupils, and he was
+not only able to support himself, but could send some money to his mother.
+He believed in saving money whenever he could; he knew a man should not
+only be self supporting, but somewhat independent, in order to produce
+works of art.
+</p>
+<p>
+Handel now turned his attention to opera, composing &quot;Almira, Queen of
+Castile,&quot; which was produced in Hamburg early in January 1705. This success
+encouraged him to write others; indeed he was the author of forty operas,
+which are only remembered now by an occasional aria. During these several
+years of hard work he had looked forward to a journey to Italy, for study.
+He was now a composer of some note and decided it was high time to carry
+out his cherished desire.
+</p>
+<p>
+He remained some time in Florence and composed the opera &quot;Rodrigo,&quot; which
+was performed with great success. While in Venice he brought out another
+opera, &quot;Agrippina,&quot; which had even greater success. Rome delighted him
+especially and he returned for a second time in 1709. Here he composed
+his first oratorio, the &quot;Resurrection,&quot; which was produced there. Handel
+returned to Germany the following year. The Elector of Hanover was kind
+to him, and offered him the post of Capellmeister, with a salary of about
+fifteen hundred dollars. He had long desired to visit England, and the
+Elector gave him leave of absence. First, however, he went to Halle to see
+his mother and his old teacher. We can imagine the joy of the meeting, and
+how proud and happy both were at the success of the young musician. After a
+little time spent with his dear ones, he set out for England.
+</p>
+<p>
+Handel came to London, preceded by the fame of his Italian success. Italian
+opera was the vogue just then in the English capital, but it was so badly
+produced that a man of Handel's genius was needed to properly set it before
+the people. He had not been long on English soil when he produced his
+opera &quot;Rinaldo,&quot; at the Queen's Theater; it had taken him just two weeks
+to compose the opera. It had great success and ran night after night. There
+are many beautiful airs in &quot;Rinaldo,&quot; some of which we hear to-day with the
+deepest pleasure. &quot;Lascia ch'jo pianga&quot; and &quot;Cara si's sposa&quot; are two of
+them. The Londoners had welcomed Handel with great cordiality and with
+his new opera he was firmly established in their regard. With the young
+musician likewise there seemed to be a sincere affection for England. He
+returned in due time to his duties in Hanover, but he felt that London was
+the field for his future activities.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was not very long after his return to Germany that he sought another
+leave of absence to visit England, promising to return within a &quot;reasonable
+time.&quot; London received him with open arms and many great people showered
+favors upon him. Lord Burlington invited him to his residence in
+Piccadilly, which at that time consisted of green fields. The only return
+to be made for all this social and home luxury was that he should conduct
+the Earl's chamber concerts. Handel devoted his abundant leisure to
+composition, at which he worked with much ardor. His fame was making
+great strides, and when the Peace of Utrecht was signed and a Thanksgiving
+service was to be held in St. Paul's, he was commissioned to compose a Te
+Deum and Jubilate. To show appreciation for his work and in honor of the
+event, Queen Anne awarded Handel a life pension of a thousand dollars.
+</p>
+<p>
+The death of the Queen, not long after, brought the Elector of Hanover to
+England, to succeed her as George I. It was not likely that King George
+would look with favor on his former Capellmeister, who had so long deserted
+his post. But an opportunity soon came to placate his Majesty. A royal
+entertainment, with decorated barges on the Thames was arranged. An
+orchestra was to furnish the music, and the Lord Chamberlain commissioned
+Handel to compose music for the f&ecirc;te. He wrote a series of pieces, since
+known as &quot;Water Music.&quot; The king was greatly delighted with the music, had
+it repeated, and learning that Handel conducted in person, sent for him,
+forgave all and granted him another pension of a thousand dollars. He was
+also appointed teacher to the daughters of the Prince of Wales, at a salary
+of a thousand a year. With the combined sum (three thousand dollars) which
+he now received, he felt quite independent, indeed a man of means.
+</p>
+<p>
+Not long after this Handel was appointed Chapel master to the Duke of
+Chandos, and was expected to live at the princely mansion he inhabited. The
+size and magnificence of The Cannons was the talk of the country for miles
+around. Here the composer lived and worked, played the organ in the chapel,
+composed church music for the service and wrote his first English oratorio,
+&quot;Esther.&quot; This was performed in the Duke's chapel, and the Duke on this
+occasion handed the composer five thousand dollars. Numerous compositions
+for the harpsichord belong to this period, among them the air and
+variations known as &quot;The Harmonious Blacksmith.&quot; The story goes that Handel
+was walking to Cannons through the village of Edgeware, and being overtaken
+by a heavy shower, sought shelter in the smithy. The blacksmith was singing
+at his work and his hammer kept time with his song. The composer was struck
+with the air and its accompaniment, and as soon as he reached home, wrote
+out the tune with the variations. This story has been disputed, and it is
+not known whether it is true or not.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Handel first came to London, he had done much to encourage the
+production of opera in the Italian style. Later these productions had to
+be given up for lack of money, and the King's Theater remained closed for a
+long time. Finally a number of rich men formed a society to revive opera
+in London. The King subscribed liberally to the venture. Handel was at once
+engaged as composer and impressario. He started work on a new opera and
+when that was well along, set out for Germany, going to Dresden to select
+singers. On his return he stopped at Halle, where his mother was still
+living, but his old teacher had passed away.
+</p>
+<p>
+The new opera &quot;Radamisto&quot; was ready early in 1720, and produced at the
+Royal Academy of Music, as the theater was now called. The success of the
+production was tremendous. But Handel, by his self-will had stirred up envy
+and jealousy, and an opposition party was formed, headed by his old enemy
+from Hamburg, Buononcini, who had come to London to try his fortunes. A
+test opera was planned, of which Handel wrote the third act, Buononcini the
+second and a third musician the first. When the new work was performed,
+the third act was pronounced by the judges much superior to the second. But
+Buononcini's friends would not accept defeat, and the battle between all
+parties was violent. Newspapers were full of it, and many verses were
+written. Handel cared not a whit for all this tempest, but calmly went his
+way.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1723, his opera &quot;Ottone&quot; was to be produced. The great singer Cuzzoni
+had been engaged, but the capricious lady did not arrive in England till
+the rehearsals were far advanced, which of course did not please the
+composer. When she did appear she refused to sing the aria as he had
+composed it. He flew into a rage, took her by the arm and threatened to
+throw her out of the window unless she obeyed. The singer was so frightened
+by his anger that she sang as he directed, and made a great success of the
+aria.
+</p>
+<p>
+Handel's industry in composing for the Royal Academy of Music was untiring.
+For the first eight years from the beginning of the Society's work he had
+composed and produced fourteen operas. During all this time, his enemies
+never ceased their efforts to destroy him. The great expense of operatic
+production, the troubles and quarrels with singers, at last brought the
+Academy to the end of its resources. At this juncture, the famous
+&quot;Beggar's Opera,&quot; by John Gay, was brought out at a rival theater. It was a
+collection of most beautiful melodies from various sources, used with
+words quite unworthy of them. But the fickle public hailed the piece with
+delight, and its success was the means of bringing total failure to the
+Royal Academy. Handel, however, in spite of the schemes of his enemies,
+was determined to carry on the work with his own fortune. He went again to
+Italy to engage new singers, stopping at Halle to see his mother who was
+ill. She passed away the next year at the age of eighty.
+</p>
+<p>
+Handel tried for several years to keep Italian opera going in London, in
+spite of the lack of musical taste and the opposition of his enemies; but
+in 1737, he was forced to give up the struggle. He was deeply in debt, his
+whole fortune of ten thousand pounds had been swept away and his health
+broken by anxiety. He would not give up; after a brief rest, he returned
+to London to begin the conflict anew. The effort to re-awaken the English
+public's interest in Italian opera seemed useless, and the composer at last
+gave up the struggle. He was now fifty-five, and began to think of turning
+his attention to more serious work. Handel has been called the father of
+the oratorio; he composed at least twenty-eight works in this style, the
+best known being &quot;Samson,&quot; &quot;Israel in Egypt,&quot; &quot;Jephtha,&quot; &quot;Saul,&quot; &quot;Judas
+Maccab&aelig;us&quot; and greatest of all, the &quot;Messiah.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The composer conceived the idea of writing the last named work in 1741.
+Towards the end of this year he was invited to visit Ireland to make known
+some of his works. On the way there he was detained at Chester for several
+days by contrary winds. He must have had the score of the &quot;Messiah&quot; with
+him, for he got together some choir boys to try over a few of the choral
+parts. &quot;Can you sing at sight?&quot; was put to each boy before he was asked
+to sing. One broke down at the start. &quot;What de devil you mean!&quot; cried the
+impetuous composer, snatching the music from him. &quot;Didn't you say you could
+sing at sight?&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Yes sir, but not at <i>first</i> sight.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The people of Dublin warmly welcomed Handel, and the new oratorio, the
+&quot;Messiah,&quot; was performed at Music Hall, with choirs of both cathedrals, and
+with some concertos on the organ played by the composer. The performance
+took place, April 13, 1742. Four hundred pounds were realized, which were
+given to charity. The success was so great that a second performance
+was announced. Ladies were requested to come without crinoline, thereby
+providing a hundred more seats than at the first event.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Irish people were so cordial, that the composer remained almost a year
+among them. For it was not till March 23, 1743, that the &quot;Messiah&quot; was
+performed in London. The King was one of the great audience who heard
+it. All were so deeply impressed by the Hallelujah chorus, that with the
+opening words, &quot;For the Lord God omnipotent reigneth,&quot; the whole audience,
+including the King, sprang to their feet, and remained standing through
+the entire chorus. From that time to this it has always been the custom to
+stand during this chorus, whenever it is performed.
+</p>
+<p>
+Once started on this line of thought, one oratorio after another flowed
+from his prolific pen, though none of them proved to be as exalted in
+conception as the &quot;Messiah.&quot; The last work of this style was &quot;Jephtha,&quot;
+which contains the beautiful song, &quot;Waft her, angels.&quot; While engaged in
+composing this oratorio, Handel became blind, but this affliction did
+not seem to lessen his power for work. He was now sixty-eight, and had
+conquered and lived down most of the hostility that had been so bitter
+against him. His fortunes also constantly improved, so that when he passed
+away he left twenty thousand pounds.
+</p>
+<p>
+The great composer was a big man, both physically and mentally. A friend
+describes his countenance as full of fire; &quot;when he smiled it was like the
+sun bursting out of a black cloud. It was a sudden flash of intelligence,
+wit and good humor, which illumined his countenance, which I have hardly
+ever seen in any other.&quot; He could relish a joke, and had a keen sense of
+humor. Few things outside his work interested him; but he was fond of the
+theater, and liked to go to picture sales. His fiery temper often led him
+to explode at trifles. No talking among the listeners could be borne by him
+while he was conducting. He did not hesitate to visit violent abuse on the
+heads of those who ventured to speak while he was directing and not even
+the presence of royalty could restrain his anger.
+</p>
+<p>
+Handel was always generous in assisting those who needed aid, and he helped
+found the Society for Aiding Distressed Musicians. His last appearance in
+public, was at a performance of the &quot;Messiah,&quot; at Covent Garden, on April
+6, 1759. His death occurred on the 14th of the same month, at the house
+in Brook Street where he had lived for many years. Thus, while born in
+the same year as Sebastian Bach, he outlived him by about a decade. He was
+buried in Westminster Abbey, and later a fine monument was erected to his
+memory. The most of his manuscripts came into the possession of King George
+III, and are preserved in the musical library of Buckingham Palace.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_4"><!-- RULE4 4 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+IV<br>
+&nbsp;
+CHRISTOPH WILLIBALD GLUCK
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+Christoph Willibald Gluck has been called the &quot;regenerator of the
+opera&quot; for he appeared just at the right moment to rescue opera from the
+deplorable state into which it had fallen. At that time the composers often
+yielded to the caprices of the singers and wrote to suit them, while the
+singers themselves, through vanity and ignorance, made such requirements
+that opera itself often became ridiculous. Gluck desired &quot;to restrict the
+art of music to its true object, that of aiding the effect of poetry by
+giving greater expression to words and scenes, without interrupting the
+action or the plot.&quot; He wrote only operas, and some of his best works keep
+the stage to-day. They are simple in design yet powerful in appeal: very
+original and stamped with refinement and true feeling.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy Christoph, like many another lad who became a great musician, had
+a sorrowful childhood, full of poverty and neglect. His home was in the
+little town of Weissenwangen, on the borders of Bohemia, where he was born
+July 2, 1714. As a little lad he early manifested a love for music, but his
+parents were in very straitened circumstances and could not afford to
+pay for musical instruction. He was sent to one of the public schools.
+Fortunately the art of reading music from notes, formation of scales and
+fundamentals, was taught along with general school subjects.
+</p>
+<p>
+While his father lived the boy was sure of sympathy and affection, though
+circumstances were of the poorest. But the good man passed away when the
+boy was quite young, and then matters were much worse. He was gradually
+neglected until he was at last left to shift for himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+He possessed not only talent but perseverance and the will to succeed. The
+violoncello attracted him, and he began to teach himself to play it, with
+no other help than an old instruction book. Determination conquered many
+difficulties however, and before long he had made sufficient progress to
+enable him to join a troop of traveling minstrels. From Prague they made
+their way to Vienna.
+</p>
+<p>
+Arrived in Vienna, that rich, gay, laughter-loving city, where the people
+loved music and often did much for it, the youth's musical talent together
+with his forlorn appearance and condition won sympathy from a few generous
+souls, who not only provided a home and took care of his material needs,
+but gave him also the means to continue his musical studies. Christoph
+was overcome with gratitude and made the best possible use of his
+opportunities. For nearly two years he gave himself up to his musical
+studies.
+</p>
+<p>
+Italy was the goal of his ambition, and at last the opportunity to visit
+that land of song was within his grasp. At the age of twenty-four, in the
+year 1738, Gluck bade adieu to his many kind friends in Vienna, and set out
+to complete his studies in Italy. Milan was his objective point. Soon
+after arriving there he had the good fortune to meet Padre Martini, the
+celebrated master of musical theory. Young Gluck at once placed himself
+under the great man's guidance and labored diligently with him for about
+four years. How much he owed to the careful training Martini was able to
+give, was seen in even his first attempts at operatic composition.
+</p>
+<p>
+At the conclusion of this long period of devoted study, Gluck began to
+write an opera, entitled &quot;Artaxerxes.&quot; When completed it was accepted at
+the Milan Theater, brought out in 1741 and met with much success. This
+success induced one of the managers in Venice to offer him an engagement
+for that city if he would compose a new opera. Gluck then produced
+&quot;Clytemnestra.&quot; This second work had a remarkable success, and the managers
+arranged for the composition of another opera, which was &quot;Demetrio,&quot; which,
+like the others was most favorably received. Gluck now had offers from
+Turin, so that the next two years were spent between that city and Milan,
+for which cities he wrote five or six operas. By this time the name of
+Gluck had become famous all over Italy; indeed his fame had spread to other
+countries, with the result that tempting offers for new operas flowed in
+to him from all directions. Especially was a London manager, a certain Lord
+Middlesex, anxious to entice the young composer from Italy to come over
+to London, and produce some of his works at the King's Theater in the
+Haymarket.
+</p>
+<p>
+The noble manager made a good offer too, and Gluck felt he ought to accept.
+He reached London in 1745, but owing to the rebellion which had broken
+out in Scotland all the theaters were closed, and the city in more or less
+confusion. However a chance to hear the famous German composer, who had
+traveled such a distance, was not to be lost, and Lord Middlesex besought
+the Powers to re-open the theater. After much pleading his request was
+finally granted. The opening opera, written on purpose to introduce Gluck
+to English audiences, was entitled &quot;La Caduta del Giganti,&quot;&mdash;&quot;Fall of the
+Giants&quot;&mdash;and did not seem to please the public. But the young composer was
+undaunted. His next opera, &quot;Artamene,&quot; pleased them no better. The mind of
+the people was taken up at that period with politics and political events,
+and they cared less than usual for music and the arts. Then, too, Handel,
+at the height of his fame, was living in London, honored and courted by the
+aristocracy and the world of fashion.
+</p>
+<p>
+Though disappointed at his lack of success, Gluck remained in England
+several years, constantly composing operas, none of which seemed to win
+success. At last he took his way quietly back to Vienna. In 1754, he was
+invited to Rome, where he produced several operas, among them &quot;Antigone&quot;;
+they were all successful, showing the Italians appreciated his work. He now
+proceeded to Florence, and while there became acquainted with an Italian
+poet, Ranieri di Calzabigi. They were mutually attracted to each other, and
+on parting had sworn to use their influence and talents to reform Italian
+opera.
+</p>
+<p>
+Gluck returned to Vienna, and continued to compose operas. In 1764, &quot;Orfeo&quot;
+was produced,&mdash;an example of the new reform in opera! &quot;Orfeo&quot; was received
+most favorably and sung twenty-eight times, a long run for those days. The
+singing and acting of Guadagni made the opera quite the rage, and the work
+began to be known in England. Even in Paris and Parma it became a great
+favorite. The composer was now fifty, and his greatest works had yet&mdash;with
+the exception or &quot;Orfeo&quot;&mdash;to be written. He began to develop that purity
+of style which we find in &quot;Alceste,&quot; &quot;Iphig&eacute;nie en Tauride&quot; and others.
+&quot;Alceste&quot; was the second opera on the reformed plan which simplified the
+music to give more prominence to the poetry. It was produced in Vienna in
+1769, with the text written by Calzabigi. The opera was ahead of &quot;Orfeo&quot;
+in simplicity and nobility, but it did not seem to please the critics. The
+composer himself wrote: &quot;Pedants and critics, an infinite multitude,
+form the greatest obstacle to the progress of art. They think themselves
+entitled to pass a verdict on 'Alceste' from some informal rehearsals,
+badly conducted and executed. Some fastidious ear found a vocal passage too
+harsh, or another too impassioned, forgetting that forcible expression and
+striking contrasts are absolutely necessary. It was likewise decided in
+full conclave, that this style of music was barbarous and extravagant.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+In spite of the judgment of the critics, &quot;Alceste&quot; increased the fame of
+Gluck to a great degree. Paris wanted to see the man who had revolutionized
+Italian opera. The French Royale Acad&eacute;mie had made him an offer to visit
+the capital, for which he was to write a new opera for a d&eacute;but. A French
+poet, Du Rollet, living in Vienna, offered to write a libretto for the new
+opera, and assured him there was every chance for success in a visit
+to France. The libretto was thereupon written, or rather arranged from
+Racine's &quot;Iphig&eacute;nie en Aulide,&quot; and with this, Chevalier Gluck, lately made
+Knight of the papal order of the Golden Spur, set out for Paris.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now began a long season of hard work. The opera &quot;Iphig&eacute;nie&quot; took about
+a year to compose, besides a careful study of the French language. He had
+even more trouble with the slovenly, ignorant orchestra, than he had with
+the French language. The orchestra declared itself against foreign music;
+but this opposition was softened down by his former pupil and patroness,
+the charming Marie Antoinette, Queen of France.
+</p>
+<p>
+After many trials and delays, &quot;Iphig&eacute;nie&quot; was produced August 19, 1774.
+The opera proved an enormous success. The beautiful Queen herself gave the
+signal for applause in which the whole house joined. The charming Sophie
+Arnould sang the part of Iphig&eacute;nie and seemed to quite satisfy the
+composer. Larriv&eacute;e was the Agamemnon, and other parts were well sung. The
+French were thoroughly delighted. They f&ecirc;ted and praised Gluck, declaring
+he had discovered the music of the ancient Greeks, that he was the only man
+in Europe who could express real feelings in music. Marie Antoinette wrote
+to her sister: &quot;We had, on the nineteenth, the first performance of Gluck's
+'Iphig&eacute;nie,' and it was a glorious triumph. I was quite enchanted, and
+nothing else is talked of. All the world wishes to see the piece, and Gluck
+seems well satisfied.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The next year, 1775, Gluck brought out an adaptation suitable for
+the French stage, of his &quot;Alceste,&quot; which again aroused the greatest
+enthusiasm. The theater was crammed at every performance. Marie
+Antoinette's favorite composer was again praised to the skies, and was
+declared to be the greatest composer living.
+</p>
+<p>
+But Gluck had one powerful opponent at the French Court, who was none other
+than the famous Madame du Barry, the favorite of Louis XV. Since the Queen
+had her pet musical composer, Mme. du Barry wished to have hers. An Italian
+by birth, she could gather about her a powerful Italian faction, who were
+bent upon opposition to the Austrian Gluck. She had listened to his praises
+long enough, and the tremendous success of &quot;Alceste&quot; had been the last
+straw and brought things to a climax. Du Barry would have some one to
+represent Italian music, and applied to the Italian ambassador to desire
+Piccini to come to Paris.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the arrival of Piccini, Madame du Barry began activities, aided by Louis
+XV himself. She gathered a powerful Italian party about her, and their
+first act was to induce the Grand Opera management to make Piccini an offer
+for a new opera, although they had already made the same offer to Gluck.
+This breach of good faith led to a furious war, in which all Paris joined;
+it was fierce and bitter while it lasted. Even politics were forgotten for
+the time being. Part of the press took up one side and part the other.
+Many pamphlets, poems and satires appeared, in which both composers were
+unmercifully attacked. Gluck was at the time in Germany, and Piccini had
+come to Paris principally to secure the tempting fee offered him. The
+leaders of the feud kept things well stirred up, so that a stranger could
+not enter a caf&eacute;, hotel or theater without first answering the question
+whether he stood for Gluck or Piccini. Many foolish lies were told of Gluck
+in his absence. It was declared by the Piccinists that he went away on
+purpose, to escape the war; that he could no longer write melodies because
+he was a dried up old man and had nothing new to give France. These lies
+and false stories were put to flight one evening when the Abb&eacute; Arnaud, one
+of Gluck's most ardent adherents, declared in an aristocratic company, that
+the Chevalier was returning to France with an &quot;Orlando&quot; and an &quot;Armide&quot; in
+his portfolio.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Piccini is also working on an 'Orlando,'&quot; spoke up a follower of that
+redoubtable Italian.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;That will be all the better,&quot; returned the abb&eacute;, &quot;for we shall then have
+an 'Orlando' and also an 'Orlandino.'&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+When Gluck arrived in Paris, he brought with him the finished opera of
+&quot;Armide,&quot; which was produced at the Paris Grand Opera on September 23,
+1777. At first it was merely a <i>succ&egrave;s d'estime</i>, but soon became
+immensely popular. On the first night many of the critics were against the
+opera, which was called too noisy. The composer, however, felt he had done
+some of his best work in &quot;Armide&quot;; that the music was written in such style
+that it would not grow old, at least not for a long time. He had taken the
+greatest pains in composing it, and declared that if it were not properly
+rehearsed at the Opera he would not let them have it at all, but would
+retain the work himself for his own pleasure. He wrote to a friend: &quot;I have
+put forth what little strength is left in me, into 'Armide'; I confess I
+should like to finish my career with it.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+It is said the Gluck composed &quot;Armide&quot; in order to praise the beauty of
+Marie Antoinette, and she for her part showed the deepest interest in the
+success of the piece, and really &quot;became quite a slave to it.&quot; Gluck often
+told her he &quot;rearranged his music according to the impression it made upon
+the Queen.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Great as was the success of 'Armide,'&quot; wrote the Princess de Lamballe, &quot;no
+one prized this beautiful work more highly than the composer of it. He
+was passionately enamored of it; he told the Queen the air of France had
+rejuvenated his creative powers, and the sight of her majesty had given
+such a wonderful impetus to the flow of ideas, that his composition had
+become like herself, angelic, sublime.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The growing success of &quot;Armide&quot; only added fuel to the flame of controversy
+which had been stirred up. To cap the climax, Piccini had finished his
+opera, which was duly brought out and met with a brilliant reception.
+Indeed its success was greater than that won by &quot;Armide,&quot; much to the
+delight of the Piccinists. Of course the natural outcome was that the
+other party should do something to surpass the work of their rivals. Marie
+Antoinette was besought to prevail on Gluck to write another opera.
+</p>
+<p>
+A new director was now in charge of the Opera House. He conceived the
+bright idea of setting the two composers at work on the same subject, which
+was to be &quot;Iphig&eacute;nie en Tauride.&quot; This plan made great commotion in the
+ranks of the rival factions, as each wished to have their composer's work
+performed first. The director promised that Piccini's opera should be first
+placed in rehearsal. Gluck soon finished his and handed it in, but the
+Italian, trusting to the director's word of honor, was not troubled when he
+heard the news, though he determined to complete his as soon as possible.
+A few days later, when he went to the Opera House with his completed score,
+he was horrified to find the work of his rival already in rehearsal. There
+was a lively scene, but the manager said he had received orders to produce
+the work of Gluck at once, and he must obey. On the 18th of May, 1779, the
+Gluck opera was first performed. It produced the greatest excitement and
+had a marvelous success. Even Piccini succumbed to the spell, for the music
+made such an impression on him that he did not wish his own work to be
+brought out.
+</p>
+<p>
+The director, however, insisted, and soon after the second Iphig&eacute;nie
+appeared. The first night the opera did not greatly please; the next night
+proved a comic tragedy, as the prima donna was intoxicated. After a couple
+of days' imprisonment she returned and sang well. But the war between
+the two factions continued till the death of Gluck, and the retirement of
+Piccini.
+</p>
+<p>
+The following year, in September, Gluck finished a new opera, &quot;Echo et
+Narcisse,&quot; and with this work decided to close his career, feeling he was
+too old to write longer for the lyric stage. He was then nearly seventy
+years old, and retired to Vienna, to rest and enjoy the fruits of all his
+years of incessant toil. He was now rich, as he had earned nearly thirty
+thousand pounds. Kings and princes came to do him honor, and to tell him
+what pleasure his music had always given them.
+</p>
+<p>
+Gluck passed away on November 15, 1787, honored and beloved by all. The
+simple beauty and purity of his music are as moving and expressive to-day
+as when it was written, and the &quot;Michael of Music&quot; speaks to us still in
+his operas, whenever they are adequately performed.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_5"><!-- RULE4 5 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+V<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+JOSEF HAYDN
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+In Josef Haydn we have one of the classic composers, a sweet, gentle
+spirit, who suffered many privations in early life, and through his own
+industrious efforts rose to positions of respect and honor, the result
+of unremitting toil and devotion to a noble ideal. Like many of the other
+great musicians, through hardship and sorrow he won his place among the
+elect.
+</p>
+<p>
+Fifteen leagues south of Vienna, amid marshy flats along the river Leitha,
+lies the small village of Rehrau. At the end of the straggling street which
+constitutes the village, stood a low thatched cottage and next to it a
+wheelwright's shop, with a small patch of greensward before it. The master
+wheelwright, Mathias Haydn, was sexton, too, of the little church on the
+hill. He was a worthy man and very religious. A deep love for music was
+part of the man's nature, and it was shared to a large extent by his wife
+Maria. Every Sunday evening he would bring out his harp, on which he had
+taught himself to play, and he and his wife would sing songs and hymns,
+accompanied by the harp. The children, too, would add their voices to the
+concert. The little boy Josef, sat near his father and watched his playing
+with rapt attention. Sometimes he would take two sticks and make believe
+play the violin, just as he had seen the village schoolmaster do. And when
+he sang hymns with the others, his voice was sweet and true. The father
+watched the child with interest, and a new hope rose within him. His own
+life had been a bitter disappointment, for he had been unable to satisfy
+his longing for a knowledge of the art he loved. Perhaps Josef might one
+day become a musician&mdash;indeed he might even rise to be Capellmeister.
+</p>
+<p>
+Little Josef was born March 31, 1732. The mother had a secret desire that
+the boy should join the priesthood, but the father, as we have seen, hoped
+he would make a musical career, and determined, though poor in this world's
+goods, to aid him in every possible way.
+</p>
+<p>
+About this time a distant relative, one Johann Mathias Frankh by name,
+arrived at the Haydn cottage on a visit. He was a schoolmaster at Hainburg,
+a little town four leagues away. During the regular evening concert he
+took particular notice of Josef and his toy violin. The child's sweet voice
+indicated that he had the makings of a good musician. At last he said: &quot;If
+you will let me take Sepperl, I will see he is properly taught; I can see
+he promises well.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The parents were quite willing and as for little Sepperl, he was simply
+overjoyed, for he longed to learn more about the beautiful music which
+filled his soul. He went with his new cousin, as he called Frankh, without
+any hesitation, and with the expectation that his childish day dreams were
+to be realized.
+</p>
+<p>
+A new world indeed opened to the six year old boy, but it was not all
+beautiful. Frankh was a careful and strict teacher; Josef not only was
+taught to sing well, but learned much about various instruments. He had
+school lessons also. But his life in other ways was hard and cheerless. The
+wife of his cousin treated him with the utmost indifference, never looking
+after his clothing or his well being in any way. After a time his destitute
+and neglected appearance was a source of misery to the refined, sensitive
+boy, but he tried to realize that present conditions could not last
+forever, and he bravely endeavored to make the best of them. Meanwhile the
+training of his voice was well advanced and when not in school he could
+nearly always be found in church, listening to the organ and the singing.
+Not long after, he was admitted to the choir, where his sweet young voice
+joined in the church anthems. Always before his mind was a great city where
+he knew he would find the most beautiful music&mdash;the music of his dreams.
+That city was Vienna, but it lay far away. Josef looked down at his ragged
+clothing and wondered if he would ever see that magical city.
+</p>
+<p>
+One morning his cousin told him there would be a procession through the
+town in honor of a prominent citizen who had just passed away. A drummer
+was needed and the cousin had proposed Josef. He showed the boy how to
+make the strokes for a march, with the result that Josef walked in the
+procession and felt quite proud of this exhibition of his skill. The very
+drum he used that day is preserved in the little church at Hamburg.
+</p>
+<p>
+A great event occurred in Josef's prospects at the end of his second year
+of school life at Hamburg. The Capellmeister, Reutter by name, of St.
+Stephen's cathedral in Vienna, came to see his friend, the pastor of
+Hamburg. He happened to say he was looking for a few good voices for the
+choir. &quot;I can find you one at least,&quot; said the pastor; &quot;he is a scholar of
+Frankh, the schoolmaster, and has a sweet voice.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Josef was sent for and the schoolmaster soon returned leading him by the
+hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Well my little fellow,&quot; said the Capellmeister, drawing him to his knee,
+&quot;can you make a shake?&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;No sir, but neither can my cousin Frankh.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Reutter laughed at this frankness, and then proceeded to show him how the
+shake was done. Josef after a few trials was able to perform the shake to
+the entire satisfaction of his teacher. After testing him on a portion of
+a mass the Capellmeister was willing to take him to the Cantorei or Choir
+school of St. Stephen's in Vienna. The boy's heart gave a great leap.
+Vienna, the city of his dreams. And he was really going there! He could
+scarcely believe in his good fortune. If he could have known all that was
+to befall him there, he might not have been so eager to go. But he was only
+a little eight-year-old boy, and childhood's dreams are rosy.
+</p>
+<p>
+Once arrived at the Cantorei, Josef plunged into his studies with great
+fervor, and his progress was most rapid. He was now possessed with a desire
+to compose, but had not the slightest idea how to go about such a feat.
+However, he hoarded every scrap of music paper he could find and covered it
+with notes. Reutter gave no encouragement to such proceedings. One day he
+asked what the boy was about, and when he heard the lad was composing a
+&quot;Salve Regina,&quot; for twelve voices, he remarked it would be better to write
+it for two voices before attempting it in twelve. &quot;And if you must try your
+hand at composition,&quot; added Reutter more kindly, &quot;write variations on the
+motets and vespers which are played in church.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+As neither the Capellmeister nor any of the teachers offered to show Josef
+the principles of composition, he was thrown upon his own resources. With
+much self denial he scraped together enough money to buy two books which
+he had seen at the second hand bookseller's and which he had longed to
+possess. One was Fox's &quot;Gradus ad Parnassum,&quot; a treatise on composition and
+counterpoint; the other Matheson's &quot;The Complete Capellmeister.&quot; Happy in
+the possession of these books, Josef used every moment outside of school
+and choir practise to study them. He loved fun and games as well as any
+boy, but music always came first. The desire to perfect himself was
+so strong that he often added several hours each day to those already
+required, working sixteen or eighteen hours out of the twenty-four.
+</p>
+<p>
+And thus a number of years slipped away amid these happy surroundings.
+Little Josef was now a likely lad of about fifteen years. It was arranged
+that his younger brother Michael was to come to the Cantorei. Josef looked
+eagerly forward to this event, planning how he would help the little one
+over the beginning and show him the pleasant things that would happen to
+him in the new life. But the elder brother could not foresee the sorrow
+and privation in store for him. From the moment Michael's pure young voice
+filled the vast spaces of the cathedral, it was plain that Josef's singing
+could not compete with it. His soprano showed signs of breaking, and
+gradually the principal solo parts, which had always fallen to him, were
+given to the new chorister. On a special church day, when there was more
+elaborate music, the &quot;Salve Regina,&quot; which had always been given to Josef,
+was sung so beautifully by the little brother, that the Emperor and Empress
+were delighted, and they presented the young singer with twenty ducats.
+</p>
+<p>
+Poor Josef! He realized that his place was virtually taken by the brother
+he had welcomed so joyously only a short time before. No one was to blame
+of course; it was one of those things that could not be avoided. But what
+actually caused him to leave St. Stephen's was a boyish prank played on one
+of the choir boys, who sat in front of him. Taking up a new pair of shears
+lying near, he snipped off, in a mischievous moment, the boy's pigtail.
+For this jest he was punished and then dismissed from the school. He could
+hardly realize it, in his first dazed, angry condition. Not to enjoy
+the busy life any more, not to see Michael and the others and have a
+comfortable home and sing in the Cathedral. How he lived after that he
+hardly knew. But several miserable days went by. One rainy night a young
+man whom he had known before, came upon him near the Cathedral, and was
+struck by his white, pinched face. He asked where the boy was living.
+&quot;Nowhere&mdash;I am starving,&quot; was the reply. Honest Franz Spangler was touched
+at once.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;We can't stand here in the rain,&quot; he said. &quot;You know I haven't a palace
+to offer, but you are welcome to share my poor place for one night anyway.
+Then we shall see.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+It was indeed a poor garret where the Spanglers lived, but the cheerful
+fire and warm bread and milk were luxuries to the starving lad. Best of
+all was it to curl up on the floor, beside the dying embers and fall into
+refreshing slumber. The next morning the world looked brighter. He had made
+up his mind not to try and see his brother; he would support himself by
+music. He did not know just how he was going to do this, but determined to
+fight for it <i>and never give in</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+Spangler, deeply touched by the boy's forlorn case, offered to let
+him occupy a corner of his garret until he could find work, and Josef
+gratefully accepted. The boy hoped he could quickly find something to do;
+but many weary months were spent in looking for employment and in seeking
+to secure pupils, before there was the slightest sign of success. Thinly
+clad as he was and with the vigorous appetite of seventeen, which was
+scarcely ever appeased, he struggled on, hopeful that spring would bring
+some sort of good cheer.
+</p>
+<p>
+But spring came, yet no employment was in sight. His sole earnings had been
+the coppers thrown to him as he stood singing in the snow covered streets,
+during the long cold winter. Now it was spring, and hope rose within him.
+He had been taught to have simple faith in God, and felt sure that in some
+way his needs would be met.
+</p>
+<p>
+At last the tide turned slightly. A few pupils attracted by the small fee
+he charged, took lessons on the clavier; he got a few engagements to play
+violin at balls and parties, while some budding composers got him to revise
+their manuscripts for a small fee. All these cheering signs of better times
+made Josef hopeful and grateful. One day a special piece of good fortune
+came his way. A man who loved music, at whose house he had sometimes
+played, sent him a hundred and fifty florins, to be repaid without interest
+whenever convenient.
+</p>
+<p>
+This sum seemed to Haydn a real fortune. He was able to leave the Spanglers
+and take up a garret of his own. There was no stove in it and winter was
+coming on; it was only partly light, even at midday, but the youth was
+happy. For he had acquired a little worm-eaten spinet, and he had added to
+his treasures the first six sonatas of Emmanuel Bach.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the third floor of the house which contained the garret, lived a
+celebrated Italian poet, Metastasio. Haydn and the poet struck up an
+acquaintance, which resulted in the musician's introduction to the poet's
+favorite pupil, Marianne Martinez. Also through Metastasio, Haydn met
+Nicolo Porpora, an eminent teacher of singing and composition. About this
+time another avenue opened to him. It was a fashion in Vienna to pick up
+a few florins by serenading prominent persons. A manager of one of the
+principal theaters in Vienna, Felix Kurz, had recently married a beautiful
+woman, whose loveliness was much talked of. It occurred to Haydn to take a
+couple of companions along and serenade the lady, playing some of his own
+music. Soon after they had begun to play the house door opened and Kurz
+himself stood there in dressing gown and slippers. &quot;Whose music was that
+you were playing?&quot; he asked. &quot;My own,&quot; was the answer. &quot;Indeed; then just
+step inside.&quot; The three entered, wondering. They were presented to Madame,
+then were given refreshments. &quot;Come and see me to-morrow,&quot; said Kurz when
+the boys left; &quot;I think I have some work for you.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Haydn called next day and learned the manager had written a libretto of a
+comic opera which he called &quot;The Devil on two Sticks,&quot; and was looking for
+some one to compose the music. In one place there was to be a tempest at
+sea, and Haydn was asked how he would represent that. As he had never seen
+the sea, he was at a loss how to express it. The manager said he himself
+had never seen the ocean, but to his mind it was like this, and he began
+to toss his arms wildly about. Haydn tried every way he could think of to
+represent the ocean, but Kurz was not satisfied. At last he flung his hands
+down with a crash on each end of the keyboard and brought them together
+in the middle. &quot;That's it, that's it,&quot; cried the manager and embraced the
+youth excitedly. All went well with the rest of the opera. It was finished
+and produced, but did not make much stir, a fact which was not displeasing
+to the composer, as he was not proud of his first attempt.
+</p>
+<p>
+His acquaintance with Porpora promised better things. The singing master
+had noticed his skill in playing the harpsichord, and offered to engage
+him as accompanist. Haydn gladly accepted at once, hoping to pick up much
+musical knowledge in this way. Old Porpora was very harsh and domineering
+at first, treating him more like a valet than a musician. But at last he
+was won over by Haydn's gentleness and patience, until he was willing to
+answer all his questions and to correct his compositions. Best of all
+he brought Haydn to the attention of the nobleman in whose house he was
+teaching, so that when the nobleman and his family went to the baths of
+Mannersdorf for several months, Haydn was asked to go along as accompanist
+to Porpora.
+</p>
+<p>
+The distinguished musicians he met at Mannersdorf were all very kind to him
+and showed much interest in his compositions, many of which were performed
+during this visit. The nobleman, impressed with Haydn's desire to succeed,
+allotted him a pension of a sum equal to fifteen dollars a month. The young
+musician's first act on receiving this was to buy himself a neat suit of
+black.
+</p>
+<p>
+Good fortune followed him on his return to Vienna. More pupils came, until
+he was able to raise his prices and move into better lodgings. A wealthy
+patron of music, the Countess of Thun, sent for him to come and see her.
+She had heard one of his clavier sonatas played, found it charming and
+wished to see the composer. Her manner was so sympathetic, that Haydn was
+led to tell her the story of his struggles. Tears came into her eyes as she
+listened. She promised her support as friend and pupil, and Haydn left her
+with a happy, grateful heart.
+</p>
+<p>
+His compositions were heard in the best musical circles in Vienna, and the
+future was bright with promise. A wealthy music patron persuaded him to
+write a string quartet, the first of many to follow. Through this man he
+received, in 1759, an appointment of music director to a rich Bohemian,
+Count Morzin, who had a small orchestra at his country seat. In the same
+year the first Symphony was composed.
+</p>
+<p>
+As brighter days dawned, Haydn procured all the works on theory obtainable,
+and studied them deeply. He had mastered the difficulties of the &quot;Gradus,&quot;
+one of the books purchased years before, and without any outside help had
+worked out his musical independence, uninfluenced by any other musician.
+He was now twenty-six, and his fame was growing. Meanwhile an affair of the
+heart had great influence on his life. Sometime previously Haydn had been
+engaged to give lessons on the harpsichord to two daughters of a wig-maker
+named Keller. An attachment soon sprang up between the teacher and the
+younger of the girls. His poverty had stood in the way of making his
+feelings known. But as prosperity began to dawn, he grew courageous and
+asked the maiden to become his wife. His disappointment was keen when he
+found the girl had in the meantime decided to take the veil. The wig-maker
+proved to be a matchmaker, for when he learned how matters stood he urged
+the composer to take the sister, who was only three years older. The gentle
+Haydn was unable to withstand the pressure brought to bear, and consented.
+After his bride was his he found he had won a virago, one who cared nothing
+for art or for her husband's ideals, if only she could have enough money to
+spend.
+</p>
+<p>
+The composer was in sad straits for a while, but fortunately a way opened
+by means of which he could be free. Count Morzin, where he had conducted
+the orchestra, was obliged to reduce his establishment and dismissed his
+band and its director. As soon as this was known, the reigning Prince
+of Hungary, Paul Anton Esterh&aacute;zy offered Haydn the post of assistant
+Capellmeister at his country seat of Eisenstadt. The head Capellmeister,
+Werner, was old, but the Prince kept him on account of his long service.
+Haydn, however, was to have entire control of the orchestra, and also of
+most of the musical arrangements.
+</p>
+<p>
+Haydn was blissfully happy over the realization of his highest hopes. In
+his wildest dreams he had never imagined such magnificence as he found
+at the palace of Eisenstadt. The great buildings, troops of servants, the
+wonderful parks and gardens, with their flowers, lakes and fountains almost
+made him believe he was in fairyland. Of course there would be some hard
+work, though it would not seem hard amid such fascinating surroundings and
+there would be plenty of leisure for his own creative activities. Best of
+all his wife could not be with him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Prince Paul Anton passed away after a year and his brother Nikolaus
+succeeded him. He advanced Haydn still further, and increased his salary.
+Werner, the old Capellmeister, died in 1766, and Haydn succeeded to the
+full title. This was the father's dream for his boy Josef, and it had been
+abundantly realized. His mother had passed away, but his father was living,
+and had come, on one occasion, to Eisenstadt to see him. His brother
+Michael who had now become Concertmeister in Salzburg, spent several happy
+days with him also.
+</p>
+<p>
+The summer residence of Prince Nikolaus at Esterh&aacute;zy had been rebuilt,
+enlarged and was more magnificent than Eisenstadt. The music was more
+elaborate. The Prince was so fond of the life there that he postponed his
+return to town till late in the autumn.
+</p>
+<p>
+In order to give him a hint through music, Haydn composed what he called
+the &quot;Farewell Symphony,&quot; in which, toward the close each pair of players in
+turn rose, extinguished their candles and passed out, until only the first
+violinist remained. He last of all blew out his light and left, while Haydn
+prepared to follow. The Prince at last understood, and treating the whole
+as a joke, gave orders for the departure of the household.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1790 Haydn lost the master to whom he was so devotedly attached. He
+received a pension of a thousand florins on condition that he would retain
+his post. But Prince Anton, who succeeded his brother, cared nothing for
+music; Haydn was not obliged to live at the palace and returned to Vienna.
+Several attempts had already been made to induce him to visit London, but
+he always had refused. Now there seemed to be no obstacle in the way. One
+day a visitor called. &quot;My name is Salomon; I have come from London to fetch
+you; we will settle terms to-morrow.&quot; On the sail from Calais to Dover,
+the composer first saw the sea and was reminded of his boyish efforts to
+describe it in tones.
+</p>
+<p>
+London welcomed Haydn warmly, for his fame had preceded him and his music
+was familiar. The first concert was given March 11, 1790 at the Hanover
+Square Rooms, and was a great success. This was followed by a series of
+concerts, and at last a benefit for the composer on May 16, which was an
+ovation and realized three hundred and fifty pounds. He heard the &quot;Messiah&quot;
+for the first time and when, at the &quot;Hallelujah Chorus,&quot; the audience
+sprang to its feet, he burst into tears, exclaiming &quot;He is the master of us all!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+At Oxford, in July, he received the honorary degree of Doctor of Music,
+and three great concerts were given in his honor, with special performers
+brought from London. In fact the whole visit to England had been such
+a success that he repeated the trip in 1794, and received even greater
+honors. His symphonies were heard on all London programs. He was the lion
+of the season, and was frequently invited to Buckingham Palace to play for
+the King and Queen, who always urged him to live in England. Haydn was now
+sixty-five; he had composed quantities of music, but his greatest work,
+&quot;The Creation,&quot; was not yet written. While in London, Salomon had shown him
+a poem founded on &quot;Paradise Lost,&quot; written years before in the hope that
+Handel would use it for an oratorio. Haydn decided to try his hand at
+oratorio on this subject. As he went on, it grew to be a labor of love and
+prayer. It was finished and performed in Vienna, March 19, 1799, and made a
+profound impression. The composer at once began work on a second oratorio,
+founded on Thompson's &quot;Seasons.&quot; The desire for work was strong within,
+but his health was failing. &quot;'The Seasons' gave me my finishing stroke,&quot; he
+often remarked to friends.
+</p>
+<p>
+Haydn was acknowledged on every hand as the father of instrumental music.
+He laid great stress on melody. &quot;It is the air which is the charm of
+music,&quot; he said, &quot;and it is the air which is the most difficult to produce.
+The invention of a fine melody is a work of genius.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Full of years and honors, respected and beloved, Father Haydn passed away.
+As Vienna was at that time in the hands of the French, he was given a very
+simple burial. In 1820 Prince Esterhazy had the remains reinterred in
+the upper parish church at Eisenstadt, where a simple stone with Latin
+inscription is placed in the wall above the vault to mark the spot.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_6"><!-- RULE4 6 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+VI<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+WOLFGANG MOZART
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+The early December dusk was closing in over the quaint old city of
+Salzburg. Up on the heights above the town the battlements of the great
+castle caught a reflection of the last gleams of light in the sky. But the
+narrow streets below were quite in shadow.
+</p>
+<p>
+In one of the substantial looking houses on a principal thoroughfare,
+called the Getreide Gasse, lights gleamed from windows on the third floor.
+Within, all was arranged as if for some special occasion. The larger
+room, with its three windows looking on the street, was immaculate in its
+neatness. The brass candlesticks shone like gold, the mahogany table was
+polished like a mirror, the simple furniture likewise. For today was Father
+Mozart's birthday and the little household was to celebrate the event.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mother Mozart had been busy all day putting everything in order while
+Nannerl, the seven year old daughter, had been helping. Little Wolfgang,
+now three years old, in his childish eagerness to be as busy as the others,
+had only hindered, and had to be reprimanded once in a while. One could
+never be vexed with the little elf, even if he turned somersaults in new
+clean clothes, or made chalk figures all over the living-room chairs. He
+never meant to do any harm, and was always so tenderhearted and lovable, it
+was hard to scold him.
+</p>
+<p>
+And this was the Father's birthday, about the most important of all the
+family celebrations. Already the roast on the spit was nearing perfection,
+while in the oven a fine cake was browning.
+</p>
+<p>
+When all was ready and Leopold Mozart had received the good wishes of the
+little household, baby Wolfgang was mounted on a footstool to recite a
+poem, in honor of the occasion. When he had finished it he stood quietly
+a moment then reaching out his tiny arms, clasped them tightly about his
+father's neck, and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Dear papa, I love you very, very much; after God, next comes my papa.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Leopold Mozart was a musician and held the post of Vice-Capellmeister.
+Music was honored in this simple home, and when two of the Court musicians,
+friends of Father Mozart, came in to join the festivities on this birthday
+night, a toast was drunk to the honor of <i>Musica</i>, the divine goddess
+of tones.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I wonder if even a little of my own musical knowledge and love for the art
+will overflow upon the two dear children,&quot; remarked Father Mozart, gazing
+down tenderly on the little ones.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Why not,&quot; answered the mother; &quot;you long ago promised to begin lessons
+with Nannerl; can she not start this very night?&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Yes, indeed, Papachen, may I not learn to play the piano? I promise to
+work very hard.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Very well,&quot; answered the father; &quot;you shall see I am grateful for all
+the love you have showed me tonight, and I will begin to teach Nannerl at
+once.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I want to learn music too,&quot; broke in little Wolfgang, looking at his
+father with beaming eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+Every one laughed at this, while the father said baby Wolfgang would have
+to grow some inches before he could reach the keys.
+</p>
+<p>
+The lesson began, and the little girl showed both quickness and patience to
+grasp the ideas. No one at first noticed the tiny child who planted himself
+at his sister's elbow, the light of the candles falling on his delicate,
+sensitive features and bright brown hair. His glance never left Nannerl's
+fingers as they felt hesitatingly among the white and black keys, while his
+ear easily understood the intervals she tried to play.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the little girl left the piano, or the harpsichord, as it was called
+in those days, Wolfgang slipped into her place and began to repeat with
+his tiny fingers what his father had taught her. He sought the different
+intervals, and when at last he found them, his little face beamed with joy.
+In a short time he was able to play all the simple exercises that had been
+given his sister.
+</p>
+<p>
+The parents listened to their wonder-child with ever increasing
+astonishment, mingled with tears of emotion. It was plain to be seen that
+Wolfgang must have lessons as well as Nannerl. And what joy it would be to
+teach them both.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a happy household that retired that night. Nannerl was happy
+because she at last had the chance to take piano lessons. Wolfgang, little
+&quot;Starbeam,&quot; dreamed of the wonderful Goddess of Music, who carried him away
+to fairyland which was filled with beautiful music. The parents were filled
+with joy that heaven had granted them such blessings in their children.
+</p>
+<p>
+The musical progress of the children was quite remarkable. Marianne, which
+was Nannerl's real name, soon began to play very well indeed, while little
+Wolfgang hardly had to be told anything in music, for he seemed to know it
+already. The father would write Minuets for the little girl to study; her
+tiny brother would learn them in half an hour. Soon Wolfgang was able to
+compose his own Minuets. Several have come down to us which he wrote when
+he was five years old; and they are quite perfect in form and style.
+</p>
+<p>
+One day Father Mozart brought home Schachtner, the Court trumpeter, to
+dinner. Coming suddenly into the living-room, they found the tiny elf
+busily writing at his father's desk.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Whatever are you doing, Wolferl?&quot; cried his father, gazing at the ink
+stained fingers of his little son and then at the paper covered with blots.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Oh, Papa, a piano sonata, but it isn't finished yet.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Never mind that,&quot; said Leopold Mozart, &quot;let us see it, it must be
+something very fine.&quot; Taking up the paper the father and his friend looked
+at it curiously. The sheets were bedaubed with ink stains that almost
+concealed the notes. For the child had thrust his pen each time to the
+bottom of the ink well, so that frequent blots on the paper were the
+result. These did not trouble him in the least, for he merely rubbed his
+hand over the offending blot and proceeded with his writing.
+</p>
+<p>
+At first the two friends laughed heartily to see how the little composer
+had written the notes over smudges, but soon the father's eyes filled with
+happy tears.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Look, my dear Schachtner!&quot; he cried. &quot;See how correct and orderly it all
+is, all written according to rule. Only one could never play it for it
+seems to be too difficult.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;But it's a sonata, Papa, and one must practice it first, of course, but
+this is the way it should go.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+He sprang to the piano and began to play. The small fingers could not
+master the more intricate parts, but gave sufficient idea of how he
+intended the piece to sound.
+</p>
+<p>
+They stood in speechless astonishment at this proof of the child's powers;
+then Leopold Mozart caught up the little composer and kissing him cried,
+&quot;My Wolfgang, you will become a great musician.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Wolfgang, not content with merely learning the piano, begged to study
+the violin also. His violin lessons had hardly begun when one evening his
+father and two friends were about to play a set of six trios, composed
+by Wentzl, one of the players. Wolfgang begged to be allowed to play the
+second violin. Needless to say his request was refused. At last he was told
+he might sit next to Schachtner and make believe play, though he must make
+no sound.
+</p>
+<p>
+The playing began, when before long it was seen the boy was actually
+playing the second violin part and doing it correctly. The second violin
+ceased bowing in amazement and allowed Wolfgang to go on alone. After
+this he was permitted to play all the second violin part of the whole six
+pieces. Emboldened by this success, he volunteered to attempt the first
+violin part, an offer which was greeted with laughter; but nothing daunted,
+he took up his violin and began. There were mistakes here and there, of
+course, but he persisted to the end, to the astonishment of all.
+</p>
+<p>
+Three years had passed swiftly by since little Wolfgang Mozart began
+to study music the night of his father's fortieth birthday. He had made
+marvelous progress and already the fame of his powers had passed beyond the
+narrow limits of his native town. Leopold Mozart had no means other than
+the salary which he received from the Court. His children's musical gifts
+induced the father to turn them to advantage, both to supply the family
+needs and to provide the children a broad education in music. He determined
+to travel with the children. A first experiment in January, 1762, had
+proved so successful that the following September they set out for Vienna.
+Wolfgang was now six years old and Marianne eleven.
+</p>
+<p>
+At Linz they gave a successful concert and every one was delighted with the
+playing of the children. From here they continued their journey as far as
+the monastery of Ips, where they expected to stay for the night. It had
+been a wonderful day, spent in sailing down the majestic Danube, till they
+reached the grey old building with its battlemented walls. Soon after they
+arrived, Father Mozart took Wolfgang into the chapel to see the organ.
+</p>
+<p>
+The child gazed with awe at the great pipes, the keyboard and the pedals.
+He begged his father to explain their working, and then as the father
+filled the great bellows the tiny organist pushed aside the organ bench,
+stood upon the pedals and trod them, as though he had always known how. The
+monks in the monastery hastened to the chapel, holding their breath as one
+pointed to the figure of a tiny child in the organ loft. Was it possible,
+they asked themselves, that a child could produce such beautiful music?
+They remained rooted to the spot, till Wolfgang happened to see them and
+crept meekly down from his perch.
+</p>
+<p>
+All the rest of the journey to Vienna, Wolfgang was the life of the
+party, eager to know the name and history of everything they met. At the
+custom-house on the frontier, he made friends with the officials by playing
+for them on his violin, and thus secured an easy pass for the party.
+</p>
+<p>
+Arrived at Vienna, Leopold Mozart found the fame of the children's playing
+had preceded them. A kind and gracious welcome awaited the little party
+when they went to the palace of Sch&ouml;nbrunn. The Emperor Franz Josef took to
+Wolfgang at once, was delighted with his playing and called him his &quot;little
+magician.&quot; The boy's powers were tested by being required to read difficult
+pieces at sight, and playing with one finger, as the Emperor jestingly
+asked him to do. Next, the keyboard was covered with a cloth, as a final
+test, but little Wolfgang played as finely as before, to the great delight
+of the company who applauded heartily. The little magician was so pleased
+with the kindness of both the Emperor and Empress that he returned it in
+his own childish way, by climbing into the lap of the Empress and giving
+her a hug and a kiss, just as though she were his own mother. He was also
+greatly attracted by the little Princess Marie Antoinette, a beautiful
+child of about his own age, with long fair curls and laughing blue eyes.
+The two struck up an immediate friendship.
+</p>
+<p>
+After the favor shown them at Court, the gifted children became the rage
+in Vienna society. Invitations poured in from every side, and many gifts.
+Those bestowed by the royal family were perhaps the most valued. Wolfgang's
+present was a violet colored suit, trimmed with broad gold braid, while
+Nannerl received a pretty white silk dress. Each of the children also
+received a beautiful diamond ring from the Emperor. A portrait of the boy
+in his gala suit, which was painted at the time, is still preserved.
+</p>
+<p>
+The following year the Mozarts took the children on a longer journey, this
+time with Paris in view. They stopped at many towns and cities on the way.
+At Frankfort the first performance was so successful that three more were
+given. A newspaper of the time says &quot;little Mozart is able to name all
+notes played at a distance, whether single or in chords, whether played
+on the piano, or any other instrument, bell, glass or clock.&quot; The father
+offered as an additional attraction that Wolfgang would play with the
+keyboard covered.
+</p>
+<p>
+The family stayed five months in Paris; the children played before the
+Court at Versailles, exciting surprise and enthusiasm there and wherever
+they appeared. From Paris they traveled to London, in April, 1764.
+</p>
+<p>
+Leopold Mozart's first care on reaching the great English metropolis was
+to obtain an introduction at Court. King George III and the Queen were
+very fond of music, and it was not long before an invitation came for the
+children to attend at the Palace. The King showed the greatest interest in
+Wolfgang, asking him to play at sight difficult pieces by Bach and Handel.
+Then the boy, after accompanying the Queen in a song, selected the bass
+part in a piece by Handel, and improvised a charming melody to it. The King
+was so impressed that he wished him to play the organ, in the playing of
+which Wolfgang won a further triumph.
+</p>
+<p>
+The King's birthday was to be celebrated on June 4 and London was crowded
+with people from all parts of the country. Leopold Mozart had chosen June
+5 as the date for his first public concert. The hall was filled to
+overflowing; one hundred guineas being taken in. Many of the assisting
+performers would take no fee for their services, which added to the
+father's gratitude and happiness.
+</p>
+<p>
+Not long after this Leopold Mozart fell ill, and the little family moved
+to Chelsea, for the quiet and good air. Later they were given another
+reception at Court, where, after Wolfgang's wonderful performances, the
+children won much applause by playing some piano duets composed by the
+boy&mdash;a style of composition then quite new.
+</p>
+<p>
+In July, 1765, the family left London and traveled in Holland, after which
+came a second visit to Paris, where they added to their former triumphs,
+in addition to playing in many towns on the way back. Finally the long tour
+was brought to a close by the return to Salzburg in November, 1766.
+</p>
+<p>
+At the period of musical history in which the gifted boy lived, a
+musician's education was not complete unless he went to Italy, for this
+country stood first as the home of music. Leopold Mozart had made a couple
+of trips to Vienna with his children, the account of which need not detain
+us here. He had decided that Wolfgang must go to Italy, and breathe in the
+atmosphere of that land of song. And so in December, 1769, father and son
+set out for the sunny south, with high hopes for success.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mozart's happy nature was jubilant over the journey. He watched eagerly
+the peasants as they danced on the vine-clad terraces, overlooking the deep
+blue lakes,&mdash;or listened as they sang at their work in the sunny fields. He
+gazed at the wonderful processions of priests through narrow streets of the
+towns, but above all there was the grand music in the cathedrals.
+</p>
+<p>
+The young musician had plenty of work to do, more than most boys of
+thirteen. For, besides the concerts he had to give, he was set difficult
+problems by the various professors who wished to test his powers. The fame
+of his playing constantly spread, so the further he traveled into Italy
+there were more demands to hear him. At Roveredo, where it was announced
+he would play the organ in St. Thomas's Church, the crowd was so great
+he could scarcely get to the organ-loft. The vast audience listened
+spellbound, and then refused to disperse till they had caught a glimpse of
+the boy player. At Verona he had another triumph; one of his symphonies was
+performed, and his portrait was ordered to be painted.
+</p>
+<p>
+When they reached Milan the Chief musician of the city subjected the boy to
+severe tests, all of which he accomplished to the astonishment and delight
+of everybody. It was at Bologna however, where he met the most flattering
+reception. Here was the home of the famous Padre Martini, the aged composer
+of church music. Father Martini was almost worshiped by the Italians; he
+was a most lovable man and looked up to as a great composer. He had long
+ago given up attending concerts, so that every one was astonished when
+he was present in the brilliant audience gathered at Count Pallavicini's
+mansion to listen to the boy's playing. Wolfgang did his best, for he
+realized the importance of the event. Father Martini took the boy to his
+heart at once, invited him to visit him as often as possible during his
+stay, and gave him several fugue subjects to work out. These the boy
+accomplished with ease, and the Padre declared he was perfectly satisfied
+with his knowledge of composition.
+</p>
+<p>
+The journey to Rome was now continued, and for Wolfgang it was a succession
+of triumphs. At Florence he played before the Court of the Archduke
+Leopold, and solved every problem put to him by the Court music director as
+easily as though he were eating a bit of bread.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was Holy Week when young Mozart and his father entered Rome, and the
+city lay under the spell of the great festival of the year. They soon
+joined the throngs that filled the vast temple of St. Peter's, to which all
+turn during this solemn season. After attending a service and viewing the
+treasures of the Cathedral, they turned their steps to the Sistine Chapel,
+which contains the wonderful painting of the Last Judgment by Michael
+Angelo. It was here that the celebrated Miserere by Allegri was performed.
+Wolfgang had been looking forward to this moment all through the latter
+part of his journey. His father had told him how jealously guarded this
+music was; it could never be performed in any other place, and the singers
+could never take their parts out of the chapel. He was intensely eager to
+hear this work. And indeed it would be difficult to imagine anything more
+beautiful and impressive than the singing of the Miserere, which means
+&quot;Have Mercy.&quot; It follows the solemn service called Tenebrae, (Darkness)
+during which the six tall candles on the altar are extinguished one by
+one,&mdash;till but one is left, which is removed to a space behind the altar.
+Then in almost complete darkness the Miserere begins. A single voice is
+heard singing the antiphon, or short introduction,&mdash;and then comes silence,
+a silence so profound that the listener scarcely dares to breathe for fear
+of disturbing it. At length the first sad notes of the supplication are
+heard, like the softest wailing of an anguished spirit; they gradually gain
+force till the whole building seems to throb with the thrilling intensity
+of the music.
+</p>
+<p>
+The young musician was profoundly moved; the father too was much affected
+by the solemn service. Neither spoke as they left the chapel and sought
+their lodgings. After they had retired the boy could not sleep; his
+thoughts were filled with the wonderful music he had heard. He arose, lit
+the lamp, and got out pens and music paper. He worked industriously the
+long night through. When morning dawned the boy sat with his beautiful head
+upon his folded arms, asleep, while before him on the table lay a score of
+the Miserere of Allegri, entirely written from memory.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next day, Good Friday, the Miserere was performed for the second time.
+Wolfgang, the boy of fourteen, who had performed the wonderful feat of
+writing this work out after one hearing, again attended the service,
+keeping the score in his hat, and found his work was nearly perfect,
+needing but a couple of trifling corrections.
+</p>
+<p>
+The news of this startling feat gained for the young musician a cordial
+welcome into the houses of the great in Rome; during their stay father and
+son were f&ecirc;ted to their hearts' content.
+</p>
+<p>
+At Naples, their next stopping place, Wolfgang played before a brilliant
+company, and excited so much astonishment, that people declared his power
+in playing came from a ring he wore on his finger. &quot;He wears a charm,&quot; they
+cried. Mozart smiled, took off the ring and played more brilliantly than
+ever. Then the enthusiasm was redoubled. The Neapolitans showed them every
+attention and honor. A carriage was provided for their use, and we have an
+account of how they drove through the best streets, the father wearing a
+maroon-colored coat with light blue facings, and Wolfgang in one of apple
+green, with rose-colored facings and silver buttons.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was indeed a wonderful tour which they made in Italy, though there is
+not time to tell of many things that happened. On their return to Rome,
+the Pope gave him the order of the Golden Spur, which made him Chevalier
+de Mozart. Arriving at Bologna the young musician was made a member of the
+Accademia Filharmonica. The test for this admission was setting an antiphon
+in four parts. Wolfgang was locked in a room till the task should be
+finished. To the astonishment of everybody he asked to be let out at the
+end of half an hour,&mdash;having completed the work.
+</p>
+<p>
+The travelers now proceeded to Milan, where Mozart was to work on his first
+opera, for which he had received a commission. It was a great task for a
+boy to accomplish and we find the young composer writing to his mother and
+sister to pray for his success. The opera was called &quot;Mitridate,&quot; and was
+finished after three months' hard work. The first performance was given in
+Milan, December 26, 1770, and was conducted by Wolfgang himself. It was a
+proud, happy day for the father, indeed for the whole family. &quot;Mitridate&quot;
+succeeded beyond their hopes; it was given twenty times before crowded
+houses; and its success brought an election to the Accademia, and also a
+commission to write a dramatic Serenata for an approaching royal wedding.
+This work also was a great success. The Empress who had commissioned Mozart
+to compose the work was so pleased, that besides the promised fee, she gave
+the composer a gold watch with her portrait set in diamonds on the back.
+</p>
+<p>
+Sunshine and success had followed the gifted boy through all his travels;
+but now shadows and disappointments were to come, due to jealousy, intrigue
+and indifference of those in power who might have helped him but failed
+to recognize his genius. Shortly after the return of the father and son
+to their home town of Salzburg, their protector and friend, the good
+Archbishop of Salzburg, died. His successor was indifferent to art and held
+in contempt those who followed it as a profession. He persistently refused
+to appoint the young musician to any office worthy his talent or to
+recognize his gifts in any way. While Mozart remained at home in Salzburg,
+hoping his prospects would improve, he worked at composing with untiring
+diligence. By the time he was twenty-one he had accumulated a mass of music
+that embraced every branch of the art. He had a growing reputation as a
+composer but no settled future. He had the post of concertmaster, it is
+true, but the salary was but a trifle and he was often pressed for money.
+Leopold therefore decided to undertake another professional tour with his
+son. The Archbishop however prevented the father leaving Salzburg. So
+the only course left open was to allow Wolfgang and his mother to travel
+together. They set out on the morning of September 23, 1777. Wolfgang's
+spirits rose as the town of Salzburg faded into the haze of that September
+morning; the sense of freedom was exhilarating; he had escaped the place
+associated in his mind with tyranny and oppression, to seek his fortune in
+new and wider fields.
+</p>
+<p>
+At Munich where they first halted, Wolfgang sought an engagement at the
+Elector's Court. He had an audience at the Nymphenburg, a magnificent
+palace on the outskirts of the city. The Elector said there was no vacancy;
+he did not know but later it might be possible to make one, after Mozart
+had been to Italy and had made a name for himself. With these words the
+Elector turned away. Mozart stood as if stunned. To Italy, when he had
+concertized there for about seven years, and had been showered with honors!
+It was too much. He shook off the dust of Munich and he and his mother
+went on to Mannheim. Here was a more congenial atmosphere. The Elector
+maintained a fine orchestra, and with the conductor, Cannabich, Mozart
+became great friends, giving music lessons to his daughter. But he could
+not seem to secure a permanent appointment at Court, worthy his genius and
+ability. Money became more scarce and the father and sister must make many
+sacrifices at home to send money to maintain mother and son. With the best
+of intentions Wolfgang failed to make his way except as a piano teacher.
+The father had resorted to the same means of securing the extra sums
+required, and wrote quite sharply to the son to bestir himself and get
+something settled for the future.
+</p>
+<p>
+For the young genius, Mannheim possessed a special attraction of which
+the father knew nothing. Shortly after their arrival in the city, Wolfgang
+became acquainted with the Weber family. The two oldest daughters, Aloysia,
+fifteen, and Constanza, fourteen, were charming girls just budding into
+womanhood. Aloysia had a sweet, pure voice, and was studying for the stage;
+indeed she had already made her d&eacute;but in opera. It was not at all strange
+that young Mozart, who often joined the family circle, should fall in love
+with the girl's fair beauty and fresh voice, should write songs for her
+and teach her to sing them as he wished. They were much together and their
+early attraction fast ripened into love. Wolfgang formed a project for
+helping the Webers, who were in rather straitened circumstances, by
+undertaking a journey to Italy in company with Aloysia and her father; he
+would write an opera in which Aloysia should appear as prima donna. Of this
+brilliant plan he wrote his father, saying they could stop in Salzburg on
+the way, when the father and Nannerl could meet the fair young singer, whom
+they would be sure to love.
+</p>
+<p>
+Leopold Mozart was distracted at news of this project. He at once wrote,
+advising his son to go to Paris and try there to make a name and fame for
+himself. The son dutifully yielded at once. With a heavy heart he prepared
+to leave Mannheim, where he had spent such a happy winter, and his love
+dream came to an end. It was a sad parting with the Weber household, for
+they regarded Wolfgang as their greatest benefactor.
+</p>
+<p>
+The hopes Leopold Mozart had built on Wolfgang's success in Paris were not
+to be realized. The enthusiasm he had aroused as a child prodigy was not
+awarded to the matured musician. Three months passed away in more or less
+fruitless endeavor. Then the mother, who had been his constant companion in
+these trials and travels, fell seriously ill. On July 3, 1778, she passed
+away in her son's arms.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mozart prepared to leave Paris at once, and his father was the more
+willing, since the Archbishop of Salzburg offered Wolfgang the position
+of Court organist, at a salary of 500 florins, with permission to absent
+himself whenever he might be called upon to conduct his own operas. Leopold
+urged Wolfgang's acceptance, as their joint income would amount to one
+thousand florins a year&mdash;a sum that would enable them to pay their debts
+and live in comparative comfort.
+</p>
+<p>
+To Mozart the thought of settling down in Salzburg under the conditions
+stated in his father's letter was distasteful, but he had not the heart
+to withstand his father's appeal. He set out from Paris at once, promising
+himself just one indulgence before entering the bondage which lay before
+him, a visit to his friends the Webers at Mannheim. When he arrived there
+he found they had gone to Munich to live. Therefore he pushed on to Munich.
+The Weber family received him as warmly as of old, but in Aloysia's eyes
+there was only a friendly greeting, nothing more. A few short months had
+cooled her fickle attachment for the young composer. This discovery was a
+bitter trial to Wolfgang and he returned to his Salzburg home saddened by
+disappointed love and ambition.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here in his old home he was cheered by a rapturous welcome; it was little
+short of a triumph, this greeting and homage showered on him by father,
+sister and friends. In their eyes his success was unshadowed by failure; to
+them he was Mozart the great composer, the genius among musicians. He was
+very grateful for these proofs of affection and esteem, but he had
+still the same aversion to Salzburg and his Court duties. So it was with
+new-kindled joy that he set out once more for Munich, in November, 1780,
+to complete and produce the opera he had been commissioned to write for the
+carnival the following year.
+</p>
+<p>
+The new opera, &quot;Idomeneo,&quot; fulfilled the high expectations his Munich
+friends had formed of the composer's genius. Its reception at the
+rehearsals proved success was certain, and the Elector who was present,
+joined the performers in expressing his unqualified approval. At home
+the progress of the work was followed with deepest interest. The first
+performance of &quot;Idomeneo&quot; took place on January 29, 1781. Leopold and
+Marianne journeyed to Munich to witness Wolfgang's triumph. It was a
+proud, happy moment for all three; the enthusiastic acclaim which shook the
+theater seemed to the old father, who watched with swimming eyes the sea of
+waving hands around him, to set the seal of greatness on his son's career.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Archbishop, under whom Mozart held the meager office we have spoken
+of, grew more overbearing in his treatment; he was undoubtedly jealous that
+great people of Vienna were so deferential to one of his servants, as he
+chose to call him. At last the rupture came; after a stormy scene Mozart
+was dismissed from his service, and was free.
+</p>
+<p>
+Father Mozart was alarmed when he heard the news of the break, and
+endeavored to induce Wolfgang to reconsider his decision and return to
+Salzburg. But the son took a firm stand for his independence. &quot;Do not ask
+me to return to Salzburg,&quot; he wrote his father; &quot;ask me anything but that.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+And now came a time of struggling for Mozart. His small salary was cut off
+and he had but one pupil. He had numerous friends, however, and soon his
+fortunes began to mend. He was lodging with his old friends the Webers.
+Aloysia, his former beloved, had married; Madame Weber and her two
+unmarried daughters were now in Vienna and in reduced circumstances.
+Mozart's latest opera, &quot;The Elopement,&quot; had brought him fame both in Vienna
+and Prague, and he had the patronage of many distinguished persons, as well
+as that of Emperor Josef.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mozart had now decided to make a home for himself, and chose as his bride
+Constanza Weber, a younger sister of Aloysia, his first love. In spite of
+Leopold Mozart's remonstrance, the young people were married August 16,
+1782.
+</p>
+<p>
+Constanza, though a devoted wife, was inexperienced in home keeping. The
+young couple were soon involved in many financial troubles from which there
+seemed no way out, except by means of some Court appointment. This
+the Emperor in spite of his sincere interest in the composer, seemed
+disinclined to give.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mozart now thought seriously of a journey to London and Paris, but his
+father's urgent appeal that he would wait and exercise patience, delayed
+him. Meanwhile he carried out an ardent desire to pay a visit to his father
+and sister in Salzburg, to present to them his bride. It was a very happy
+visit, and later on, when Mozart and his wife were again settled in Vienna,
+they welcomed the father on a return visit. Leopold found his son immersed
+in work, and it gladdened his heart to see the appreciation in which his
+playing and compositions were held. One happy evening they spent with Josef
+Haydn who, after hearing some of Mozart's quartets played, took the father
+aside, saying: &quot;I declare before God, as a man of honor, that your son is
+the greatest composer I know, either personally or by reputation. He has
+taste, but more than that the most consummate knowledge of the art of
+composition.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+This happy time was to be the last meeting between father and son. Soon
+after Leopold's return to Salzburg, he was stricken with illness, and
+passed away May 28, 1787. The news reached the composer shortly after he
+had achieved one of the greatest successes of his life. The performances of
+his latest opera, &quot;The Marriage of Figaro,&quot; had been hailed with delight
+by enthusiastic crowds in Vienna and Prague; its songs were heard at every
+street corner, and village ale house. &quot;Never was anything more complete
+than the triumph of Mozart and his 'Nozze di Figaro,'&quot; wrote a singer
+and friend.&mdash;&quot;And for Mozart himself, I shall never forget his face when
+lighted up with the glowing rays of genius; it is as impossible to describe
+as to paint sunbeams.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Despite the success of Figaro, Mozart was still a poor man, and must earn
+his bread by giving music lessons. Finally the Emperor, hoping to keep
+him in Germany, appointed him Chamber-composer at a salary of about eighty
+pounds a year. It must have seemed to Mozart and his friends a beggarly sum
+for the value his Majesty professed to set upon the composer's services to
+art. &quot;Too much for the little I am asked to produce, too little for what
+I could produce,&quot; were the bitter words he penned on the official return
+stating the amount of his salary.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mozart was inclined to be somewhat extravagant in dress and household
+expenditure, also very generous to any one who needed assistance. These
+trials, added to the fact that his wife was frequently in ill health,
+and not very economical, served to keep the family in continual straits.
+Occasionally they were even without fire or food, though friends always
+assisted such dire distress. Mozart's father had declared procrastination
+was his son's besetting sin. Yet the son was a tireless worker, never idle.
+In September, 1787, he was at Prague, writing the score of his greatest
+opera, &quot;Don Giovanni&quot;; the time was short, as the work was to be produced
+October 29. On the evening of the 28th it was found he had not yet written
+the overture. It only had to be written down, for this wonderful genius had
+the music quite complete in his head. He set to work, while his wife
+read fairy tales aloud to keep him awake, and gave him strong punch at
+intervals. By seven o'clock next morning the score was ready for the
+copyist. It was played in the evening without rehearsal, with the ink
+scarcely dry on the paper.
+</p>
+<p>
+Even the successes of &quot;Don Giovanni,&quot; which was received with thunders of
+applause, failed to remedy his desperate financial straits. Shortly after
+this his pupil and patron, Prince Karl Lichnowsky, proposed he should
+accompany him to Berlin. Mozart gladly consented, hoping for some
+betterment to his fortunes. The King of Prussia received him with honor
+and respect and offered him the post of Capellmeister, at a salary equal
+to about three thousand dollars. This sum would have liberated him from all
+his financial embarrassments, and he was strongly tempted to accept. But
+loyalty to his good Emperor Josef caused him to decline the offer.
+</p>
+<p>
+The month of July, 1791, found Mozart at home in Vienna at work on a magic
+opera to help his friend Salieri, who had taken a little theater in the
+suburb of Wieden. One day he was visited by a stranger, a tall man, who
+said he came to commission Mozart to compose a Requiem. He would neither
+give his own name nor that of the person who had sent him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mozart was somewhat depressed by this mysterious commission; however he set
+to work on the Requiem at once. The composing of both this and the fairy
+opera was suddenly interrupted by a pressing request that he would write
+an opera for the coronation of Leopold II at Prague. The ceremony was fixed
+for September 6, so no time was to be lost. Mozart set out at once for
+Prague. The traveling carriage was at the door. As he was about to enter
+it, the mysterious stranger suddenly appeared and enquired for the Requiem.
+The composer could only promise to finish on his return, when hastily
+entering his carriage, he drove away.
+</p>
+<p>
+The new opera, &quot;La Clemenza di Tito,&quot; was finished in time and performed,
+but was received somewhat indifferently. Mozart returned to Vienna with
+spirits depressed and body exhausted by overwork. However, he braced
+himself anew, and on September 30th, the new fairy opera, the &quot;Magic
+Flute,&quot; was produced, and its success increased with each performance.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Requiem was not yet finished and to this work Mozart now turned. But
+the strain and excitement he had undergone for the past few months had done
+their work: a succession of fainting spells overcame him, and the marvelous
+powers which had always been his seemed no longer at his command. He feared
+he would not live to complete the work. &quot;It is for myself I am writing the
+Requiem,&quot; he said sadly to Constanza, one day.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the evening of December 4, friends who had gathered at his bedside,
+handed him, at his desire, the score of the Requiem, and, propped up by
+pillows he tried to sing one of the passages. The effort was too great; the
+manuscript slipped from his nerveless hand and he fell back speechless with
+emotion. A few hours later, on the morning of December 5, 1791, this great
+master of whom it was prophesied that he would cause all others to
+be forgotten, passed from the scene of his many struggles and greater
+triumphs.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_7"><!-- RULE4 7 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+VII<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN
+</h3><br>
+<img src="images/gmm008.jpg" alt="Ludwig Van Beethoven" width="445" height="592" border="0">
+</div>
+
+<p>
+The Shakespeare of the realm of music, as he has been called, first saw the
+light on December 16, 1770, in the little University town of Bonn, on the
+Rhine. His father, Johann Beethoven, belonged to the court band of the
+Elector of Cologne. The family were extremely poor. The little room, where
+the future great master was born, was so low, that a good-sized man could
+barely stand upright in it. Very small it was too, and not very light
+either, as it was at the back of the building and looked out on a walled
+garden.
+</p>
+<p>
+The fame of young Mozart, who was acclaimed everywhere as a marvelous
+prodigy, had naturally reached the father's ears. He decided to train the
+little Ludwig as a pianist, so that he should also be hailed as a prodigy
+and win fame and best of all money for the poverty-stricken family. So
+the tiny child was made to practice scales and finger exercises for
+hours together. He was a musically gifted child, but how he hated those
+everlasting tasks of finger technic, when he longed to join his little
+companions, who could run and play in the sunshine. If he stopped his
+practice to rest and dream a bit, the stern face of his father would appear
+at the doorway, and a harsh voice would call out, &quot;Ludwig! what are you
+doing? Go on with your exercises at once. There will be no soup for you
+till they are finished.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The father, though harsh and stern, wished his boy to have as thorough a
+knowledge of music as his means would permit. The boy was also sent to the
+public school, where he picked up reading and writing, but did not make
+friends very quickly with the other children. The fact was the child
+seemed wholly absorbed in music; of music he dreamed constantly; in the
+companionship of music he never could be lonely.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Ludwig was nine his father, regarding him with satisfaction and some
+pride, declared he could teach him no more&mdash;and another master must be
+found. Those childhood years of hard toil had resulted in remarkable
+progress, even with the sort of teaching he had received. The circumstances
+of the family had not improved, for poverty had become acute, as the father
+became more and more addicted to drink. Just at this time, a new lodger
+appeared, who was something of a musician, and arranged to teach the boy
+in part payment for his room. Ludwig wondered if he would turn out to be a
+more severe taskmaster than his father had been. The times and seasons when
+his instruction was given were at least unusual. Tobias Pfeiffer, as the
+new lodger was called, soon discovered that father Beethoven generally
+spent his evenings at the tavern. As an act of kindness, to keep his
+drunken landlord out of the way of the police, Tobias used to go to the
+tavern late at night and bring him safely home. Then he would go to the
+bedside of the sleeping boy, and awake him by telling him it was time
+for practice. The two would go to the living room, where they would play
+together for several hours, improvising on original themes and playing
+duets. This went on for about a year; meanwhile Ludwig studied Latin,
+French, Italian and logic. He also had organ lessons.
+</p>
+<p>
+Things were going from bad to worse in the Beethoven home, and in the hope
+of bettering these unhappy conditions, Frau Beethoven undertook a trip
+through Holland with her boy, hoping that his playing in the homes of
+the wealthy might produce some money. The tour was successful in that
+it relieved the pressing necessities of the moment, but the sturdy,
+independent spirit of the boy showed itself even then. &quot;The Dutch are very
+stingy, and I shall take care not to trouble them again,&quot; he remarked to a
+friend.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy Ludwig could play the organ fairly well, as he had studied it with
+Christian Neefe, who was organist at the Court church. He also could play
+the piano with force and finish, read well at sight and knew nearly the
+whole of Bach's &quot;Well Tempered Clavichord.&quot; This was a pretty good record
+for a boy of 11, who, if he went on as he had begun, it was said, would
+become a second Mozart.
+</p>
+<p>
+Neefe was ordered to proceed with the Elector and Court to M&uuml;nster, which
+meant to leave his organ in Bonn for a time. Before starting he called
+Ludwig to him and told him of his intended absence. &quot;I must have an
+assistant to take my place at the organ here. Whom do you think I should
+appoint?&quot; Seeing the boy had no inkling of his meaning, he continued: &quot;I
+have thought of an assistant, one I am sure I can trust,&mdash;and that is you,
+Ludwig.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The honor was great, for a boy of eleven and a half. To conduct the
+service, and receive the respect and deference due the position, quite
+overwhelmed the lad. Honors of this kind were very pleasant, but, alas,
+there was no money attached to the position, and this was what the
+straitened family needed most sorely. The responsibilities of the position
+and the confidence of Neefe spurred Ludwig on to a passion of work which
+nothing could check. He began to compose; three sonatas for the pianoforte
+were written about this time. Before completing his thirteenth year, Ludwig
+obtained his first official appointment from the Elector; he became what
+is called cembalist in the orchestra, which meant that he had to play
+the piano in the orchestra, and conduct the band at rehearsals. With this
+appointment there was no salary attached either, and it was not until a
+year later when he was made second organist to the Court, under the new
+Elector, Max Franz, that he began to receive a small salary, equal to about
+sixty-five dollars a year. We have seen that the straits of the family had
+not prevented Ludwig from pursuing his musical studies with great ardor.
+With his present attainments and his ambition for higher achievements, he
+longed to leave the little town of Bonn, and see something of the great
+world. Vienna was the center of the musical life of Germany; the boy
+dreamed of this magical city by day as he went about his routine of work,
+and by night as he lay on his poor narrow cot. Like Haydn, Vienna was the
+goal of his ambition. When a kind friend, knowing his great longing, came
+forward with an offer to pay the expenses of the journey, the lad knew his
+dream was to become a reality. In Vienna he would see the first composers
+of the day; best of all he would see and meet the divine Mozart, the
+greatest of them all.
+</p>
+<p>
+Ludwig, now seventeen, set out for the city of his dreams with the
+brightest anticipations. On his arrival in Vienna he went at once to
+Mozart's house. He was received most kindly and asked to play, but Mozart
+seemed preoccupied and paid but little attention. Ludwig, seeing this
+stopped playing and asked for a theme on which to improvise. Mozart gave a
+simple theme, and Beethoven, taking the slender thread, worked it up with
+so much feeling and power, that Mozart, who was now all attention and
+astonishment, stepped into the next room, where some friends were waiting
+for him, and said, &quot;Pay attention to this young man; he will make a noise
+in the world some day.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Shortly after his return home he was saddened by the loss of his good,
+kind, patient mother, and a few months later his little sister Margaretha
+passed away. No doubt these sorrows were expressed in some of his most
+beautiful compositions. But brighter days followed the dark ones. He became
+acquainted with the Breuning family, a widow lady and four children, three
+boys and a girl, all young people. The youngest boy and the girl became
+his pupils, and all were very fond of him. He would stay at their house
+for days at a time and was always treated as one of the family. They were
+cultured people, and in their society Beethoven's whole nature expanded.
+He began to take an interest in the literature of his own country and
+in English authors as well. All his spare time was given to reading and
+composition. A valuable acquaintance with the young Count Von Waldstein was
+made about this time. The Count called one day and found the composer at
+his old worn out piano, surrounded by signs of abject poverty. It went
+to his heart to see that the young man, whose music he so greatly admired
+should have to struggle for the bare necessities of life while he himself
+enjoyed every luxury. It seemed to him terribly unjust. He feared to offend
+the composer's self-respect by sending him money, but shortly after the
+call Beethoven was made happy by the gift of a fine new piano, in place of
+his old one. He was very grateful for this friendship and later dedicated
+to the Count one of his finest sonatas, the Op. 53, known as the &quot;Waldstein
+Sonata.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+With a view of aiding the growth of the opera, and operatic art, the
+Elector founded a national theater, and Beethoven was appointed viola
+player in the orchestra besides still being assistant organist in the
+chapel. In July, 1792, the band arranged a reception for Haydn, who was
+to pass through Bonn on his way from London, where he had had a wonderful
+success, to his home in Vienna. Beethoven seized the opportunity to show
+the master a cantata he had just composed. Haydn praised the work and
+greatly encouraged the young musician to go forward in his studies. The
+Elector, hearing of Haydn's words of praise, felt that Beethoven should
+have the chance to develop his talents that he might be able to produce
+greater works. Therefore he decided to send the young composer, at his own
+expense, to study strict counterpoint with Haydn. He was now twenty-two and
+his compositions already published had brought him considerable fame and
+appreciation in his vicinity. Now he was to have wider scope for his gifts.
+</p>
+<p>
+He bade farewell to Bonn in November of this year and set out a second
+time for the city of his dreams&mdash;Vienna. He was never to see Bonn again.
+He arrived in Vienna comparatively unknown, but his fine piano playing
+and wonderful gift for improvising greatly impressed all who heard him. He
+constantly played in the homes of the wealthy aristocracy. Many who heard
+him play, engaged lessons and he was well on the road to social success.
+Yet his brusque manners often antagonized his patrons. He made no effort
+to please or conciliate; he was obstinate and self-willed. In spite of all
+this, the innate nobleness and truth of his character retained the regard
+of men and women belonging to the highest ranks of society. With the Prince
+and Princess Lichnowsky Beethoven shortly became very intimate, and was
+invited to stay at the Palace. The Princess looked after his personal
+comfort with as motherly an affection as Madame Breuning had done. The
+etiquette of the Palace however, offended Ludwig's love of Bohemianism,
+especially the dressing for dinner at a certain time. He took to dining at
+a tavern quite frequently, and finally engaged lodgings. The Prince and his
+good lady, far from taking offense at this unmannerly behavior, forgave it
+and always kept for Beethoven a warm place in their hearts, while he, on
+his part was sincere in his affection for his kind friends.
+</p>
+<p>
+Beethoven began his lessons with Haydn, but they did not seem to get on
+well together. The pupil thought the master did not give him enough time
+and attention. When Haydn went to England, about a year after the lessons
+began, Beethoven studied with several of the best musicians of the city,
+both in playing and composition. Albrechtsberger, one of these, was a
+famous contrapuntist of his time, and the student gained much from his
+teaching. The young musician was irresistible when he seated himself at the
+piano to extemporize. &quot;His improvisating was most brilliant and striking,&quot;
+wrote Carl Czerny, a pupil of Beethoven. &quot;In whatever company he might be,
+he knew how to produce such an effect upon the listeners that frequently
+all eyes would be wet, and some listeners would sob; there was something
+wonderful in his expressive style, the beauty and originality of his ideas
+and his spirited way of playing.&quot; Strange to say the emotion he roused
+in his hearers seemed to find no response in Beethoven himself. He would
+sometimes laugh at it, at other times he would resent it, saying, &quot;We
+artists don't want tears, we want applause.&quot; These expressions however
+only concealed his inner feelings&mdash;for he was very sympathetic with those
+friends he loved. His anger, though sharp, was of short duration, but his
+suspicions of those whose confidence he had won by his genius and force of
+character, were the cause of much suffering to himself and others.
+</p>
+<p>
+Beethoven in appearance was short and stockily built; his face was not
+at all good looking. It is said he was generally meanly dressed and was
+homely, but full of nobility, fine feeling and highly cultivated. The eyes
+were black and bright, and they dilated, when the composer was lost
+in thought, in a way that made him look inspired. A mass of dark hair
+surmounted a high broad forehead. He often looked gloomy, but when he
+smiled it was with a radiant brightness. His hands were strong and the
+fingers short and pressed out with much practise. He was very particular
+about hand position when playing. As a conductor he made many movements,
+and is said to have crouched below the desk in soft passages; in Crescendos
+he would gradually lift himself up until at the loudest parts he would
+rise to his full height with arms extended, even springing into the air, as
+though he would float in space.
+</p>
+<p>
+Beethoven as a teacher, showed none of the impatience and carelessness
+that were seen in his personal habits. He insisted on a pupil repeating
+the passage carefully a number of times, until it could be played to his
+satisfaction. He did not seem to mind a few wrong notes, but the pupil must
+not fail to grasp the meaning or put in the right expression, or his anger
+would be aroused. The first was an accident, the other would be a lack of
+knowledge of feeling.
+</p>
+<p>
+Beethoven loved nature as much or more than any musician ever did. How he
+hailed the spring because he knew the time would soon come when he could
+close the door of his lodgings in the hot city, and slip away to some quiet
+spot and hold sweet communion with nature. A forest was a paradise, where
+he could ramble among the trees and dream. Or he would select a tree where
+a forking branch would form a seat near the ground. He would climb up and
+sit in it for hours, lost in thought. Leaning against the trunk of a lime
+tree, his eyes fixed upon the network of leaves and branches above him, he
+sketched the plan of his oratorio &quot;The Mount of Olives&quot;; also that of his
+one opera &quot;Fidelio,&quot; and the third Symphony, known as the &quot;Eroica.&quot; He
+wrote to a friend, &quot;No man loves the country more than I. Woods, trees and
+rocks give the response which man requires. Every tree seems to say 'Holy,
+holy.'&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Already, as a young man, symptoms of deafness began to appear, and the fear
+of becoming a victim of this malady made the composer more sensitive than
+ever. He was not yet thirty when this happened, and believing his life work
+at an end, he became deeply depressed. Various treatments were tried for
+increasing deafness; at one time it seemed to be cured by the skill of Dr.
+Schmidt, to whom out of gratitude he dedicated his Septet, arranged as a
+Trio. By his advice the composer went for the summer of 1820 to the little
+village of Heiligenstadt (which means Holy City) in the hope that the calm,
+sweet environment would act as a balm to his troubled mind. During this
+period of rest and quiet his health improved somewhat, but from now on he
+had to give up conducting his works, on account of his deafness.
+</p>
+<p>
+It may be thought that one so reticent and retiring, of such hasty temper
+and brusque manners, would scarcely be attracted to women. But Beethoven,
+it is said, was very susceptible to the charm of the opposite sex. He was
+however, most careful and high-souled in all his relations with women. He
+was frequently in love, but it was usually a Platonic affection. For the
+Countess Julie Guicciardi he protested the most passionate love, which was
+in a measure returned. She was doubtless his &quot;immortal beloved,&quot; whose name
+vibrates through the Adagio of the &quot;Moonlight Sonata,&quot; which is dedicated
+to her. He wrote her the most adoring letters; but the union, which he
+seemed to desire so intensely, was never brought about, though the reason
+is not known. For Bettina von Arnim, Goethe's little friend, he conceived a
+tender affection. Another love of his was for the Countess Marie Erd&ouml;dy,
+to whom he dedicated the two fine Trios, Op. 70, but this was also a purely
+Platonic affection. The composer was unfortunate in his attachments, for
+the objects were always of a much higher social standing than himself. As
+he constantly associated with people of rank and culture, it was natural
+that the young girl nobly born, with all the fascinations of the high bred
+aristocrat, should attract him far more than the ordinary woman of his own
+class. And thus it happened that several times he staked his chances of
+happiness on a love he knew could never be consummated. Yet no one needed a
+kind, helpful, sympathetic wife more than did our poet-musician. She would
+have soothed his sensitive soul when he suffered from fancied wrongs,
+shielded him from intrusion, shared his sorrows and triumphs, and attended
+to his house-keeping arrangements, which were always in a sad state of
+confusion. This blissful state was seemingly not for him. It was best for
+the great genius to devote himself wholly to his divine art, and to create
+those masterpieces which will always endure.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1804 Beethoven completed one of his greatest symphonies, the &quot;Eroica.&quot;
+He made a sketch, as we have seen, two years before. He had intended it to
+honor Napoleon, to whose character and career he was greatly attracted.
+But when Napoleon entered Paris in triumph and was proclaimed Emperor,
+Beethoven's worship was turned to contempt. He seized the symphony, tore
+the little page to shreds and flung the work to the other end of the room.
+It was a long time before he would look at the music again, but finally, he
+consented to publish it under the title by which it is now known.
+</p>
+<p>
+When we consider the number and greatness of Beethoven's compositions we
+stand aghast at the amount of labor he accomplished. &quot;I live only in my
+music,&quot; he wrote, &quot;and no sooner is one thing done than the next is begun.
+I often work at two or three things at once.&quot; Music was his language of
+expression, and through his music we can reach his heart and know the man
+as he really was. At heart he was a man capable of loving deeply and most
+worthy to be loved.
+</p>
+<p>
+Of the composer's two brothers, one had passed away and had left his boy
+Carl, named after himself, as a solemn charge, to be brought up by Uncle
+Ludwig as his own son. The composer took up this task generously and
+unselfishly. He was happy to have the little lad near him, one of his own
+kin to love. But as Carl grew to young manhood he proved to be utterly
+unworthy of all this affection. He treated his good uncle shamefully, stole
+money from him, though he had been always generously supplied with it,
+and became a disgrace to the family. There is no doubt that his nephew's
+dissolute habits saddened the master's life, estranged him from his friends
+and hastened his death.
+</p>
+<p>
+How simple and modest was this great master, in face of his mighty
+achievements! He wrote to a friend in 1824: &quot;I feel as if I had scarcely
+written more than a few notes.&quot; These later years had been more than full
+of work and anxiety. Totally deaf, entirely thrown in upon himself, often
+weak and ill, the master kept on creating work after work of the highest
+beauty and grandeur.
+</p>
+<p>
+Ludwig van Beethoven passed from this plane March 26, 1827, having recently
+completed his fifty-sixth year, and was laid to rest in the W&auml;hring
+Cemetery near Vienna. Unlike Mozart, he was buried with much honor. Twenty
+thousand people followed him to his grave. Among them was Schubert, who had
+visited him on his deathbed, and was one of the torch bearers. Several of
+the Master's compositions were sung by a choir of male voices, accompanied
+by trombones. At the grave Hummel laid three laurel wreaths on the casket.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_8"><!-- RULE4 8 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+VIII<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+CARL MARIA VON WEBER
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+As we have already seen in the life stories of a number of musicians, the
+career they were to follow was often decided by the father, who determined
+to form them into wonder children, either for monetary gain or for the
+honor and glory of the family. The subject of this story is an example of
+such a preconceived plan.
+</p>
+<p>
+Franz Anton von Weber, who was a capable musician himself, had always
+cherished the desire to give a wonder child to the world. In his idea
+wonder children need not be born such, they could be made by the proper
+care and training. He had been a wealthy man, but at the time of our story,
+was in reduced circumstances, and was traveling about Saxony at the head of
+a troupe of theatrical folk, called &quot;Weber's Company of Comedians.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Little Carl Maria Friedrich Ernst, to give his full name, was born December
+18, 1786, at Eutin, a little town in Lower Saxony. He was the first child
+of a second marriage, and before the baby boy could speak, his career had
+been planned; the father had made up his mind to develop his son into an
+extraordinary musical genius. It is not recorded what his young mother, a
+delicate girl of seventeen, thought about it; probably her ideas for
+her baby son did not enter into the father's plan. Mother and child were
+obliged to follow in the train of the wandering comedians, so baby Carl was
+brought up amid the properties of stage business. Scenery, canvas, paints
+and stage lights were the materials upon which Carl's imagination was fed.
+He learned stage language with his earliest breath; it is no wonder he
+turned to writing for the stage as to the manner born.
+</p>
+<p>
+As a child he was neither robust nor even healthy, which is not surprising,
+since he was not allowed to run afield with other children, enjoying the
+sweet air of nature, the flowers, the sunshine and blue sky. No, he must
+stay indoors much of the time and find his playmates among cardboard
+castles and painted canvas streets. This treatment was not conducive to
+rosy cheeks and strong, sturdy little legs. Then, before the delicate child
+was six years old, a violin was put into his hand, and if his progress on
+it was thought to be too slow by his impatient father, he was treated to
+raps and blows by way of incentive to work yet harder. His teachers, too,
+were continually changing, as the comedians had to travel about from place
+to place. After awhile he was taken in hand by Michael Haydn, a brother
+of the great Josef. Michael was a famous musician himself and seldom gave
+lessons to any one. But he was interested in Carl and took charge of his
+musical education for some time.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was not long before Carl Maria's genius began definitely to show itself,
+for he started to write for the lyric stage. Two comic operas appeared,
+&quot;The Dumb Girl of the Forest,&quot; and &quot;Peter Schmoll and his Neighbors.&quot; They
+were both performed, but neither made a hit.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Carl was seventeen, the father decided he should go to Vienna, for
+there he would meet all the great musicians of the time. The boy was at the
+most impressionable age: he was lively, witty, with pleasant manners and
+amiable disposition; he soon became a favorite in the highest musical
+circles. It was a gay life and the inexperienced youth yielded to its
+allurements. In the meantime he did some serious studying under the
+famous Abb&eacute; Vogler. The following year the Abb&eacute; recommended him to the
+conductorship of the Breslau Opera House. This was a very difficult post
+for a boy of eighteen, and he encountered much jealousy and opposition
+from the older musicians, who did not relish finding themselves under the
+leadership of such a youth. A year served to disgust him with the work and
+he resigned. During the year he had found time to compose most of his opera
+&quot;Rubezahl.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+For the next few years there were many &quot;ups and downs&quot; in Carl's life. From
+Breslau he went to Carlsruhe, and entered the service of Prince Eugene.
+For about a year he was a brilliant figure at the Court. Then war clouds
+gathered and the gay Court life came to an end. Music under the present
+conditions could no longer support him, as the whole social state of
+Germany had altered. The young composer was forced to earn his livelihood
+in some way, and now became private secretary to Prince Ludwig of
+Wurtemburg, whose Court was held at Stuttgart. The gay, dissolute life
+at the Court was full of temptation for our young composer, yet he found
+considerable time for composition; his opera &quot;Sylvana&quot; was the result,
+besides several smaller things. During the Stuttgart period, his finances
+became so low, that on one occasion he had to spend several days in prison
+for debt. Determined to recruit his fortunes, he began traveling to other
+towns to make known his art. In Mannheim, Darmstadt and Baden, he gave
+concerts, bringing out in each place some of his newer pieces, and earning
+enough at each concert to last a few weeks, when another concert would keep
+the wolf from the door a little longer.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1810, when he was twenty-four, he finished his pretty opera &quot;Abu
+Hassan,&quot; which, on the suggestion of his venerable master, Vogler, he
+dedicated to the Grand Duke. The Duke accepted the dedication with evident
+pleasure, and sent Carl a purse of gold, in value about two hundred
+dollars. The opera was performed on February 6, 1811, and its reception was
+very gratifying to the composer. The Grand Duke took one hundred and twenty
+tickets and the performance netted over two hundred florins clear profit.
+It was after this that Carl Maria went on a tour of the principal German
+cities and gave concerts in Munich, Prague, Berlin, Dresden and other
+places. He was everywhere welcomed, his talents and charming manners
+winning friends everywhere. Especially in Prague he found the highest and
+noblest aristocracy ready to bid him welcome.
+</p>
+<p>
+Weber paid a visit to Liebich, director of the Prague theater, almost as
+soon as he arrived in town. The invalid director greeted him warmly.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;So, you are <i>the</i> Weber! I suppose you want me to buy your operas.
+One fills an evening, the other doesn't. Very well, I will give fifteen
+hundred florins for the two. Is it a bargain?&quot; Weber accepted, and promised
+to return the next spring to conduct the operas. He kept his promise, and
+the result was much better than he ever dreamed. For beyond the performance
+of his operas, he was offered the post of music director of the Prague
+theater, which post was just then vacant. The salary was two thousand
+florins, with a benefit concert at a guaranteed sum of one thousand more,
+and three months leave of absence every year. This assured sum gave young
+Weber the chance of paying his debts and starting afresh, which, he writes
+&quot;was a delight to him.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The composer now threw himself heart and soul into improving the orchestra
+placed in his charge. Before long he had drilled it to a high state of
+excellence. Many new operas were put on the stage in quick succession.
+Thus Weber worked on with great industry for three years. The success he
+achieved created enemies, and perhaps because of intrigues, envy and ill
+feeling which had arisen, he resigned his post in 1816. The three years in
+Prague had been fruitful in new compositions. Several fine piano sonatas,
+a set of &quot;National Songs,&quot; and the Cantata, &quot;Kampf und Sieg,&quot; (Struggle and
+Victory). This last work soon became known all over Germany and made the
+gifted young composer very popular. During this period Weber became engaged
+to Caroline Brandt, a charming singer, who created the title r&ocirc;le in his
+opera of &quot;Sylvana.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Weber had many kind, influential friends in Prague, who admired his zeal
+and efficiency as music director. One of them, Count Vitzhum, did all he
+could to secure Weber for Dresden. On Christmas morning, 1816, he received
+the appointment. He wrote to Caroline: &quot;Long did I look on Count Vitzhum's
+letter without daring to open it. Did it contain joy or sorrow? At length
+I took courage and broke the seal. It was joy! I am Capellmeister to his
+Majesty the King of Saxony. I must now rig myself out in true Court style.
+Perhaps I ought to wear a pigtail to please the Dresdeners. What do you
+say? I ought at least to have an extra kiss from you for this good news.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+He went to Dresden, and at first looked over the situation. On nearer view
+the prospect was not as bright as it had appeared at first. There was a
+rival faction, strongly opposed to his plans for the promotion of German
+opera. There had never been anything tolerated at Dresden but Italian
+opera, and there were many talented Italian singers to interpret them.
+Weber was encouraged by a new national spirit, which he felt would favor
+German opera, and was determined to conquer at all costs. He finally
+succeeded, for, as he wrote to a friend, &quot;The Italians have moved heaven,
+earth and hell also, to swallow up the whole German opera and its promoter.
+But they have found in me a precious tough morsel; I am not easily
+swallowed.&quot; It was the same kind of fight that Handel waged in England, and
+that Gluck fought against the Piccinists.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Joseph and his Brethren,&quot; by Mehul, was the first opera to be taken up by
+the new conductor. He drilled the orchestra much more carefully than they
+had been accustomed, and while, in the beginning, some were sulky at the
+strictness they were subjected to, yet they finally saw the justice of it
+and at last took pride in doing their work well. &quot;Joseph&quot; was brought out
+January 30, 1817. The King and Court were present, and everything passed
+off well, indeed remarkably well. His majesty was greatly pleased and did
+not cough once during the whole performance, as he used to do when things
+did not go to suit him.
+</p>
+<p>
+In spite of Italian opposition which still continued, Weber's efforts
+to establish German opera kept right on, until at last it became a State
+institution, and the composer was appointed musical director for life. With
+this bright prospect in view he was able to wed his beloved Caroline. They
+were married on November 4. A quotation from his diary shows the talented
+musician had become a serious, earnest man. &quot;May God bless our union, and
+grant me strength and power to make my beloved Lina as happy and contented
+as my inmost heart would desire. May His mercy lead me in all things.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Weber was now entering the most prolific and brilliant period of his life.
+His music became richer, more noble and beautiful. The happy union with
+Caroline seemed to put new life and energy into him, and as a result his
+works became quickly known all over Europe. His mind was literally teeming
+with original themes, which crowded each other, struggling to be expressed.
+First there was the &quot;Mass in E flat,&quot; a beautiful, original work; then
+a festal Cantata, &quot;Nature and Love,&quot; written to celebrate the Queen of
+Saxony's birthday. After this the &quot;Jubilee Cantata,&quot; composed to celebrate
+the fiftieth anniversary of the reign of Augustus, of Saxony. The Italian
+faction prevented a performance of the whole work, and only the Overture
+was given. When the entire work was heard it made a great sensation. Now
+came a Jubilee Mass and some piano pieces, among them the charming and
+famous &quot;Invitation to the Dance,&quot; with which every one is familiar. While
+writing all these works, the composer was busy with one of his greatest
+operas, &quot;Der Freisch&uuml;tz.&quot; On May 8, 1820, a hundred years ago, the score
+of &quot;Der Freisch&uuml;tz,&quot; was sent to the director of the Berlin theater, and
+directly put in rehearsal. The rehearsals had not proceeded very far before
+Weber, the tireless ceaseless worker, had finished his important opera,
+&quot;Preciosa,&quot; which was also despatched to Berlin. &quot;Preciosa&quot; was brought
+out before &quot;Der Freisch&uuml;tz,&quot; which was just as it should be, as the public
+needed to be educated up to the &quot;Freisch&uuml;tz&quot; music. &quot;Preciosa&quot; was founded
+on a Spanish story, &quot;The Gypsy of Madrid,&quot; and Weber has written for
+it some of his most charming melodies, full of Spanish color, life and
+vivacity. Nowadays the opera is neglected, but we often hear the overture.
+It is to be noted that the overtures to each of Weber's operas contain the
+leading themes and melodies of the operas themselves, showing with what
+skill the artist wrought. When Weber's widow presented the original score
+of &quot;Der Freisch&uuml;tz&quot; to the Royal Library in Berlin, it was found there was
+not a single erasure or correction in the whole work.
+</p>
+<p>
+On June 18, 1821, came the first performance of Weber's masterpiece, &quot;Der
+Freisch&uuml;tz.&quot; The theater was beseiged for hours by eager crowds, and when
+the doors were at last opened, there was a grand rush to enter. The whole
+house from pit to galleries was soon filled, and when the composer entered
+the orchestra, there was a roar of applause, which it seemed would never
+end. As the performance proceeded, the listeners became more charmed and
+carried away, and at the close there was a wild scene of excitement. The
+success had been tremendous, and the frequent repetitions demanded soon
+filled the treasury of the theater. Everybody was happy, the composer most
+of all. The melodies were played on every piano in Germany and whistled
+by every street urchin. Its fame spread like lightning over Europe, and
+quickly reached England. In London the whole atmosphere seemed to vibrate
+with its melodies. In Paris, however, it did not please on first hearing,
+perhaps because it was so thoroughly German. But somewhat later, when
+renamed &quot;Robin des Bois,&quot;&mdash;&quot;Robin of the Forest,&quot;&mdash;it was performed some
+three hundred and fifty times before being withdrawn.
+</p>
+<p>
+Weber kept ever at work. Two years after the production of &quot;Der Freisch&uuml;tz&quot;
+the opera of &quot;Euryanthe&quot; was completed. The libretto was the work of a half
+demented woman, Helmine von Chezy, but Weber set out to produce the best
+opera he was capable of, and to this story he has joined some wonderful
+music. It was his favorite work; he wrote to his beloved wife two hours
+before the first performance: &quot;I rely on God and my 'Euryanthe.'&quot; The opera
+was produced at the K&auml;rnthnertor Theater, in Vienna, on October 25, 1823.
+The composer, though weak and ill, made the long journey to the great city,
+that he might personally introduce his favorite to the Viennese. He wrote
+his wife after the performance: &quot;Thank God, as I do, beloved wife, for the
+glorious success of 'Euryanthe.' Weary as I am, I must still say a sweet good night
+to my beloved Lina, and cry Victory! All the company seemed in a state of ecstasy;
+singers, chorus, orchestra;&mdash;all were drunk, as it were, with joy.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The title r&ocirc;le was taken by Henrietta Sontag, a young girl, still in her
+teens, though giving high promise of the great things she achieved a few
+years later. Strange to say, a short time after its first appearance,
+&quot;Euryanthe&quot; failed to draw. One reason might have been laid to the
+poor libretto, another to the rumor, started, it is said, by no less an
+authority than the great master Beethoven, that the music of the opera was
+&quot;only a collection of diminished sevenths.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The composer lost no time in laying his score before Beethoven, who said he
+should have visited him <i>before</i>, not <i>after</i> the performance. He
+advised him to do what he himself had done to &quot;Fidelio,&quot; cut out nearly a
+third of the score. Weber took this advice, and remade parts of the opera,
+where he deemed it necessary.
+</p>
+<p>
+The strain of the production of &quot;Euryanthe&quot; told severely on the composer's
+delicate health, and he returned to Dresden in an exhausted state. There
+was no rest for him here, as official duties were pressing. The malady
+afflicting his lungs had made rapid progress and he began to fear he should
+not be long spared to his wife and little ones.
+</p>
+<p>
+He shook off the apathy and took up his pen once more. His fame was known
+all over Europe and many tempting offers came in from all directions. One
+of these was from Covent Garden Theater, London, in the summer of 1824,
+which resulted in a visit to the English capital. Charles Kemble,
+the director of Covent Garden, desired Weber to write a new opera for
+production there. &quot;Oberon&quot; was the subject at last decided upon; it was
+taken from an old French romance. Weber at once set to work on the music of
+this fairy opera, and with the exception of the overture, had finished the
+work in time to bring it to London in 1826. He was ill and suffering at the
+time he left home, February 7, and it seemed as though he were bidding a
+final good-by to his wife and little ones.
+</p>
+<p>
+Arrived in London, Sir George Smart invited him to take up his residence in
+his house. Here he had every comfort, a beautiful piano too was placed at
+his disposal by one of the first makers in London. &quot;No King could be served
+with greater love and affection in all things,&quot; he wrote; &quot;I cannot be
+sufficiently grateful to heaven for the blessings which surround me.&quot; Here
+he composed the beautiful Overture to &quot;Oberon&quot; which was only completed a
+few days before the first performance of the opera.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Oberon&quot; was given at Covent Garden on April 12. The house was packed from
+pit to dome, and the success was tremendous. Next morning the composer was
+in a highly nervous and exhausted state, but felt he must keep his promise
+to Kemble and conduct the first twelve performances of &quot;Oberon.&quot; He was to
+have a benefit concert, and hoped through this to have a goodly sum to take
+back to his little family. Sad to relate, on the evening chosen, May 26, a
+heavy rain fell and the hall was nearly empty. After the concert he was
+so weak he had to be assisted from the room. The physician ordered
+postponement of the journey home, but he cried continually, &quot;I must go to
+my own&mdash;I must! Let me see them once more and then God's will be done.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The next morning, when they came to call him, all was still in his chamber;
+he had passed away peacefully in sleep.
+</p>
+<p>
+Weber was buried in London. His last wish&mdash;to return home,&mdash;was finally
+fulfilled. Eighteen years after, his remains were brought to Dresden, and
+the composer was at last at home.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_9"><!-- RULE4 9 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+IX<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+FRANZ SCHUBERT
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+In the old Lichtenthal quarter of the city of Vienna, in the vicinity of
+the fortifications, there still stands an old house. It is evidently a
+public house, for there hangs the sign&mdash;&quot;At the Red Crab.&quot; Beside this
+there is a marble tablet fastened above the doorway, which says that Franz
+Schubert was born in this house. At the right of his name is placed a lyre
+crowned with a star, and at the left a laurel wreath within which is placed
+the date, January 31, 1797.
+</p>
+<p>
+This then was the birthplace of the &quot;most poetical composer who ever
+lived,&quot; as Liszt said of him; the man who created over six hundred songs,
+eight symphonies, operas, masses, chamber works and much beautiful piano
+music, and yet only lived to be thirty-one. It is almost unbelievable. Let
+us get a nearer view of this remarkable musician.
+</p>
+<p>
+His father kept a school here; there were five children, four boys and
+a girl to provide for, and as there was nothing to depend on but
+the school-master's pay, it is easy to see the family was in poor
+circumstances, though the wife managed most carefully to make ends meet.
+They were a very devoted family altogether. Little Franz early showed a
+decided fondness for music, and tried to pick out bits of tunes of his own
+by ear on an old dilapidated piano the family possessed. He made friends
+with a young apprentice who took him sometimes to a piano wareroom in the
+city, where he was allowed to play his little tunes on a fine piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Franz was seven he began to have music lessons at home, the father
+teaching him violin and his big brother Ignaz, the piano. Franz, in his
+eagerness to learn soon outstripped his home teachers, and told them he
+could go on alone. It was then decided he should go to the parish choir
+master, Holzer, to learn piano, violin, organ, singing and thorough bass.
+Soon Holzer was astonished at the boy's progress. &quot;Whenever I begin to
+teach him anything I find he knows it already; I never had such a pupil
+before.&quot; By the time Franz was eleven, his voice had come out so well that
+he was given the place of head soprano in the parish church, and played
+violin solos whenever they occurred in the service. He had even begun at
+home to compose and write down little piano pieces and songs. The parents
+considered that this remarkable talent should be cultivated further, if
+possible, in order that it might assist the slender purse of the family.
+There was a choir school, called the Convict, which trained its boys for
+the Imperial Chapel. If Franz could prove his ability to enter this school,
+he would receive free education in return for his services.
+</p>
+<p>
+One fine morning in October, 1808, Franz in his homespun grey suit,
+spectacles shielding his bright, near-sighted eyes, his bushy black hair
+covered by an old fashioned hat, presented himself for examination by the
+Court Capellmeister and the singing master. The other boys jeered at his
+odd appearance, but he kept his good humor. When his turn came to sing,
+after solving all the problems given, his singing of the trial pieces was
+so astonishing that he was passed in at once, and ordered to put on the
+uniform of the imperial choristers.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy soon found plenty to fill his time and occupy his mind. There was
+the school orchestra, in which he was able to take a prominent place. There
+was daily practise, in which the boys learned the overtures and symphonies
+of Mozart and Haydn, and even Beethoven. He loved best Mozart's &quot;Symphony
+in G minor,&quot; in which he said he heard angels singing. The leader of the
+orchestra was attracted to the lad's playing the very first day he entered,
+for he played with such precision and understanding. One day Franz mustered
+courage to talk a little to the big conductor, whose name was Spaun, and
+confessed he had composed quite a good deal already, adding he would like
+to do it every day, only he could not afford to get the music paper. Spaun
+received this burst of confidence with sympathy, and saw to it that the boy
+was, in the future, supplied with the necessary music paper.
+</p>
+<p>
+Franz had soon made such progress on the violin, that he began to take the
+first violin parts and when the conductor was absent he was asked to lead
+the orchestra. Indeed by his deep earnestness and sincerity, as well as
+ability, the gifted boy had become a power in the school. When he went home
+to see his people, which could only be on Sundays and holidays, it was a
+happy reunion for all. If he brought home a new string quartet, the father
+would get out his 'cello, Ignaz and Ferdinand would take first and second
+violins and the young composer the viola. After it had been played through,
+then all the players discussed it and offered their criticism. Indeed Franz
+was composing at such an astonishing rate, that it was difficult to keep
+him supplied with music paper. One of his works of this time was a fantasia
+for four hands, in twelve movements. Then came a first attempt at song
+writing, a long affair which also contained twelve movements, and was in
+melancholy mood.
+</p>
+<p>
+Five years the boy Franz Schubert remained at the Convict School and as he
+had decided to give himself entirely to music, there was no reason for his
+remaining longer in the school. At the end of the year 1813, he left, and
+his departure was celebrated by the composition of his first Symphony, in
+honor of Dr. Lang, the musical director. The lad, now seventeen, stood at
+the beginning of his career; he was full of hope and energy, and determined
+to follow in the footsteps of the great masters of music. Of all his
+compositions so far produced, his songs seemed to be the most spontaneous.
+He probably did not guess that he was to open up new paths in this field.
+</p>
+<p>
+Hardly had he left the school when he was drafted for the army. This meant
+several years of virtual captivity, for conscription could not be avoided.
+The only other thing he could do was to return home and become a teacher
+in his father's school. He chose the lesser evil and qualified at once to
+become his father's assistant, which would also assure him a certain amount
+of leisure. We can imagine him installed as teacher of the infant class,
+and realize how distasteful was the daily round of school work, and how he
+longed to have it over, that he might put on paper all the lovely themes
+that had come to him through the school day. Other bright spots were the
+happy hours he spent with the Grob family, who lived also in the district
+of Lichtenthal. The family consisted of a mother, a son and daughter. They
+were all musical. Therese Grob had a fine voice and she enjoyed the songs
+Schubert brought her to sing, while her brother Heinrich could play both
+piano and 'cello. Many evenings filled with music were passed by the young
+people. His friends at the Convict too, welcomed each new piece he wrote.
+Nor did he forget his old master Holzer, the organist of the little church
+where the composer himself regularly attended. During 1814, Schubert
+composed his first mass, which was performed October 16. It excited so much
+interest that it was repeated ten days later at the Augustine church. Franz
+conducted, the choir was led by Holzer, Ferdinand sat at the organ, and
+Therese sang the soprano solos. In the audience sat old Salieri, Court
+Capellmeister of Vienna, with whom Beethoven had studied. Salieri praised
+Schubert for his work, and said that he should become his pupil. He kept
+his word and gave the young composer daily lessons for some time. The
+father was so proud and happy that he bought a five octave piano for his
+boy, to celebrate the event.
+</p>
+<p>
+Schubert added many compositions to his list this year, among them
+seventeen songs, including &quot;Gretchen at the Spinning Wheel.&quot; His
+acquaintance with the poet Johann Mayrhofer, with whom he soon became
+intimate, was of benefit to both. The poet produced verses that his friend
+might set to music. The following year, 1815, he wrote a hundred and
+thirty-seven songs, to say nothing of six operas, and much music for church
+and piano. Twenty-nine of these songs were written in the month of August.
+One day in August eight songs were created; on another day seven. Some
+of the songs were quite long, making between twenty and thirty pages when
+printed.
+</p>
+<p>
+A new friend came into Schubert's life the next year. His name was Franz
+Schober, and he intended entering the University in Vienna. Being a great
+lover of music and also familiar with some of Schubert's manuscript songs,
+he lost no time, on arriving in Vienna, in seeking out the composer. He
+found the young musician at his desk very busily writing. School work was
+over for the day, and he could compose in peace. The two young men became
+friends at once, for they felt the sympathetic bond between them. They were
+soon talking as though they had always known each other. In a few words
+Schubert told his new friend how he was situated at home, and how he
+disliked the daily drudgery of school teaching. On hearing of these trials
+Schober suggested they should make a home together, which arrangement would
+free the composer from the grinding life he was living and enable him
+to give his whole time to his art. The proposal delighted Franz, and the
+father willingly gave his consent. And so it came about that the composer
+was free at last, and took up his abode at his friend's lodgings. He
+insisted on giving him musical instruction, to make some return for all his
+kindness, though this did not last long, owing to the dislike Franz always
+had for teaching of any sort.
+</p>
+<p>
+Schubert, at the age of twenty-four, had composed a great quantity of
+music, but none of it had as yet been published. He was almost unknown, and
+publishers were unwilling to undertake issuing the work of an unknown man.
+When his songs were performed by good artists, as had been done a number of
+times, they won instant recognition and success. Seeing that the publishers
+were unwilling to print the work of an unknown musician, two of Schubert's
+friends undertook to publish the &quot;Erlking,&quot; one of his first songs, at
+their own risk. At the Sonnleithner mansion, where musicals were regularly
+held, the &quot;Erlking&quot; had been much applauded, and when it was decided to
+have it published, the decision was announced. A hundred copies were at
+once subscribed for, and with this encouragement the engraving of the
+&quot;Erlking&quot; and &quot;Gretchen at the Spinning Wheel&quot; was forthwith begun. The
+pieces were sold by the music publishers on commission. The plan succeeded
+beyond expectation, so that other songs were issued in the same way, until,
+when seven had appeared the publishers were willing to risk the engraving
+of other songs themselves. Before all this had taken place, Johann Vogl,
+an admired opera singer in Vienna at the time, had learned Schubert's
+&quot;Erlking,&quot; and had sung it in March, 1821, at a public concert patronized
+by royalty. The song was received with storms of applause. Schober, who
+knew the singer, constantly talked to him about the gifts of his friend
+and begged him to come and see Schubert. At last one day he consented. They
+found the composer hard at work as usual, music sheets covering the floor
+as well as the table and chair. Vogl, used to the highest society, made
+himself quite at home and did his best to put Schubert at his ease, but
+the composer remained shy and confused. The singer began looking over
+some manuscripts. When he left he shook Schubert's hand warmly, remarking;
+&quot;There is stuff in you, but you squander your fine thoughts instead of
+making the most of them.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Vogl had been much impressed by what he had seen that day, and repeated
+his visit. Before long the two were close friends. Schubert wrote to his
+brother: &quot;When Vogl sings and I accompany him, we seem for the moment to
+be one.&quot; Vogl wrote of Schubert's songs that they were &quot;truly divine
+inspirations.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Schubert's residence with his friend Schober only lasted six months, for
+Schober's brother came to live with him, and the composer had to shift for
+himself. Teaching was exceedingly distasteful to him, yet as his music did
+not bring in anything for years after he left home, he had to find some
+means of making a living. In these straits he accepted a position as music
+teacher in the family of Count Johann Esterh&aacute;zy. This meant that he must
+live with the family in their Vienna home in winter, and go with them to
+their country seat in the summer. The change from the free life he had
+enjoyed with his friends who idolized him and his beautiful music, to the
+etiquette of aristocratic life, was great. But there were many comforts
+amid his new surroundings; the family was musical, the duties were not
+heavy, and so Schubert was not unhappy.
+</p>
+<p>
+At the Esterh&aacute;zy country estate of Zel&eacute;sz, he heard many Hungarian melodies
+sung or played by the gipsies, or by servants in the castle. He has
+employed some of these tunes in his first set of Valses. In his present
+position he had much leisure for composition. Indeed Franz Schubert's whole
+life was spent in giving out the vast treasures of melody with which he had
+been so richly endowed. These flowed from his pen in a constant stream, one
+beautiful work after another. He wrote them down wherever he happened to be
+and when a scrap of paper could be had. The exquisite song &quot;Hark, Hark the
+Lark&quot; was jotted down on the back of a bill of fare, in a beer garden. The
+beautiful works which he produced day after day brought him little or no
+money, perhaps because he was so modest and retiring, modestly undervaluing
+everything he did. He had no desire to push himself, but wrote because
+impelled to by the urge within. So little did he sometimes value his work
+that a fine composition would be tucked away somewhere and quite forgotten.
+His physical strength was not robust enough to stand the strain of constant
+composition. Then too, when funds were very low, as they often were, he
+took poor lodgings, and denied himself the necessary nourishing food. If he
+could have had a dear companion to look after his material needs and share
+his aims and aspirations, his earthly life might have been prolonged for
+many a year. With no one to advise him, and often pressed with hunger and
+poverty, he was induced to sell the copyrights of twelve of his best songs,
+including the &quot;Erlking&quot; and the &quot;Wanderer,&quot; for a sum equal to about four
+hundred dollars. It is said the publishers made on the &quot;Wanderer&quot; alone, up
+to the year 1861, a sum of about five thousand five hundred dollars. It is
+true that &quot;everything he touched turned to music,&quot; as Schumann once said of
+him. The hours of sleep were more and more curtailed, for he wrote late
+at night and rose early the next day. It is even said he slept in his
+spectacles, to save the trouble and time of putting them on in the morning.
+</p>
+<p>
+In Schubert's boyhood, the music of Mozart influenced him most. This is
+seen in his earlier compositions. Beethoven was a great master to him then,
+but as time went on the spell of his music always grew stronger. In 1822,
+he wrote and published a set of variations on a French air, and dedicated
+them to Beethoven. He greatly desired to present them in person to the
+master he adored, but was too shy to go alone. Diabelli, the publisher,
+finally went with him. Beethoven was courteous but formal, pushing paper
+and pencil toward his guest, as he was totally deaf. Schubert was too
+shy to write a single word. However he produced his Variations. Beethoven
+seemed pleased with the dedication, and looked through the music. Soon he
+found something in it he did not approve of and pointed it out. The young
+author, losing his presence of mind, fled from the house. But Beethoven
+really liked the music and often played it to his nephew.
+</p>
+<p>
+Five years later, during his last illness, a collection of some sixty of
+Schubert's songs was placed in his hands. He turned them over and over with
+amazement and delight. &quot;Truly Schubert has the divine fire,&quot; he exclaimed.
+He wanted to see the composer of such beautiful music. Schubert came and
+was allowed to have a talk with him first, before other friends who were
+waiting. When Schubert paid another visit to the bedside of the master,
+it was almost the end of his life, though he could recognize all who stood
+about him. Overcome with emotion, Schubert left the room.
+</p>
+<p>
+A couple of weeks after this Schubert was one of the torch bearers who
+accompanied the great master to the last resting place. Little did the
+young man of thirty dream that he would soon follow after. His life at this
+time was full of disappointments. He had always longed to write for the
+lyric stage. He composed numerous operas; but they were always rejected,
+for one reason or another. The last, &quot;Fierabras,&quot; which was on the point
+of being produced, was finally given up. The composer became very dejected,
+and believed himself to be the most unfortunate, the most miserable being
+on earth. But, fortunately for Schubert, his cheerfulness again asserted
+itself and the stream of production resumed its flow. With his temperament,
+at one moment he would be utterly despairing, the next his troubles would
+seem to be forgotten, and he would be writing a song, a symphony or a
+sonata. At all events, constant work filled his days. The last year of his
+life was productive of some of his finest works.
+</p>
+<p>
+About the end of October, 1828, he began to show signs of a serious
+breakdown. He was living at the home of his brother Ferdinand, in one of
+the suburbs of the city. Although he revived a little during the early
+part of November, so that he could resume walks in the neighborhood, the
+weakness increased, and eleven days passed without food or drink. Lingering
+till the nineteenth of November, he passed peacefully away, still in his
+early manhood. The old father, the schoolmaster at the old home, hoped to
+have his son buried in the little cemetery near by. But Ferdinand knew
+his brother's wish, to be placed near Beethoven in W&auml;hringer Cemetery. The
+monument, erected by his friends and admirers the following year, bears,
+above the name, this inscription:
+</p>
+<pre>
+ &quot;Music has here entombed a rich treasure, but much fairer hopes.&quot;
+</pre>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_10"><!-- RULE4 10 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+X<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+Mendelssohn has often been named &quot;Felix the Happy,&quot; and he truly deserved
+the title. Blest with a most cheerful disposition, with the power to
+make friends of every one he met, and wherever he went, the son of a rich
+banker, surrounded with everything that wealth could give, it was indeed no
+wonder that Felix Mendelssohn was happy. He did not have to struggle with
+poverty and privation as most of the other great musicians were forced to
+do. Their music was often the expression of struggle and sorrow. He had
+none of these things to bear; he was carefree and happy, and his music
+reflects the joyous contentment of his life.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Mendelssohn family originally lived in Hamburg. Their house faced one
+of the fine squares of the city, with a handsome church on the opposite
+side. The building is still there and well preserved, although the
+principal story is used as public dining rooms. A large tablet has been
+placed above the doorway, with a likeness of the composer encircled by a
+wreath of laurel. Here little Felix was born, February 3, 1809. There were
+other children, Fanny a year or two older, then after Felix came Rebekka
+and little Paul. When French soldiers occupied the town in 1811, life
+became very unpleasant for the German residents, and whoever could, sought
+refuge in other cities and towns. Among those who successfully made their
+escape was the Mendelssohn-Bartholdy family, the second name belonged to
+the family and was used to distinguish their own from other branches of the
+Mendelssohn family. With his wife and children, Abraham Mendelssohn fled
+to Berlin, and made his home for some years with the grandmother, who had
+a house on the Neue Promenade, a fine broad street, with houses only on
+one side, the opposite side descended in a grassy slope to the canal, which
+flowed lazily by.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a happy life the children led, amid ideal surroundings. Felix very
+early showed a great fondness for music, and everything was done to
+foster his budding talent. With his sister Fanny, to whom he was devotedly
+attached, he began to have short music lessons from his mother when he
+was only four years old. Their progress was so satisfactory, that after a
+while, professional musicians were engaged to teach them piano, violin and
+composition, as a regular part of their education. Besides these, they must
+study Greek, Latin, drawing and school subjects. With so much study to
+be done each day, it was necessary to begin work at five o'clock in the
+morning. But in spite of hard work all were happy, and as for Felix nothing
+could dampen the flow of his high spirits; he enjoyed equally work and
+play, giving the same earnest attention to each. Both he and Fanny were
+beginning to compose, and Felix's attempts at improvising upon some comical
+incident in their play time would call forth peals of laughter from the
+inseparable children.
+</p>
+<p>
+Soon more ambitious attempts at composition were made, the aim being to
+write little operas. But unless they could be performed, it was useless to
+try and make operas. This was a serious difficulty; but Felix was deeply in
+earnest in whatever he undertook, and decided he must have an orchestra to
+try out his operatic efforts. It looked like an impossibility, but love
+and money can accomplish wonders. A small orchestra was duly selected from
+among the members of the Court band. The lad Felix was to conduct these
+sedate musicians, which he did modestly but without embarrassment, standing
+on a footstool before his men, waving the baton like a little general.
+Before the first performance was quite ready, Felix felt there must be some
+one present who could really judge of the merits of his little piece. Who
+would do so better than his old professor of thorough bass and composition,
+Carl Zelter, the director of the Berlin Singakademie. Zelter agreed to
+accept this delicate office, and a large number of friends were invited for
+the occasion.
+</p>
+<p>
+This was only the beginning of a series of weekly musical evenings at
+the Mendelssohn home. Felix, with his dark curls, his shining eyes, and
+charming manners, was the life of anything he undertook. He often conducted
+his little pieces, but did not monopolize the time. Sometimes all four
+children took part, Fanny at the piano, Rebekka singing, Paul playing the
+'cello and Felix at the desk. Old Zelter was generally present, and though
+averse to praising pupils, would often say a few words of encouragement at
+the close.
+</p>
+<p>
+Felix was at this time but little more than twelve years old. He had within
+the last year composed fifty or sixty pieces, including a trio for piano
+and strings, containing three movements, several sonatas for the piano,
+some songs and a musical comedy in three scenes, for piano and voices. All
+these were written with the greatest care and precision, and with the date
+of each neatly added. He collected his pieces into volumes; and the more
+work he did the more neatly he wrote.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy Felix had a wonderful gift for making friends. One day he suddenly
+caught sight of Carl Maria von Weber walking along the streets of Berlin,
+near his home. He recognized the famous composer at once, as he had lately
+visited his parents. The boy's dark eyes glowed with pleasure at the
+recognition, and tossing back his curls, he sprang forward and threw
+his arms about Weber's neck, begging him to go home with him. When the
+astonished musician recovered himself, he presented the boy to Jules
+Benedict, his young friend and pupil who walked at his side, saying, &quot;This
+is Felix Mendelssohn.&quot; For response Felix, with a bright look, seized
+the young man's hand in both his own. Weber stood by smiling at the boy's
+enthusiasm. Again Felix besought them to come home with him, but Weber had
+to attend a rehearsal. &quot;Is it for the opera?&quot; the boy cried excitedly.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Yes,&quot; answered the composer.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Does he know all about it?&quot; asked Felix, pointing to Benedict.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Indeed he does,&quot; answered the composer laughing, &quot;or if he doesn't he
+ought to for he has been bored enough with it already.&quot; The boy's eyes
+flashed.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Then <i>you</i>, will come with me to my home, which is quite near, will
+you not?&quot; There was no refusing those appealing dark eyes. Felix again
+embraced Weber, and then challenged his new friend, Mr. Benedict, to race
+him to the door of his house. On entering he dragged the visitor upstairs
+to the drawing-room, exclaiming, &quot;Mama, Mama, here is a gentleman, a pupil
+of Carl Weber, who knows all about the new opera, 'Der Freisch&uuml;tz.'&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The young musician received a warm welcome, and was not able to leave
+until he had played on the piano all the airs he could remember from
+the wonderful new opera, which Weber had come to Berlin to superintend.
+Benedict was so pleased with his first visit that he came again. This time
+he found Felix writing music and asked what it was. &quot;I am finishing my new
+quartet for piano and strings,&quot; was the simple reply. To say that Benedict
+was surprised at such an answer from a boy of twelve hardly expresses what
+he felt. It was quite true he did not yet know Felix Mendelssohn. &quot;And
+now,&quot; said the boy, laying down his pen, &quot;I will play to you, to prove how
+grateful I am that you played to us last time.&quot; He then sat down at the
+piano and played correctly several melodies from &quot;Der Freisch&uuml;tz,&quot; which
+Benedict had played on his first visit. After that they went into the
+garden, and Felix for the moment, became a rollicking boy, jumping fences
+and climbing trees like a squirrel.
+</p>
+<p>
+Toward the close of this year, 1821, his teacher Zelter announced he
+intended going to Wiemar, to see Goethe, the aged poet of Wiemar, and was
+willing to take Felix with him. The poet's house at Wiemar was indeed a
+shrine to the elect, and the chance of meeting the object of so much hero
+worship, filled the impressionable mind of Felix with reverential awe.
+Zelter on his part, felt a certain pride in bringing his favorite pupil to
+the notice of the great man, though he would not have permitted Felix to
+guess what he felt for anything he possessed.
+</p>
+<p>
+When they arrived, Goethe was walking in his garden. He greeted both with
+kindness and affection, and it was arranged that Felix should play for him
+next day. Zelter had told Goethe much about his pupil's unusual talents,
+but the poet wished to prove these accounts by his own tests. Selecting
+piece after piece of manuscript music from his collection, he asked the boy
+to play them at sight. He was able to do so with ease, to the astonishment
+of the friends who had come in to hear him. They were more delighted when
+he took a theme from one of the pieces and improvised upon it. Withholding
+his praise, Goethe announced he had a final test, and placed on the music
+desk a sheet which seemed covered with mere scratches and blotches. The boy
+laughingly exclaimed, &quot;Who could ever read such writing as that?&quot;
+Zelter rose and came to the piano to look at this curiosity. &quot;Why, it is
+Beethoven's writing; one can see that a mile off! He always wrote as if he
+used a broomstick for a pen, then wiped his sleeve over the wet ink!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy picked out the strange manuscript bit by bit; when he came to the
+end he cried, &quot;Now I will play it through for you,&quot; which he did without
+a mistake. Goethe was well pleased and begged Felix to come every day
+and play, while he was in the city. The two became fast friends; the poet
+treated him as a son, and at parting begged he would soon return to Wiemar,
+that they might again be together. During the following summer the whole
+family made a tour through Switzerland, much to the delight of Felix, who
+enjoyed every moment. There was little time for real work in composition,
+but a couple of songs and the beginning of a piano quartet were inspired by
+the view of Lake Geneva and its exquisite surroundings.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Felix returned to Berlin, he had grown much, physically as well as
+mentally. He was now tall and strong, his curling locks had been clipped,
+and he seemed at a single bound to have become almost a man. His happy,
+boyish spirits, however, had not changed in the least. About this time the
+family removed from their home on the Neue Promenade, to a larger and more
+stately mansion, No. 3 Leipsiger Strasse, then situated on the outskirts of
+the town, near the Potsdam Gate. As those who know the modern city realize,
+this house, now no longer a private residence, stands in the very heart
+of traffic and business. The rooms of the new home were large and elegant,
+with a spacious salon suitable for musicals and large functions. A fine
+garden or park belonged to the house, where were lawns shaded by forest
+trees, winding paths, flowering shrubs and arbors in shady nooks, offering
+quiet retreats. Best of all there was a garden house, with a central hall,
+which would hold several hundred people, having long windows and glass
+doors looking out upon the trees and flowers. Sunday concerts were soon
+resumed and given in the garden house, where, on week days the young people
+met, with friends and elders, to play, and act and enjoy the social life
+of the home. The mansion and its hospitality became famous, and every
+great musician, at one time or another, came to pay his respects and become
+acquainted with this art-loving family.
+</p>
+<p>
+At a family party in honor of Felix's fifteenth birthday, his teacher
+Zelter saluted him as no longer an apprentice, but as an &quot;assistant&quot; and
+member of the Brotherhood of Art. Very soon after this the young composer
+completed two important works. The first was an Octet for strings. He was
+not yet seventeen when the Octet was finished, which was pronounced the
+most fresh and original work he had yet accomplished. It marked a distinct
+stage in the gifted youth's development. The composition which followed was
+the beautiful &quot;Midsummer Night's Dream&quot; music. He and his sister Fanny had
+lately made the acquaintance of Shakespeare through a German translation,
+and had been fascinated by this fairy play. The young people spent much
+of their time in the lovely garden that summer, and amid these delightful
+surroundings the music was conceived.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Overture was first to spring into being. When it was written out, Felix
+and Fanny often played it as a duet. In this form the composer-pianist
+Moscheles heard it and was impressed by its beauty. The fascinating Scherzo
+and dreamy Nocturne followed. When all were elaborated and perfected, the
+complete work was performed by the garden house orchestra for a crowded
+audience, who abundantly expressed their delight. Sir G. Macfarren has
+said of it: &quot;No one musical work contains so many points of harmony and
+orchestration that are novel yet none of them have the air of experiment,
+but all seem to have been written with a certainty of their success.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+And now a great plan occupied Mendelssohn's mind, a project which had been
+forming for some time; this was nothing less than to do something to arouse
+people to know and appreciate the great works of Johann Sebastian Bach.
+Two years before Felix had been presented with a manuscript score of Bach's
+&quot;Passion according to St. Matthew,&quot; which Zelter had allowed to be copied
+from the manuscript preserved in the Singakademie. The old man was a
+devoted lover of Bach's music, and had taught his pupil in the same spirit.
+When Felix found himself the possessor of this wonderful book, he set to
+work to master it, until he knew every bit of it by heart. As he studied
+it deeply he was more and more impressed with its beauty and sublimity. He
+could hardly believe that this great work was unknown throughout Germany,
+since more than a hundred years had passed since it had been written. He
+determined to do something to arouse people from such apathy.
+</p>
+<p>
+Talking the matter over with musicians and friends, he began to interest
+them in the plan to study the music of the Passion. Soon he had secured
+sixteen good voices, who rehearsed at his home once a week. His enthusiasm
+fired them to study the music seriously, and before very long they were
+anxious to give a public performance. There was a splendid choir of nearly
+four hundred voices conducted by Zelter, at the Singakademie; if he would
+only lend his chorus to give a trial performance, under Mendelssohn's
+conducting, how splendid that would be! But Felix knew that Zelter had
+no faith in the public taking any interest in Bach, so there was no
+use asking. This opinion was opposed by one of his little choir, named
+Devrient, who insisted that Zelter should be approached on the subject.
+As he himself had been a pupil of Zelter, he persuaded Mendelssohn to
+accompany him to the director's house.
+</p>
+<p>
+Zelter was found seated at his instrument, enveloped by a cloud of smoke
+from a long stemmed pipe. Devrient unfolded the plan of bringing this great
+work of Bach to the knowledge of the public. The old man listened to their
+plea with growing impatience, until he became quite excited, rose from his
+chair and paced the floor with great strides, exclaiming, &quot;No, it is not to
+be thought of&mdash;it is a mad scheme.&quot; To Felix argument then seemed useless
+and he beckoned his friend to come away, but Devrient refused to move,
+and kept up his persuasive argument. Finally, as though a miracle had been
+wrought, Zelter began to weaken, and at last gave in, and besides promised
+all the aid in his power.
+</p>
+<p>
+How this youth, not yet twenty, undertook the great task of preparing this
+masterpiece, and what he accomplished is little short of the marvelous. The
+public performance, conducted by Mendelssohn, took place March 11, 1829,
+with every ticket sold and more than a thousand persons turned away. A
+second performance was given on March 21, the anniversary of Bach's birth,
+before a packed house. These performances marked the beginning of a great
+Bach revival in Germany and England, and the love for this music has never
+been lost, but increases each year.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now it seemed best for Felix to travel and see something of other
+countries. He had long wished to visit England, and the present seemed a
+favorable time, as his friends there assured him of a warm welcome. The
+pleasure he felt on reaching London was increased by the enthusiastic
+greeting he received at the hands of the musical public. He first appeared
+at a Philharmonic concert on May 25, when his Symphony in C minor was
+played. The next day he wrote to Fanny: &quot;The success of the concert last
+night was beyond all I had ever dreamed. It began with my Symphony. I was
+led to the desk and received an immense applause. The Adagio was encored,
+but I went on; the Scherzo was so vigorously applauded that I had to repeat
+it. After the Finale there was lots more applause, while I was thanking the
+orchestra and shaking hands, till I left the room.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+A continual round of functions interspersed with concerts at which he
+played or conducted, filled the young composer's time. The overture to
+&quot;Midsummer Night's Dream&quot; was played several times and always received
+with enthusiasm. On one occasion a friend was so careless as to leave the
+manuscript in a hackney coach on his way home and it was lost. &quot;Never mind,
+I will write another,&quot; said Mendelssohn, which he was able to do, without
+making a single error.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the London season closed, Mendelssohn and his friend Klingemann went
+up to Scotland, where he was deeply impressed with the varied beauty of
+the scenery. Perhaps the Hebrides enthralled him most, with their lonely
+grandeur. His impressions have been preserved in the Overture to &quot;Fingal's
+Cave,&quot; while from the whole trip he gained inspiration for the Scottish
+Symphony.
+</p>
+<p>
+On his return to London and before he could set out for Berlin, Felix
+injured his knee, which laid him up for several weeks, and prevented his
+presence at the home marriage of his sister Fanny, to William Hensel, the
+young painter. This was a keen disappointment to all, but Fanny was not
+to be separated from her family, as on Mendelssohn's return, he found the
+young couple had taken up their residence in the Gartenhaus.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mendelssohn had been greatly pleased with his London visit, and though the
+grand tour he had planned was really only begun, he felt a strong desire
+to return to England. However, other countries had to be visited first. The
+following May he started south, bound for Vienna, Florence and Rome. His
+way led through Wiemar and gave opportunity for a last visit to Goethe.
+They passed a number of days in sympathetic companionship. The poet always
+wanted music, but did not seem to care for Beethoven's compositions,
+which he said did not touch him at all, though he felt they were great,
+astonishing.
+</p>
+<p>
+After visiting numerous German cities, Switzerland was reached and its
+wonderful scenery stirred Mendelssohn's poetic soul to the depths.
+Yet, though his passionate love of nature was so impressed by the great
+mountains, forests and waterfalls, it was the sea which he loved best of
+all. As he approached Naples, and saw the sea sparkling in the sun lighted
+bay, he exclaimed: &quot;To me it is the finest object in nature! I love it
+almost more than the sky. I always feel happy when I see before me the wide
+expanse of water.&quot; Rome, of course, was a center of fascination. Every day
+he picked out some special object of interest to visit, which made that
+particular day one never to be forgotten. The tour lasted until the spring
+of 1832, before Mendelssohn returned to his home in Berlin, only to leave
+it shortly afterwards to return to London. This great city, in spite of its
+fogs, noises and turmoil, appealed to him more than the sunshine of Naples,
+the fascination of Florence or the beauty of Rome.
+</p>
+<p>
+The comment on Mendelssohn that &quot;he lived years where others only lived
+weeks,&quot; gives a faint idea of the fulness with which his time was occupied.
+It is only possible to touch on his activities in composition, for he
+was always at work. In May 1836 when he was twenty-seven, he conducted in
+D&uuml;sseldorf the first performance of his oratorio of &quot;St. Paul.&quot; At this
+period he wrote many of those charming piano pieces which he called &quot;Songs
+without Words.&quot; This same year brought deepest happiness to Mendelssohn,
+in his engagement to C&eacute;cile Jean-Renaud, the beautiful daughter of a
+French Protestant clergyman. The following spring they were married, a true
+marriage of love and stedfast devotion.
+</p>
+<p>
+The greatest work of Mendelssohn's career was his oratorio of &quot;Elijah&quot;
+which had long grown in his mind, until it was on the eve of completion
+in the spring of 1846. In a letter to the famous singer Jenny Lind, an
+intimate friend, he writes: &quot;I am jumping about my room for joy. If my work
+turns out half as good as I fancy it is, how pleased I shall be.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+During these years in which he conceived the &quot;Elijah,&quot; his fame had spread
+widely. Honors had been bestowed on him by many royalties. The King of
+Saxony had made him Capellmeister of his Court, and Queen Victoria had
+shown him many proofs of personal regard, which endeared him more than ever
+to the country which had first signally recognized his genius.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was Leipsic perhaps which felt the power of his genius most
+conclusively. The since famous Leipsic Conservatory was founded by him, and
+he was unceasing in his labors to advance art in every direction. He also
+found time to carry out a long cherished plan to erect, at the threshold of
+the Thomas School, Leipsic, a monument to the memory of Sebastian Bach.
+</p>
+<p>
+Let us take one more glimpse of our beloved composer. It was the morning of
+August 26, 1846. The Town Hall of Birmingham, England, was filled with an
+expectant throng, for today the composer of the &quot;Elijah&quot; was to conduct
+his greatest work, for the first time before an English audience. When
+Mendelssohn stepped upon the platform, he was greeted by a deafening shout;
+the reception was overwhelming, and at the close the entire audience sprang
+to its feet in a frenzy of admiration. He wrote to his brother Paul that
+evening: &quot;No work of mine ever went so admirably at the first performance,
+or was received with such enthusiasm both by musicians and public.&quot; During
+April the following year, four performances of the &quot;Elijah&quot; took place in
+Exeter Hall, the composer conducting, the Queen and Prince Albert being
+present on the second occasion. This visit to England which was to be his
+last, had used his strength to the limit of endurance, and there was
+a shadow of a coming breakdown. Soon after he rejoined his family in
+Frankfort, his sister Fanny suddenly passed away in Berlin. The news was
+broken to him too quickly, and with a shriek he fell unconscious to the
+floor.
+</p>
+<p>
+From this shock he never seemed to rally, though at intervals for a while,
+he still composed. His death occurred November 4, 1847. It can be said of
+him that his was a beautiful life, in which &quot;there was nothing to tell that
+was not honorable to his memory and profitable to all men.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Mendelssohn's funeral was imposing. The first portion was solemnized at
+Leipsic, attended by crowds of musicians and students, one of the latter
+bearing on a cushion a silver crown presented by his pupils of the
+Conservatory. Beside the crown rested the Order &quot;Pour le M&eacute;rite,&quot; conferred
+on him by the King of Prussia. The band, during the long procession, played
+the E minor &quot;Song without Words,&quot; and at the close of the service the choir
+sang the final chorus from Bach's &quot;Passion.&quot; The same night the body was
+taken to Berlin and placed in the family plot in the old Dreifaltigkeit
+Kirch-hof, beside that of his devoted sister Fanny.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_11"><!-- RULE4 11 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XI<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+ROBERT SCHUMANN
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+Many of the composers whose life stories we have read were surrounded by
+musical atmosphere from their earliest years; Robert Schumann seems to
+have been an exception. His father, August Schumann, was the son of a poor
+pastor, and the boy August was intended to be brought up a merchant. At the
+age of fifteen he was put into a store in Nonneburg. He was refined in his
+tastes, loved books, and tried even in boyhood to write poetry. He seemed
+destined, however, to live the life marked out for him, at least for a
+time. It grew so distasteful, that later he gave it up and, on account of
+extreme poverty, returned to his parents' home, where he had the leisure
+to write. At last he secured a position in a book store in Zeitz. In this
+little town he met the daughter of his employer. The engagement was allowed
+on the condition that he should leave the book store and set up his own
+business. But where was the money to come from? He left the store, returned
+home and in a year and a half had earned a thousand thalers, then quite a
+handsome sum.
+</p>
+<p>
+He now claimed the hand of his chosen love and established in the book
+business, labored so unceasingly, that the business increased. Then he
+moved to a more favorable location, choosing the mining town of Zwickau, in
+Saxony.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here, this industrious, honorable man and his attractive, intelligent, but
+rather narrow and uneducated young wife lived out their lives, and brought
+up their children, of whom Robert, born June 8, 1810, was the youngest;
+before him there were three brothers and a sister. All passed away before
+Robert himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was the so-called &quot;handsome child&quot; of the family, and much petted by the
+women. Besides his mother there was his god-mother, who was very fond of
+him, and at her home he would spend whole days and nights. As his talents
+developed, the boy became the spoilt darling of everybody. This lay at the
+foundation of his extreme susceptibility, even the obstinacy of his riper
+years.
+</p>
+<p>
+Little Robert at six was sent to a popular private school and now for the
+first time mingled with a number of children of his own age. The first
+symptoms of ambition, the source of much of his later achievement, began
+to show itself, though quite unconsciously. It made him the life of all
+childish games. If the children played &quot;soldiers,&quot; little Robert was always
+captain. The others loved his good nature and friendliness, and always
+yielded to him.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was a good student in the primary school, but in no way distinguished
+himself in his studies. The following year he was allowed to take piano
+lessons of an old pedantic professor from Zwickau High School. This man had
+taught himself music, but had heard little of it. The kind of instruction
+he was able to give may be imagined, yet Robert was faithful all his life
+to this kind old friend.
+</p>
+<p>
+In spite of inadequate guidance, music soon kindled the boy's soul. He
+began to try to make music himself, though entirely ignorant of the rules
+of composition. The first of these efforts, a set of little dances, were
+written during his seventh or eighth year. It was soon discovered that he
+could improvise on the piano; indeed he could sketch the disposition of his
+companions by certain figures on the piano, so exactly and comically that
+every one burst out laughing at the portraits. He was fond of reading too,
+much to his father's delight, and early tried his hand at authorship. He
+wrote robber plays, which he staged with the aid of the family and such of
+his youthful friends as were qualified. The father now began to hope his
+favorite son would become an author or poet; but later Robert's increasing
+love for music put this hope to flight.
+</p>
+<p>
+The father happened to take his boy with him to Carlsbad in the summer
+of 1819, and here he heard for the first time a great pianist, Ignatz
+Moscheles. His masterful playing made a great impression on the nine year
+old enthusiast, who began now to wish to become a musician, and applied
+himself to music with redoubled zeal. He also made such good progress at
+school that at Easter 1820 he was able to enter the Zwickau Academy.
+</p>
+<p>
+The love for music grew with each day. With a boy of his own age,
+as devoted as himself to music, four-hand works of Haydn, Mozart and
+Beethoven, as well as pieces by Weber, Hummel and Czerny, were played
+almost daily. The greatest ecstasy was caused by the arrival of a Steck
+piano at the Schumann home, which showed that father Schumann endeavored to
+further his boy's taste for music. About this time Robert found by chance,
+the orchestral score of an old Italian overture. He conceived the bold idea
+of performing it. So a bit of an orchestra was gathered among the boys he
+knew, who could play an instrument. There were two violins, two flutes, a
+clarinet and two horns. Robert, who conducted with great fervor, supplied
+as best he could the other parts on the piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+This effort was a great incentive to the boys, principally to Robert, who
+began to arrange things for his little band and composed music for the one
+hundred fiftieth Psalm. This was in his twelfth year.
+</p>
+<p>
+August Schumann was more and more convinced that Providence had intended
+his son to become a musician, and though the mother struggled against it,
+he resolved to see that Robert had a musical education. Carl Maria von
+Weber, then living in Dresden, was written to, and answered he was willing
+to accept the boy as a student. The plan never came to anything however,
+for what reason is not known. The boy was left now to direct his own
+musical studies, just when he needed an expert guiding hand. He had no
+rivals in his native town, where he sometimes appeared as a pianist. It was
+no wonder he thought he was on the right road, and that he tried more than
+ever to win his mother's consent to his following music as a life work.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now a great change took place in the lively, fun-loving boy. He seemed
+to lose his gay spirits and become reflective, silent and reserved. This
+condition of mind never left him, but grew into a deeper reserve as the
+years passed.
+</p>
+<p>
+Two events deeply stirred Robert's nature with great force&mdash;the death of
+his father in 1826, and his acquaintance with the works of Jean Paul.
+The Jean Paul fever attacked him in all its transcendentalism, and this
+influence remained through life, with more or less intensity.
+</p>
+<p>
+After his father left him, Robert found he must make a choice of a
+profession. His mother had set her heart on his making a study of law,
+while his heart was set on music. Yielding to her wishes for a time he went
+to Leipsic in March 1828 to prepare to enter the University as a student
+of law. He also gained consent to study piano at the same time, and began
+lessons with Frederick Wieck. The desire to study with Wieck was inspired
+by the piano playing of his little daughter, Clara, then nine years
+old, who had already gained a considerable degree of musical culture and
+promised to make her mark as a pianist.
+</p>
+<p>
+Under his new teacher, Robert for the first time was obliged to study a
+rational system of technic and tone production. He was also expected to
+learn harmony correctly, but strangely enough he seemed to take no interest
+in it, even saying he thought such knowledge useless. He held to this
+foolish idea for some time, not giving it up till forced to by realizing
+his total ignorance of this branch of the art.
+</p>
+<p>
+Robert now became greatly impressed by the genius of Franz Schubert. He
+eagerly played everything the master had composed for the piano, both for
+two and four hands, and Schubert's death during this year, filled him
+with profound grief. The young musical friends with whom Robert had become
+intimate, while living in Leipsic, shared his enthusiasm about his hero
+of German song, and they desired to enlarge their knowledge of Schubert's
+work. They did more, for they decided to take one representative
+composition and practise together till they had reached the highest
+perfection. The choice fell on the Trio in B flat major, Op. 99,
+whose beauties had greatly impressed them. After much loving labor the
+performance was well nigh perfect. Schumann arranged a musical party at
+which the Trio was played. Besides students and friends, Wieck was invited
+and given the seat of honor.
+</p>
+<p>
+This musical evening was the forerunner of many others. Weekly meetings
+were held in Robert's room, where much music was played and discussed. The
+talk often turned to grand old Bach and his &quot;Well-tempered Clavichord,&quot; to
+which in those early days, he gave ardent study.
+</p>
+<p>
+With all this music study and intercourse with musical friends there
+was very little time left for the study of law. Yet he still kept up
+appearances by attending the lectures, and had intended for some months to
+enter the Heidelberg University. This decision was put into execution in
+May 1829, when he started by coach for Heidelberg.
+</p>
+<p>
+We find Robert Schumann at nineteen domiciled in the beautiful city of
+Heidelberg, and surrounded by a few musical friends, who were kindred
+spirits. With a good piano in his room, the &quot;life of flowers,&quot; as he called
+it, began. Almost daily they made delightful trips in a one-horse carriage
+into the suburbs. For longer trips they went to Baden-Baden, Wurms, Spires
+and Mannheim. Whenever Robert went with his friends he always carried a
+small &quot;dumb piano&quot; on which he industriously practised finger exercises,
+meanwhile joining in the conversation. During the following August and
+September, Robert and two or three chosen companions made a delightful
+journey through Italy, the young man preparing himself by studying Latin,
+in which he became so fluent that he could translate poems from one
+language to the other.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next winter Robert devoted himself to music more than ever&mdash;&quot;played the
+piano much,&quot; as he says. His skill as a pianist gradually became known
+in Heidelberg and he frequently played in private houses. But he was not
+content with the regular study of the piano. He wanted to get ahead faster
+and invented some sort of a device to render his fourth finger more firm
+and supple. It did not have the desired effect however, but was the means
+in time of injuring his hands so that he never could attain the piano
+virtuosity he dreamed of.
+</p>
+<p>
+Before starting on the trip to Italy just mentioned, he felt that a
+decision must be reached about his music. It had become as the breath of
+life to him. He wrote his mother and laid bare his heart to her. &quot;My whole
+life has been a twenty years struggle between poetry and prose, or let
+us say&mdash;between music and law. If I follow my own bent, it points, as I
+believe correctly, to music. Write yourself to Wieck at Leipsic and ask
+him frankly what he thinks of me and my plan. Beg him to answer at once and
+decisively.&quot; The letter was duly written to Wieck, who decided in favor of
+Robert and his plans.
+</p>
+<p>
+Robert on hearing his decision was wild with joy. He wrote an exuberant
+letter to Wieck promising to be most submissive as a piano pupil and saying
+&quot;whole pailfuls of very very cold theory can do me no harm and I will work
+at it without a murmur. I give myself up wholly to you.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+With a heart full of hope, young Schumann returned to Leipsic, which he had
+gladly left more than a year before. It was during this early resumption of
+piano lessons with Wieck that he began the treatment which he thought would
+advance his technic in such a marvelously short time. He fastened his third
+finger into a machine, of his own invention, then practised unceasingly
+with the other four. At last he lost control over the muscles of the right
+hand, to his great distress. He now practised unremittingly with the left
+hand, which gained great facility, remarkable long after he had given up
+piano playing.
+</p>
+<p>
+Under these difficulties piano lessons with Wieck had to be given up and
+were never resumed. He studied theory for a short time with Kupach, but
+soon relinquished this also. He was now free to direct his own path in
+music and to study&mdash;study, and compose.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of the first pieces he wrote was &quot;The
+Papillons&quot;&mdash;&quot;Butterflies,&quot;&mdash;published as Op. 2. It was dedicated to his
+three sisters-in-law, of all of whom he was very fond. In the various
+scenes of the Butterflies there are allusions to persons and places known
+to the composer; the whimsical spirit of Jean Paul broods over the whole.
+</p>
+<p>
+Robert began to realize more and more his lack of thorough theoretical
+knowledge and applied to Dorn, who stood high in the musical profession
+in Leipsic. On his introduction, in spite of his lame hand he played his
+&quot;Abegg Variations,&quot; published as Op. 1, and Dorn was willing to accept the
+timid quiet youth as pupil. He studied with great ardor, going from the
+A.B.C. to the most involved counterpoint.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus passed two or three busy years. Part of the time Schumann had a room
+in the house of his teacher Wieck and thus was thrown more or less in the
+society of Clara Wieck, now a young girl of thirteen or fourteen. Later he
+gave up his room&mdash;though not his intimate relations with the family&mdash;and
+moved to a summer residence in Riedel's Garden, where he spent the days in
+music and the evenings with his friends.
+</p>
+<p>
+The year 1833, was one of the most remarkable in his life so far. Not the
+least important event was the establishment of the &quot;Neue Zeitschrift f&uuml;r
+Musik.&quot; Schumann himself says of this:&mdash;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;At the close of the year '33, a number of musicians, mostly young, met in
+Leipsic every evening, apparently by accident at first, but really for the
+interchange of ideas on all musical subjects. One day the young hot
+heads exclaimed: 'Why do we look idly on? Let's take hold and make things
+better.' Thus the new Journal for music began.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;The youthful, fresh and fiery tone of the Journal is to be in sharp
+contrast to the characterless, worn-out Leipsic criticism. The elevation of
+German taste, the encouragement of young talent must be our goal. We write
+not to enrich tradespeople, but to honor artists.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Schumann took up arms in favor of the younger generation of musicians
+and helped make the fame of many now held in the world's highest esteem.
+Sometimes, he admits, his ardor carried him too far in recognition of
+youthful talent, but in the main he was very just in his estimates. We do
+not forget how his quick commendation aided Brahms.
+</p>
+<p>
+The young musicians who founded the paper had formed themselves also into
+an alliance, which they called the Davidsb&uuml;ndlerschaft. The idea of this
+alliance, which was derived from David's war with the Philistines, seemed
+to exist only in the mind of Schumann himself. It gave him a chance to
+write under the name of different characters, chief of whom were Florestan
+and Eusebius, between whom stood Master Raro. In Florestan Schumann
+expressed the powerful, passionate side of his nature, and in Eusebius the
+mild and dreamy side.
+</p>
+<p>
+He wrote to a friend: &quot;Florestan and Eusebius are my double nature, which
+I would gladly&mdash;like Raro&mdash;melt down into one man.&quot; As time passed however,
+he made less and less use of these fanciful images until they finally
+seemed to fade out of his mind.
+</p>
+<p>
+An important event of 1834, was Schumann's acquaintance with Ernestine von
+Fricken, who came to Leipsic from the little town of Asch, on the Bohemian
+border. She lived at the Wiecks', expecting to become a pianist under Papa
+Wieck's tuition. Schumann became greatly interested in Ernestine and
+for some time he had in mind an engagement with her. The noble &quot;&Eacute;tudes
+Symphoniques&quot; were written this year. The theme was suggested by
+Ernestine's father. The &quot;Carnival&quot; was partly written in this year, but
+not completed till the following year. In this collection of charming short
+pieces he brings in the characters of his dreams,&mdash;Florestan, Eusebius,
+Chiarina (Clara), Estrella (Ernestine). There is the March against
+the Philistines, and the titles of many other of the little pieces are
+characteristic. It is a true Schumann composition, full of his traits.
+Here we have the sweet, graceful, elegant and the very humorous and comical
+finale.
+</p>
+<p>
+The tone creations of 1835 consist of the two Sonatas, F sharp minor, Op.
+11 and G minor, Op. 22, which are held by pianists to be among his most
+interesting and poetical works.
+</p>
+<p>
+By the next year Schumann had suffered a deep sorrow in the loss of his
+mother, and also his love for Ernestine began to cool, until the partial
+bond was amicably dissolved. Meanwhile his affection for Clara Wieck, who
+was just budding into womanhood, began to ripen into devoted love. This,
+too, was the beginning of the long struggle for the possession of his
+beloved, since the father had opposed such a connection from beginning to
+end. Schumann wrote a friend in 1839: &quot;Truly from the struggle Clara has
+cost me, much music has been caused and created; the Concerto, Sonatas,
+Davidsb&uuml;ndler Dances, Kreisleriana and Novellettes are the result.&quot; Beyond
+the compositions just mentioned, he relieved his oppressed heart by a
+composition rich in meaning&mdash;nothing less than the great Fantaisie, Op.
+17. He meant to contribute the profits from its sale to the fund for the
+erection of a monument to Beethoven. The titles to the three movements were
+&quot;Ruins,&quot; &quot;Triumphal Arch,&quot; &quot;Starry Crown.&quot; He afterwards gave up the whole
+idea, and dedicated the work to Franz Liszt.
+</p>
+<p>
+Schumann lived a quiet, busy life, and if he could have gained the consent
+of Clara's father for their union, he would have been supremely happy.
+He feared the principal reason of Wieck's refusal was that the young man
+should earn more money first, before thinking of settling down with a wife.
+Robert therefore reverted more seriously to a plan he had thought of, to go
+to Vienna, and move his paper to that city, hoping to better his fortunes.
+He felt, too, that he ought to travel, as he had remained in Leipsic for
+eight years without change.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus, by the end of September, 1838, Schumann started for Vienna with many
+high hopes. A friend invited him to remain at his house, which was of much
+advantage. He made many calls and visits, saw musicians and publishers,
+and really learned to know the city for itself. He found it would not be
+profitable for him to publish the Journal there, also that the Austrian
+capital was a no more propitious place to make one's fortune than the
+smaller town of Leipsic. However he was able to compose a number of works
+which have become among the best known and beloved of all, including the
+&quot;Arabesque,&quot; &quot;Faschingsschwank,&quot; or &quot;Carnival Strains from Vienna,&quot; the
+&quot;Night Pieces,&quot; Op. 24, and other short compositions.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Robert discovered Vienna was not the city to prosper in, he thought
+of a return to Leipsic, to win his bride. He came back in April, and
+succeeded, with the help of legal proceedings, in securing Clara's hand in
+marriage. This was in 1840. From now on Schumann began to write songs. In
+this one year he composed as many as a hundred and thirty-eight songs, both
+large and small. He writes at this time: &quot;The best way to cultivate a taste
+for melody, is to write a great deal for the voice and for independent
+chorus.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+He now began to express himself not only in song but in orchestral music.
+His first effort was the beautiful B flat major Symphony, which, with the
+songs of that time seems to embody all the happiness he enjoyed in winning
+his Clara. She proved a most admirable helpmate, trying to shield him
+from interruptions and annoyance of every sort, so he should have his time
+undisturbed for his work. Thus many of his best compositions came into
+being in the early years of wedded happiness.
+</p>
+<p>
+This retirement was interrupted in 1844, by a long concert tour planned
+by Clara. She was firmly decided to go and made Robert solemnly promise to
+accompany her to St. Petersburg. He was loath to leave the quiet he loved,
+but it had to be done. Clara had great success everywhere, as a pianist,
+giving many recitals during their travels from place to place. From Russia
+the artist pair went to Helsingfors, Stockholm and Copenhagen. They started
+on their tour in January and did not reach home till the first of June.
+</p>
+<p>
+Schumann now seemed to lose interest in the Journal and expressed a wish to
+withdraw from it and live only for his creative art. An alarming state
+of health&mdash;both mind and body&mdash;seemed to make this retirement desirable.
+Perhaps owing to this condition of health he decided to leave Leipsic for
+good and make his home in Dresden. He and his wife took formal leave of
+Leipsic in a Matin&eacute;e musical given on the eighth of December.
+</p>
+<p>
+But life in Dresden became even more strenuous and more racking than it had
+been in Leipsic. He threw himself into the labor of composing the epilogue
+of Goethe's &quot;Faust&quot; with such ardor that he fell into an intensely nervous
+state where work was impossible. However, with special medical treatment
+he so far recovered that he was able to resume the work, but still was not
+himself. We can divine from brief remarks he let drop from time to time,
+that he lived in constant fear&mdash;fear of death, insanity or disaster of some
+kind. He could not bear the sight of Sonnenstein, an insane asylum near
+Dresden. Mendelssohn's sudden death in November, 1847, was a great shock
+and preyed on his mind.
+</p>
+<p>
+Schumann had intervals of reprieve from these morbid dreams, and he again
+began to compose with renewed&mdash;almost abnormal&mdash;vigor and productiveness.
+</p>
+<p>
+The artist pair took a trip to Vienna where Clara gave several concerts.
+They spent some weeks there and before returning to Dresden, gave two
+splendid concerts in Prague, where Schumann received a perfect ovation for
+his piano quintette and some songs. A little later the two artists made a
+trip north. In Berlin Robert conducted a performance of &quot;Paradise and the
+Peri&quot; at the Singakademie, while Clara gave two recitals.
+</p>
+<p>
+This year of 1847 was a very active one outside of the musical journeys.
+The master composed several piano trios, much choral music, and began the
+opera &quot;Genevieve,&quot; which was not completed however, until the middle of
+1848. All the compositions of the previous year were perfectly lucid and
+sane. The opera unfortunately had a text from which all the beauty and
+romance had been left out.
+</p>
+<p>
+The music, however, revealed a rare quality of creative power, combined
+with deep and noble feeling. Schumann's nature was more lyric than
+dramatic; he was not born to write for the stage. The lyric portions of his
+opera are much the best. He did not realize that he failed on the dramatic
+side in his work, indeed seemed quite unconscious of the fact.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Genevieve&quot; was given in Leipsic in June 1850, directed by the composer.
+Two more performances were given and then the work was laid away.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1848, Schumann, who loved children dearly and often stopped his more
+serious work to write for them, composed the &quot;Album for the Young,&quot; Op. 68,
+a set of forty-two pieces. The title originally was: &quot;Christmas Album for
+Children who like to play the Piano.&quot; How many children, from that day
+to this have loved those little pieces, the &quot;Happy Farmer,&quot; &quot;Wild Rider,&quot;
+&quot;First Loss,&quot; &quot;Reaper's Song,&quot; and all the rest. Even the great pianists of
+our time are not above performing these little classics in public. They are
+a gift, unique in musical literature, often imitated, but never equaled
+by other writers. Schumann wrote of them: &quot;The first thing in the Album I
+wrote for my oldest child's birthday. It seems as if I were beginning my
+life as a composer anew, and there are traces of the old human here and
+there. They are decidedly different from 'Scenes from Childhood' which are
+retrospective glances by a parent, and for elders, while 'Album for the
+Young' contains hopes, presentments and peeps into futurity <i>for the
+young</i>.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+After the children's Album came the music to Byron's &quot;Manfred.&quot; This
+consists of an overture and fifteen numbers. The whole work, with one
+exception, is deep in thought and masterly in conception. The overture
+especially is one of his finest productions, surpassing other orchestral
+works in intellectual grandeur.
+</p>
+<p>
+A choral club of sixty-seven members, of which Schumann was the director,
+inspired him to compose considerable choral music, and his compositions of
+this time, 1848-9, were numerous.
+</p>
+<p>
+The intense creative activity of 1849 was followed by a period of rest
+when the artist pair made two trips from Dresden, early in 1850. Leipsic,
+Bremen, and Hamburg were visited. Most of the time in Hamburg was spent
+with Jenny Lind, who sang at his last two concerts.
+</p>
+<p>
+The late summer of 1850 brought Schumann an appointment of director of
+music in D&uuml;sseldorf, left vacant by the departure of Ferdinand Hiller
+for Cologne. Schumann and his wife went to D&uuml;sseldorf the first week of
+September and were received with open arms. A banquet and concert were
+arranged, at which some of the composer's important works were performed.
+His duties in the new post were conducting the subscription concerts,
+weekly rehearsals of the Choral Club and other musical performances. He
+seemed well content with the situation and it did not require too much of
+his physical strength.
+</p>
+<p>
+Outside of his official duties his passion for work again gained the
+ascendent. From November 2, to December 9, he sketched and completed the
+Symphony in E flat in five parts, a great work, equal to any of the other
+works in this form.
+</p>
+<p>
+From this time on, one important composition followed another, until
+increasing illness forshadowed the sad catastrophe of the early part of
+1854. He wrote in June 1851, &quot;we are all tolerably well, except that I am
+the victim of occasional nervous attacks; a few days ago I fainted after
+hearing Radecke play the organ.&quot; These nervous attacks increased in 1852.
+He could not think music in rapid tempo and wished everything slow. He
+heard special tones to the exclusion of all others.
+</p>
+<p>
+The close of 1853, brought two joyful events to Schumann. In October he met
+Johann Brahms, whom he had introduced to the world through his Journal,
+as the &quot;Messiah of Art.&quot; In November he and his wife took a trip through
+Holland, which was a triumphal procession. He found his music almost
+as well known in Holland as at home. In Rotterdam and Utrecht his third
+symphony was performed; in The Hague the second was given, also &quot;The
+Pilgrimage of the Rose.&quot; Clara also played at many concerts.
+</p>
+<p>
+Just before Christmas the artist pair returned to D&uuml;sseldorf.
+</p>
+<p>
+The hallucinations which had before obsessed him now returned with alarming
+force. He could no longer sleep&mdash;he seemed to be lost in mental darkness.
+</p>
+<p>
+One day in February 1854, his physician made a noon call upon him. They sat
+chatting when suddenly Schumann left the room without a word. The doctor
+and his friends supposed he would return. His wife went in search of him.
+It seems he had left the house in dressing-gown, gone to the Rhine bridge
+and thrown himself into the river. Some sailors rescued him.
+</p>
+<p>
+He now received constant care, and it was found best to place him in a
+private hospital near Bonn. Here he remained till the end of July, 1856,
+when the end came.
+</p>
+<p>
+In his death the world of music lost one of the most highly gifted spirits.
+His life was important and instructive for its moral and intellectual
+grandeur, its struggles for the noblest, loftiest subjects as well as for
+its truly great results.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_12"><!-- RULE4 12 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XII<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+FREDERIC CHOPIN
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+What would the piano playing world do without the music of Frederic Chopin?
+We can hardly think of the piano without thinking of Chopin, since he wrote
+almost exclusively for the universal instrument. His music touches the
+heart always rather than the head, the emotional message far outweighs the
+intellectual meaning. It is vital music&mdash;love music, winning the heart
+by its tenderness, voicing the highest sentiments by its refinement, its
+purity, its perfection of detail and finish.
+</p>
+<p>
+And the man who could compose with such refinement, with such appealing
+eloquence, must have possessed those qualities which shine out in his
+music. He must have been gentle, chivalrous, high-thoughted. We cannot
+avoid expressing ourselves in our work&mdash;in whatever we do.
+</p>
+<p>
+The father of this beloved composer was a Frenchman, born in Nancy,
+Lorraine, in 1770, the same year Beethoven saw the light in Bonn. He was
+carefully brought up, well-bred and well-educated. When a friend of his in
+Warsaw, Poland, in the tobacco and snuff trade, then in high repute
+with the nobility, needed help with his book-keeping, he sent for the
+seventeen-year-old lad. Thus it happened that Nicholas Chopin came to
+Warsaw in 1787. It was a time of unrest, when the nation was struggling
+for liberty and independence. The young man applied himself to master the
+language, and study the character and needs of his adopted country, that
+he might be well informed. During the period of insecurity in political
+affairs, the tobacco factory had to be closed and Nicholas Chopin looked
+for other activity. A few years later we find him in the household of
+Countess Skarbek, as a tutor to her son, Frederic. Here he met his bride,
+Justina de Krzyzanowska, a young lady of noble but poor family, whom he
+married in 1806. She became the mother of his four children, three girls
+and a boy.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy Frederic Chopin, was born on March 1, 1809, in the little village
+of Zelazowa Wola, belonging to the Countess Skarbek, about twenty-eight
+miles from Warsaw. It is probable the family did not remain here long, for
+the young husband was on the lookout for more profitable employment. He was
+successful, for on October 1, 1810, he was appointed Professor of French
+in the newly founded Lyceum in Warsaw. He also soon organized a boarding
+school for boys in his own home, which was patronized by the best Polish
+families of the country.
+</p>
+<p>
+Surrounded by refined, cultivated people, in an atmosphere at once moral
+and intellectual, little Frederic passed a fortunate childhood. He soon
+manifested such fondness for music, especially for the piano, that his
+parents allowed him to have lessons, his teacher being Adalbert Zywny, the
+best-known master of the city. It is related that Zywny only taught
+his little pupil first principles, for the child's progress was so
+extraordinary that before long he had mastered all his teacher could
+impart, and at twelve he was left to shape his own musical destiny.
+</p>
+<p>
+He early gave proofs of his talents. Before he was eight years old he
+played at a large evening company, with such surprising cleverness that it
+was predicted he would become another Mozart. The next year he was invited
+to take part in a large concert given under distinguished patronage. The
+boy was a simple, modest child, and played the piano as the bird sings,
+with unconscious art. When he returned home after this concert, his mother
+asked: &quot;What did the people like best?&quot; and he answered na&iuml;vely: &quot;Oh, mama,
+every one was looking at my collar.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+After this, little Frederic became more than ever the pet of the
+aristocracy of Warsaw; his charming manners, his unspoiled nature, his
+musical gifts made him welcome in princely homes. He had also begun to
+compose; indeed these efforts started soon after he began piano lessons,
+and before he could handle a pen. His teacher had to write down what the
+little composer played. Among those early pieces were mazurkas, polonaises,
+valses and the like. At the age of ten he dedicated a march to Grand Duke
+Constantine, who had it scored for band and played on parade. He started
+lessons in composition with Joseph Eisner, a celebrated teacher, who became
+a life-long adviser and friend.
+</p>
+<p>
+Up to the age of fifteen, Frederic was taught at home, in his father's
+school. He now entered the Warsaw Lyceum, and proved a good student,
+twice carrying off a prize. With this studiousness was joined a gaiety and
+sprightliness that manifested itself in all sorts of fun and mischief.
+He loved to play pranks on his sisters, comrades and others, and had a
+fondness for caricature, taking off the peculiarities of those about him
+with pose and pen. Indeed it was the opinion of a clever member of the
+profession, that the lad was born to become a great actor. All the young
+Chopins had a great fondness for literature and writing; they occasionally
+tried their hand at poetry, and the production of original one-act plays,
+written for birthday f&ecirc;tes and family parties.
+</p>
+<p>
+The most important event of Frederic's fifteenth year was the publication
+of his first composition for piano, a Rondo in C minor. This was soon
+followed by a set of Variations, Op. 2, on an air from Mozart's &quot;Don
+Giovanni.&quot; In these early pieces, written perhaps even before he was
+fifteen, we find the first stages of his peculiar style. Even at this early
+time he was pleased with chords that had the tones spread apart in extended
+harmony. As his hands were small he invented a contrivance which separated
+the fingers as far apart as possible, in order that he might reach the new
+chords more easily. This he wore even during the night. The contrivance
+however, did not result in injury to his hands, as did Schumann's efforts
+to strengthen his fourth finger.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1827, Chopin finished his studies at the Lyceum and determined to adopt
+music as his profession. He was now seventeen, of slender figure, finely
+cut features, high forehead, delicate brows above dreamy, soulful eyes.
+Though not weak or sickly, as some accounts make out, he was never very
+robust; he would far rather lie under beautiful trees in delightful day
+dreams, than take long excursions afoot. One of his aversions was smoking
+or tobacco in any form; he never used it in his whole life. He was
+vivacious, active, hard working at music and reasonably healthy in early
+youth, but not of a hardy organism. His mother and sisters constantly
+cautioned him to wrap up in cold or damp weather, and like an obedient son
+and good brother, he obeyed.
+</p>
+<p>
+Young Chopin greatly wished to travel and see something of the world. A
+much longed-for opportunity to visit Berlin came to him the following
+year. An old friend of his father's, Dr. Jarocki, Professor in the Warsaw
+University, was invited to attend a Philosophic Congress, presided over
+by Alexander von Humboldt, to be held in that city. The good Professor was
+willing to take his friend's son under his wing, and Frederic was quite
+beside himself with joy, for now he believed he could meet some of the
+musical celebrities of Berlin, and hear some great music. As to the latter
+his hopes were realized, but he did not meet many musicians, and could
+only gaze at them from a distance. It may have been a certain shyness and
+reticence that stood in the way, for he wrote home about a concert in the
+Singakademie: &quot;Spontini, Zelter and Felix Mendelssohn were all there, but
+I spoke to none of these gentlemen, as I did not think it becoming to
+introduce myself.&quot; Music and things connected with music, music-shops and
+piano factories, took up most of his time, as he declined to attend the
+meetings of the Congress.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;At the time of the Berlin visit,&quot; writes Niecks, his biographer, &quot;Chopin
+was a lively, well-educated, well-mannered youth, who walked through life,
+pleased with its motley garb, but as yet unconscious of the deeper truths,
+the immensities of joy and sadness, of love and hate, which lie beneath the
+surface.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+After a stay of two weeks in the Prussian capital, Professor Jarocki and
+Frederic started on their return to Poland. During the journey they were
+obliged to halt an hour for fresh horses. Chopin began to look about the
+little inn for some sort of amusement to while away the time. He soon
+discovered in a corner, an old piano, which proved to be in tune. Of course
+he lost no time, but sat down and began to improvise on Polish melodies.
+Soon his fellow passengers of the stage-coach began to drop in one after
+another; at last came the post master with his wife and pretty daughter.
+Even when the hour was up and the horses had been put to the chaise, they
+begged the young musician to go on and on. Although he remonstrated, saying
+it was now time to go, they protested so convincingly that the boy sat down
+again and resumed his playing. Afterwards wine was brought in and they all
+drank to the health of the young master. Chopin gave them a mazurka for
+farewell, then the tall post master caught him up and carried him out to
+the coach, and all travelers started away in high spirits.
+</p>
+<p>
+About the middle of July, 1829, Chopin with three young friends, started
+out for Vienna. In those days an artist, in order to make himself and his
+work known, had to travel about the world and arrange concerts here and
+there, introduce himself to prominent people in each place and make them
+acquainted with his gifts. The present journey had for its object Vienna,
+the city of Beethoven and Schubert and other great masters.
+</p>
+<p>
+Of course the young musician carried many letters of introduction, both to
+publishers and influential persons, for whom he played. Every one told
+him he ought to give a concert, that it would be a disgrace to parents,
+teachers and to himself not to appear in public. At last Frederic overcame
+his hesitation. In a letter home he writes; &quot;I have made up my mind; they
+tell me I shall create a furore, that I am an artist of the first rank,
+worthy of a place beside Moscheles, Herz and Kalbrenner,&quot; well-known
+musicians of the day. One must forgive the nineteen year old boy, if he
+felt a little pride in being classed with these older and more famous
+musicians.
+</p>
+<p>
+The concert took place in the Imperial Opera House, just ten days after his
+arrival, and from all accounts was a great success. Chopin was more than
+satisfied, he was delighted. Indeed his success was so emphatic that a
+second concert was given the following week. In both he played some of his
+own compositions and improvised as well.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;It goes crescendo with my popularity here, and this gives me much
+pleasure,&quot; he wrote home, at the end of the fortnight, and on the eve of
+starting to return. On the way back the travelers visited Prague, Teplitz
+and Dresden. A couple of days were spent in each, and then the party
+arrived safely in Warsaw.
+</p>
+<p>
+With such an intense nature, friendship and love were two vital forces
+controlling life and action. Chopin was devoted to his friends; he clung
+to them with effusive ardor, incomprehensible to those less sensitive
+and romantic. With Titus Woyciechowski he was heart to heart in closest
+intimacy, and wrote him the most adoring letters when they chanced to be
+separated. Titus was less demonstrative, but always remained devoted.
+</p>
+<p>
+Love for women was destined to play a large part in the inner life of
+Chopin. The first awakening of this feeling came from his admiration of
+Constantia Gladowska, a beautiful girl and vocal pupil at the Conservatory
+at Warsaw. Strangely enough he admired the young lady for some time at a
+distance, and if report be true, never really declared himself to her. But
+she filled his thoughts by day, and he confessed to dreaming of her each
+night. When she made her d&eacute;but in opera, he hung on every note she sang
+and rejoiced in her success but did not make his feelings known to her.
+All this pent-up emotion was confined to his piano, in impassioned
+improvisations.
+</p>
+<p>
+Seeing no suitable field for his genius in Warsaw and realizing he ought to
+leave home and strike out for himself, he yet delayed making the break. He
+continued putting off the evil day of parting from home and friends, and
+especially putting a wide distance between himself and the object of his
+adoration, Constantia.
+</p>
+<p>
+The two years of indecision were fruitful in producing much piano music
+and in completing the beautiful E minor Concerto, which was rehearsed with
+orchestra and was performed at the third and last concert he ever gave in
+Warsaw. This concert was arranged for October 11, 1830. Chopin requested
+Constantia Gladowska, whom he had never met, to sing an aria. In the
+success of the evening sorrow was forgotten. He wrote to his friend: &quot;Miss
+Gladowska wore a white gown with roses in her hair and was wondrously
+beautiful; she had never sung so well.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+After this event, Chopin decided the time had come for him to depart. His
+trunk was bought, his clothing ready, pocket-handkerchiefs hemmed; in fact
+nothing remained but the worst of all, the leave-taking. On November I,
+1830, Elsner and a number of friends accompanied him to Wola, the first
+village beyond Warsaw. There they were met by a group of students from the
+Conservatory, who sang a cantata, composed by Elsner for the occasion. Then
+there was a banquet. During this last meal together, a silver goblet filled
+with Polish earth was presented to Chopin in the name of them all.
+</p>
+<p>
+We can imagine the tender leave-takings after that. &quot;I am convinced,&quot;
+he said, &quot;I am saying an eternal farewell to my native country; I have a
+presentiment I shall never return.&quot; And so indeed it proved.
+</p>
+<p>
+Again to Vienna, by way of Breslau, Dresden and Prague. In Vienna all was
+not as rosy as it had been on his first visit. Haslinger was unwilling
+to publish more of his compositions, though there were the two concertos,
+&eacute;tudes and many short pieces. The way did not open to give a concert.
+He was lonely and unhappy, constantly dreaming of home and the beloved
+Constantia. From graphic letters to one of his dearest friends, a few
+sentences will reveal his inner life.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;To-day is the first of January (1831). Oh, how sadly this year begins for
+me! I love you all above all things. My poor parents! How are my friends
+faring? I could die for you all. Why am I doomed to be here so lonely and
+forsaken? You can at least open your hearts to each other. Go and see my
+parents&mdash;and&mdash;Constantia.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Although it did not seem advisable to give concerts in Vienna, yet Chopin
+made many pleasant acquaintances among the musicians and prominent people,
+and was constantly invited. He had planned to go from Vienna to either
+Italy or France. As there were political troubles in the former country, he
+decided to start for Paris, stopping on the way at a few places. In Munich
+he gave a morning concert, in the hall of the Philharmonie, which won him
+renown. From Munich he proceeded to Stuttgart, and during a short stay
+there, heard the sad news of the taking of Warsaw by the Russians. This
+event, it is said, inspired him to compose the C minor Etude, Op. 10, No.
+12.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Poles and everything Polish were at that time the rage in Paris. The
+young Polish master found ready entrance into the highest musical and
+literary circles of this most delightful city of the world. All was
+romance, fantasy, passion, which fitted with Chopin's sensitive and
+romantic temperament. Little wonder that he became inspired by contact with
+some of the greatest in the world of arts and letters.
+</p>
+<p>
+There were Victor Hugo. King of the romanticists, Heine, poet and novelist;
+De Musset, Flaubert, Zola, Lamartine, Chateaubriand, Baudelaire, Ary
+Scheffer, M&eacute;rim&eacute;e, Gautier, Berlioz, Balzac, Rossini, Meyerbeer,
+Hiller, Nourrit, to mention a few. Liszt was there too, and George Sand,
+Mendelssohn and Kalkbrenner. Chopin called on the last named, who was
+considered the first pianist of the day, and played for him. Kalkbrenner
+remarked he had the style of Cramer and the touch of Field. He proposed
+that Chopin should study three years with him, and he would then become a
+great virtuoso. Of course the young artist might have learned something-on
+the mechanical side, but at the risk of injuring the originality and style
+of his playing. His old friend and teacher Elsner, kept him from doing
+this.
+</p>
+<p>
+The first year in Paris Chopin played at a number of concerts and
+functions, with ever increasing success. But in spite of the artistic
+success, his finances ran low, and he began to consider a trip to America.
+Fortunately he met Prince Radziwill on the street at this time, and was
+persuaded to play at a Rothschild soir&eacute;e in the evening. From this moment,
+it is said, his prospects brightened, and he secured a number of wealthy
+patrons as pupils. Whether this be true or not, he came to know many titled
+personages. One has only to turn the pages of his music to note how many
+pieces are dedicated to Princess This and Countess That. This mode of life
+was reflected in his music, which became more elegant and aristocratic.
+</p>
+<p>
+During the season of 1833 and 1834, Chopin continued to make his way
+as composer, pianist and teacher. A letter to friends in Poland, says:
+&quot;Frederic looks well and strong; he turns the heads of all the French
+women, and makes the men jealous. He is now the fashion.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+In the spring of 1834 Chopin had been persuaded by Ferdinand Hiller to
+accompany him to Aix-la-Chapelle, to attend the Lower Rhine Music Festival.
+Before they started Chopin found he had not the money to go, as it had been
+spent or given to some needy countryman. Hiller did not like to go alone,
+and asked if his friend could think of no way out of the dilemma. At last
+Chopin took the manuscript of the E flat Valse, Op. 18, went with it to
+Pleyel the publisher, and returned with five hundred francs. They could now
+go and enjoy the trip they had planned.
+</p>
+<p>
+In July, 1835, Chopin met his parents at Carlsbad, where his father had
+been sent by the Warsaw physicians to take the cure. The young musician,
+now famous, had not seen his parents in nearly five years, and the reunion
+must have been a happy one. From here he went to Dresden and Leipsic,
+meeting Schumann and Mendelssohn. Schumann admired the young Pole greatly
+and wrote much about him in his musical magazine. Mendelssohn considered
+him a &quot;really perfect virtuoso, whose piano playing was both original
+and masterly,&quot; but he was not sure whether his compositions were right or
+wrong. Chopin also stopped in Heidelberg on the way to Paris, visiting the
+father of his pupil Adolph Gutman. He must have been back in Paris about
+the middle of October, for the papers mention that &quot;M. Chopin, one of the
+most eminent pianists of our epoch, has just made a tour of Germany, which
+has been for him a real ovation. Everywhere his admirable talent obtained
+the most flattering reception and excited much enthusiasm.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The story of Chopin's attraction for Marie Wodzinski and his reported
+engagement to her, is soon told. During his visit in Dresden, after leaving
+his parents in Carlsbad, he saw much of his old friends, Count Wodzinski
+and his family. The daughter, Marie, aged nineteen, was tall and slender,
+not beautiful but charming, with soft dark hair and soulful eyes. Chopin
+spent all his evenings at their home and saw much of Marie. The last
+evening the girl gave him a rose, and he composed a valse for her.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next summer the two met again at Marienbad, and resumed their walks,
+talks and music. She drew his portrait, and one day Chopin proposed. She
+assured him she would always remain his friend, but her family would never
+consent to their marriage. So that brief romance was over.
+</p>
+<p>
+An attachment of a different sort was that with Mme. Dudevant, known in
+literature as George Sand. Books have been written about this remarkable
+woman. The family at Nohant where she had spent her childhood, where her
+two children, Maurice and Solange, lived, and where her husband sometimes
+came, became distasteful to her; she wanted to see life. Paris offered it.
+Although possessing ample means, she arranged to spend six months in Paris
+each year, and live on two hundred and fifty francs a month. She came in
+1831. Her <i>m&eacute;nage</i> was of the simplest&mdash;three small rooms, with meals
+from a near-by restaurant at two francs; she did the washing herself.
+Woman's attire was too expensive, so, as she had worn man's attire when
+riding and hunting at Nohant, she saw nothing shocking in wearing it in
+Paris.
+</p>
+<p>
+Her literary student life, as she called it, now began. She went about the
+streets at all times, in all weathers; went to garrets, studios, clubs,
+theaters, coffee-houses, everywhere but the <i>salons</i>. The romance of
+society-life as it was lived in the French capital, were the studies she
+ardently pursued. From these studies of life grew the several novels she
+produced during the years that followed.
+</p>
+<p>
+It is said that Chopin met Mme. Sand at a musical matin&eacute;e, given by the
+Marquis of C, where the aristocracy of genius, wealth and beauty
+had assembled. Chopin had gone to the piano and was absorbed in an
+improvisation, when lifting his eyes from the keys he encountered the fiery
+glances of a lady standing near. Perhaps the truer account of their first
+meeting is that given by Chopin's pupil Gutman. Mme. Sand, who had the
+faculty of subjugating every man of genius she came in contact with, asked
+Liszt repeatedly to introduce her.
+</p>
+<p>
+One morning, early in the year 1837, Liszt called on his brother artist
+and found him in good spirits over some new compositions. He wished to play
+them to some friends, so it was arranged that a party of them should
+come to his rooms that evening. Liszt came with his special friend,
+Mme. d'Agoult and George Sand. Afterwards these meetings were frequently
+repeated. Liszt poetically describes one such evening, in his &quot;Life of
+Chopin.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The fastidious musician was not at first attracted to the rather
+masculine-looking woman, addicted to smoking, who was short, stout, with
+large nose, coarse mouth and small chin. She had wonderful eyes, though,
+and her manners were both quiet and fascinating.
+</p>
+<p>
+Her influence over Chopin began almost at once; they were soon seen
+together everywhere. Sand liked to master a reserved, artistic nature
+such as that of the Polish musician. She was not herself musical, but
+appreciated all forms of art.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1838 Mme. Sand's son Maurice became ill, and she proposed a trip to
+Majorca. Chopin went with the party and fell ill himself. There were
+many discomforts during their travels, due to bad weather and other
+inconveniences.
+</p>
+<p>
+Chopin's health now began to be a source of anxiety to his friends. He had
+to be very careful, gave fewer lessons during the season, and spent his
+vacations at Nohant. He played rarely in public, though there were two
+public concerts in 1841 and '42 at Pleyel's rooms. From 1843 to 1847 he
+lived quietly and his life was apparently happy. He was fond of the Sand
+children, and amused himself with them when at Nohant.
+</p>
+<p>
+But the breach, which had started some years before, between Mme. Sand
+and Chopin, widened as time passed, and they parted in 1847. It was the
+inevitable, of course. Chopin never had much to say about it; Sand said
+more, while the students asserted she had killed their beloved master.
+Probably it all helped to undermine the master's feeble health. His father
+passed away in 1844, his sister also, of pulmonary trouble; he was lonely
+and ill himself. He gave his last concert in Paris, February 16, 1848.
+Though weak he played beautifully. Some one said he fainted in the artist's
+room. The loss of Sand, even though he had long wearied of her was the last
+drop.
+</p>
+<p>
+To secure rest and change, he undertook a trip to London, for the second
+and last time, arriving April 21, 1848. He played at different great houses
+and gave two matin&eacute;es, at the homes of Adelaide Kemble and Lord Falmouth,
+June 23, and July 7. These were attended by many titled personages. Viardot
+Garcia sang. The composer was thin, pale, and played with &quot;wasted fingers,&quot;
+but the money helped replenish his depleted purse.
+</p>
+<p>
+Chopin visited Scotland in August of the same year, and stayed with his
+pupil Miss Jane Stirling, to whom he dedicated the two Nocturnes, Op.
+55. He played in Manchester, August 28; his playing was rather weak,
+but retained all its elegance, finish and grace. He was encored for his
+familiar Mazurka, Op. 7, No. 1, and repeated it with quite different
+nuances. One survivor of this audience remarked subsequently in a letter
+to a friend: &quot;My emotion was so great I was compelled to retire to recover
+myself. I have heard all the celebrated stars of the musical firmament, but
+never has one left such an impression on my mind.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Chopin returned to London in November, and left England in January 1849.
+His purse was very low and his lodgings in the Rue Chaillot, Paris, were
+represented as costing half their value, the balance being paid by a
+Russian Countess, who was touched by his need. The generous hearted Miss
+Stirling raised 25,000 francs for the composer, so his last days were
+cheered by every comfort. He passed away October 17, 1849, and every writer
+agrees it was a serene passing. His face was beautiful and young, in
+the flower-covered casket, says Liszt, for friends filled his rooms with
+blossoms. He was buried from the Madeleine, October thirtieth. The B flat
+minor Funeral March, orchestrated by Reber, was given, and during the
+service Lefebure Wely played on the organ the E and B minor Preludes. His
+grave in P&egrave;re Lachaise is sought out by many travelers who admire his great
+art. It is difficult to find the tomb in that crowded White City, but
+no doubt all music lovers seek to bring away at least a leaf&mdash;as did
+the writer&mdash;from the earthly resting place of the most ideal pianist and
+composer who ever lived.
+</p>
+<p>
+Chopin was preeminently a composer for the piano. With the exception of
+the Trio, Op. 8 and a book of Polish songs, everything he wrote was for his
+favorite instrument. There are seventy-one opus numbers in the list, but
+often whole sets of pieces are contained in one opus number, as is the case
+with the &Eacute;tudes, of which there are twelve in Op. 10, and the same in
+Op. 25. These &Eacute;tudes take up every phase of piano technic; each one has
+a definite aim, yet each is a beautiful finished work as music. They have
+been edited and re-edited by the greatest masters.
+</p>
+<p>
+The twenty-four Preludes were composed before the trip to Majorca, though
+they were perfected and polished while there. Written early in his career,
+they have a youthful vigor not often found in later works. &quot;Much in
+miniature are these Preludes of the Polish poet,&quot; says Huneker.
+</p>
+<p>
+There are four Impromptus and four Ballades, also four Scherzos. In
+them the composer is free, fascinating, often bold and daring. The great
+Fantaisie, Op. 49, is an epic poem, much as the Barcarolle is a poem of
+love. The two Sonatas, not to mention an early effort in this form, are
+among the modern classics, which are bound to appear on the programs of
+every great pianist of the present, and doubtless of the future. The two
+Concertos are cherished by virtuosi and audience alike, and never fail to
+make an instant and lasting appeal.
+</p>
+<p>
+And think of the eleven Polonaises, those courtly dances, the most
+characteristic and national of his works; the fourteen Valses, beloved of
+every young piano student the world over; the eighteen Nocturnes, of starry
+night music; the entrancing Mazurkas, fifty-two in number. One marvels,
+in merely glancing over the list, that the composer, who lived such a
+super-sensitive hectic life, whose days were so occupied with lesson
+giving, ever had the time to create such a mass of music, or the energy to
+write it.
+</p>
+<p>
+When one considers the amount of it, the beauty, originality and glory
+of it, one must acknowledge Frederic Chopin as one of the greatest piano
+geniuses of all time.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_13"><!-- RULE4 13 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XIII<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+HECTOR BERLIOZ
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+In the south of France, near Grenoble, is found a romantic spot, La C&ocirc;te
+Saint-Andr&eacute;. It lies on a hillside overlooking a wide green and golden
+plain, and its dreamy majesty is accentuated by the line of mountains that
+bounds it on the southeast. These in turn are crowned by the distant glory
+of snowy peaks and Alpine glaciers. Here one of the most distinguished men
+of the modern movement in French musical art, Hector Berlioz, first saw the
+light, on December 11, 1803.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was an only son of a physician. His father, a learned man, with
+the utmost care, taught his little boy history, literature, geography,
+languages, even music. Hector was a most romantic, impressionable child,
+who peopled nature with fairies and elves, as he lay under great trees and
+dreamed fantastic day dreams. Poetry and romantic tales were his delight
+and he found much to feed his imagination in his father's large library.
+</p>
+<p>
+His mother's father lived at Meylan, a little village not far from
+Grenoble, and there, in this picturesque valley, the family used to spend a
+part of each summer.
+</p>
+<p>
+Above Meylan, in a crevice of the mountain, stood a white house amid its
+vineyards and gardens. It was the home of Mme. Gautier and her two nieces,
+of whom the younger was called Estelle. When the boy Hector saw her for the
+first time, he was twelve, a shy, retiring little fellow. Estelle was just
+eighteen, tall, graceful, with beautiful dusky hair and large soulful eyes.
+Most wonderful of all, with her simple white gown, she wore pink slippers.
+The shy boy of twelve fell in desperate love with this white robed
+apparition in pink slippers. He says himself:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Never do I recall Estelle, but with the flash of her large dark eyes
+comes the twinkle of her dainty pink shoes. To say I loved her comprises
+everything. I was wretched, dumb, despairing. By night I suffered
+agonies&mdash;by day I wandered alone through the fields of Indian corn, or,
+like a wounded bird, sought the deepest recesses of my grandfather's
+orchard.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;One evening there was a party at Mme. Gautier's and various games were
+played. In one of them I was told to choose first. But I dared not, my
+heart-beats choked me. Estelle, smiling, caught my hand, saying: 'Come, I
+will begin; I choose Monsieur Hector.' But, ah, she laughed!
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I was thirteen when we parted. I was thirty when, returning from Italy, I
+passed through this district, so filled with early memories. My eyes filled
+at sight of the white house: I loved her still. On reaching my old home I
+learned she was married!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+With pangs of early love came music, that is, attempts at musical
+composition. His father had taught him the rudiments of music, and soon
+after gave him a flute. On this the boy worked so industriously that in
+seven or eight months he could play fairly well. He also took singing
+lessons, as he had a pretty soprano voice. Harmony was likewise studied by
+this ambitious lad, but it was self taught. He had found a copy of Rameau's
+&quot;Harmony&quot; among some old books and spent many hours poring over those
+labored theories in his efforts to reduce them to some form and sense.
+</p>
+<p>
+Inspired by these studies he tried his hand at music making in earnest.
+First came some arrangements of trios and quartettes. Then finally he was
+emboldened to write a quintette for flute, two violins, viola and 'cello.
+Two months later he had produced another quintette, which proved to be a
+little better. At this time Hector was twelve and a half. His father had
+set his heart on the boy's following his footsteps and becoming a doctor;
+the time was rapidly approaching when a decision had to be made. Doctor
+Berlioz promised if his son would study anatomy and thoroughly prepare
+himself in this branch of the profession, he should have the finest flute
+that could be bought. His cousin Robert shared these anatomical lessons;
+but as Robert was a good violinist, the two boys spent more time over music
+than over osteology. The cousin, however, really worked over his anatomy,
+and was always ready at the lessons with his demonstrations, while Hector
+was not, and thus drew upon himself many a reprimand. However he managed to
+learn all his father could teach him, and when he was nineteen consented
+to go to Paris, with Robert, and&mdash;though much against his will&mdash;become a
+doctor.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the boys reached Paris, in 1822, Hector loyally tried to keep his
+promise to his father and threw himself into the studies which were so
+repugnant to him. He says he might have become a common-place physician
+after all, had he not one night gone to the opera. That night was a
+revelation; he became half frantic with excitement and enthusiasm. He went
+again and again. Learning that the Conservatoire library, with its wealth
+of scores, was open to the public, he began to study the scores of his
+adored Gluck. He read, re-read and copied long parts and scenes from these
+wonderful scores, even forgetting to eat, drink or sleep, in his wild
+enthusiasm. Of course, now, the career of doctor must be given up; there
+was no question of that. He wrote home that in spite of father, mother,
+relations and friends, a musician he would be and nothing else.
+</p>
+<p>
+A short time after this the choir master of Saint Roch, suggested that
+Hector should write a mass for Innocents' Day, promising a chorus and
+orchestra, with ample rehearsals, also that the choir boys would copy the
+parts. He set to work with enthusiasm. But alas, after one trial of the
+completed work, which ended in confusion owing to the countless mistakes
+the boys had made in copying the score, he rewrote the whole composition.
+Fearing another fiasco from amateur copyists, the young composer wrote out
+all the parts himself. This took three months. With the help of a friend
+who advanced funds, the mass was performed at Saint Roch, and was well
+spoken of by the press.
+</p>
+<p>
+The hostility of Hector's family to music as a profession, died down a bit,
+owing to the success of the mass, but started up with renewed vigor
+when the son and brother failed to pass the entrance examinations at the
+Conservatoire. His father wrote that if he persisted in staying on in Paris
+his allowance would be stopped. Lesueur, his teacher, promised to intercede
+and wrote an appealing letter, which really made matters worse instead of
+better. Then Hector went home himself, to plead his cause in person. He was
+coldly received by his family; his father at last consented to his return
+to Paris for a time, but his mother forbade it absolutely. In case he
+disobeyed her will, she would disown him and never again wished to see his
+face. So Hector at last set out again for Paris with no kind look or word
+from his mother, but reconciled for the time being with the rest of the
+family.
+</p>
+<p>
+The young enthusiast began life anew in Paris, by being very economical,
+as he must pay back the loan made for his mass. He found a tiny fifth floor
+room, gave up restaurant dinners and contented himself with plain bread,
+with the addition of raisins, prunes or dates. He also secured some pupils,
+which helped out in this emergency, and even got a chance to sing in
+vaudeville, at the enormous sum of 50 francs per month!
+</p>
+<p>
+These were strenuous days for the eager ardent musician. Teaching from
+necessity, in order to live, spending every spare moment on composing;
+attending opera whenever he got a free ticket; yet, in spite of many
+privations there was happiness too. With score under arm, he always made it
+a point to follow the performance of any opera he heard. And so in time,
+he came to know the sound&mdash;the voice as it were, of each instrument in the
+orchestra. The study of Beethoven, Weber and Spontini&mdash;watching for rare
+and unusual combinations of sounds, being with artists who were kind enough
+to explain the compass and powers of their instruments, were the ways and
+means he used to perfect his art.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the Conservatoire examinations of 1827, came on, Hector tried again,
+and this time passed the preliminary test. The task set for the general
+competition was to write music for Orpheus torn by the Bacchantes. An
+incompetent pianist, whose duty it was to play over the compositions, for
+the judges, could seem to make nothing of Hector's score. The six judges,
+headed by Cherubini, the Director of the Conservatoire, voted against the
+aspirant, and he was thrown out a second time.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now came to Berlioz a new revelation&mdash;nothing less than the revelation
+of the art of Shakespeare. An English company of actors had come to Paris,
+and the first night Hamlet was given, with Henrietta Smithson&mdash;who five
+years later became his wife&mdash;as Ophelia.
+</p>
+<p>
+In his diary Berlioz writes: &quot;Shakespeare, coming upon me unawares, struck
+me down as with a thunderbolt. His lightning spirit opened to me the
+highest heaven of Art, and revealed to me the best and grandest and truest
+that earth can give.&quot; He began to worship both the genius of Shakespeare
+and the art of the beautiful English actress. Every evening found him at
+the theater, but days were spent in a kind of dumb despair, dreaming of
+Shakespeare and of Miss Smithson, who had now become the darling of Paris.
+</p>
+<p>
+At last this sort of dumb frenzy spent itself and the musician in him awoke
+and he returned to his normal self. A new plan began to take shape in his
+mind. He would give a concert of his own works: up to that time no French
+musician had done so. Thus he would compel her to hear of him, although he
+had not yet met the object of his devoted admiration.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was early spring of the year 1828, when he set to work with frantic
+energy, writing sixteen hours a day, in order to carry through the
+wonderful plan. The concert, the result of so much labor, was given the
+last of May, with varying success. But alas, Miss Smithson, adsorbed in
+her own affairs, had not even heard of the excitable young composer who had
+dared and risked so much to make a name that might attract her notice.
+</p>
+<p>
+As Berlioz p&egrave;re again stopped his allowance, Hector began to write for
+musical journals. At first ignorant of the ways of journalism, his wild
+utterances were the despair of his friends; later his trenchant pen was
+both admired and feared.
+</p>
+<p>
+For the third time, in June of this year, he entered the Conservatoire
+contest, and won a second prize, in this case a gold medal. Two years later
+he won the coveted Prix de Rome, which gives the winner five years' study,
+free of expense, in the Eternal City.
+</p>
+<p>
+Before this honor was achieved, however, a new influence came into his
+life, which for a time overshadowed the passion for Shakespeare and Miss
+Smithson. It happened on this wise.
+</p>
+<p>
+Ferdinand Hiller, composer, pianist and one of Hector's intimate friends,
+fell deeply in love with Marie Moke, a beautiful, talented girl who, later
+on, won considerable fame as a pianist. She became interested in the young
+French composer, through hearing of his mental suffering from Hiller. They
+were thrown together in a school where both gave lessons, she on the piano
+and he on the&mdash;guitar! Meeting so constantly, her dainty beauty won a warm
+place in the affections of the impressionable Hector. She was but eighteen,
+while her admirer was twenty-five.
+</p>
+<p>
+Hiller saw how things were going and behaved admirably. He called it fate,
+wished the pair every happiness, and left for Frankfort.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then came the Prix de Rome, which the poor boy had struggled so long to
+win, and now did not care so much for, as going to Italy would mean to
+leave Paris. On August 23, 1830, he wrote to a friend:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I have gained the Prix de Rome. It was awarded unanimously&mdash;a thing never
+known before. My sweet Ariel was dying of anxiety when I told her the news;
+her dainty wings were all ruffled, till I smoothed them with a word. Even
+her mother, who does not look too favorably on our love, was touched to
+tears.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;On November 1, there is to be a concert at the Theater Italien. I am asked
+to write an Overture and am going to take as subject Shakespeare's Tempest;
+it will be quite a new style of thing. My great concert, with the Symphonie
+Fantastique, will take place November 14, but I must have a theatrical
+success; Camille's parents insist on that, as a condition of our marriage.
+I hope I shall succeed.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+These concerts were both successful and the young composer passed from
+deepest anxiety to exuberant delight. He wrote to the same friend;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;The Tempest is to be played a second time at the opera. It is new,
+fresh, strange, grand, sweet, tender, surprising. F&eacute;tis wrote two splendid
+articles about it for the Revue Musicale.&mdash;My marriage is fixed for Easter,
+1832, on condition that I do not lose my pension, and that I go to Italy
+for one year. My blessed Symphonie has done the deed.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The next January Berlioz went home to his family, who were now reconciled
+to his choice of music as a profession, and deluged him with compliments,
+caresses and tender solicitude. The parents had fully forgiven their gifted
+son.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;There is Rome, Signore.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+It was true. The Eternal City lay spread out in purple majesty before the
+young traveler, who suddenly realized the grandeur, the poetry of this
+heart of the world. The Villa Medici, the venerable ancient palace,
+centuries old, had been reserved by the Academi&eacute; of France as home for her
+students, whose sole obligation was to send, once a year, a sample of their
+work to the Academi&eacute; in Paris.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Hector Berlioz arrived in Rome he was twenty-seven, and of striking
+appearance. A mass of reddish auburn hair crowned a high forehead; the
+features were prominent, especially the nose; the expression was full of
+sensitive refinement. He was of an excitable and ardent temperament, but in
+knowledge of the world's ways often simple as a child.
+</p>
+<p>
+Berlioz, who was welcomed with many humorous and friendly jests on his
+appearance among the other students, had just settled down to work, when
+he learned that his Ariel&mdash;otherwise Marie Moke&mdash;had forsaken him and had
+married Pleyel. In a wild state of frenzy he would go to Paris at once and
+seek revenge. He started, got as far as Nice, grew calmer, remained at Nice
+for a month, during which time the Overture to &quot;King Lear&quot; was written,
+then returned to Rome by the way of Genoa and Florence.
+</p>
+<p>
+By July 1832, Berlioz had returned to La C&ocirc;te Saint Andr&eacute; for a home visit.
+He had spent a year in Italy, had seen much, composed a number of important
+things, but left Rome without regrets, and found the familiar landscape
+near his home more fascinating than anything Italy could show.
+</p>
+<p>
+The rest of the summer was spent in the beautiful Dauphiny country, working
+on the &quot;Damnation of Faust.&quot; In the fall he returned to Paris. The vision
+of his Ophelia, as he used to call Miss Smithson, was seldom long absent
+from his thoughts, and he now went to the house where she used to live,
+thinking himself very lucky to be able to find lodging there. Meeting the
+old servant, he learned Miss Smithson was again in Paris, and would manage
+a new English theater, which was to open in a few days. But Berlioz was
+planning a concert of his own compositions, and did not trust himself
+to see the woman he had so long adored until this venture was over. It
+happened, however, that some friends induced her to attend the concert,
+the success of which is said to have been tremendous. The composer had the
+happiness of meeting the actress the same evening. The next day he called
+on her. Their engagement lasted nearly a year, opposed by her mother
+and sister, and also by Hector's family. The following summer Henrietta
+Smithson, all but ruined from her theatrical ventures, and weak from
+a fall, which made her a cripple for some years, was married to Hector
+Berlioz, in spite of the opposition of their two families.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now there opened to Berlioz a life of stress and struggle, inseparable
+from such a nature as his. At one moment he would be in the highest heaven
+of happiness, and the next in the depths of despair. His wife's heavy debts
+were a load to carry, but he manfully did his best to pay them. We can
+be sure that every work he ever produced was composed under most trying
+circumstances, of one kind or another. One of his happiest ventures was a
+concert of his own compositions, given at the Conservatoire on October
+22, 1833. Of it he wrote: &quot;The concert, for which I engaged the very
+best artists, was a triumphant success. My musicians beamed with joy all
+evening, and to crown all, I found waiting for me a man with long black
+hair, piercing eyes and wasted form. Catching my hand, he poured forth a
+flood of burning praise and appreciation. It was Paganini!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Paganini commissioned Berlioz to write a solo for his beautiful Strad.
+viola. The composer demurred for a time, and then made the attempt. While
+the result was not just what the violinist wished, yet the themes afterward
+formed the basis for Berlioz' composition &quot;Childe Harold.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The next great work undertaken by Berlioz was the Requiem. It seems that,
+in 1836, the French Minister of the Interior set aside yearly, 3,000 francs
+to be given to a native composer, chosen by the Minister, to compose
+a religious work, either a mass or an oratorio, to be performed at the
+expense of the Government.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I shall begin with Berlioz,&quot; he announced: &quot;I am sure he could write a
+good Requiem.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+After many intrigues and difficulties, this work was completed and
+performed in a way the composer considered &quot;a magnificent triumph.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Berlioz, like most composers, always wished to produce an opera. &quot;Benvenuto
+Cellini&quot; was the subject finally chosen. It took a long time to write,
+and perhaps would never have been finished, since Berlioz was so tied to
+bread-winning journalistic labors, if a kind friend&mdash;Ernest Legouv&eacute;&mdash;had
+not offered to lend him two thousand francs. This loan made him independent
+for a little time, and gave him the necessary leisure in which to compose.
+</p>
+<p>
+The &quot;Harold&quot; music was now finished and Berlioz advertised both this and
+the Symphonie Fantastique for a concert at the Conservatoire, December
+16, 1838. Paganini was present, and declared he had never been so moved by
+music before. He dragged the composer back on the platform, where some of
+the musicians still lingered, and there knelt and kissed his hand. The next
+day he sent Berlioz a check for twenty thousand francs.
+</p>
+<p>
+Berlioz and his wife, two of the most highly strung individuals to be found
+anywhere, were bound to have plenty of storm and stress in their daily
+life. And so it came about that a separation, at least for a time, seemed
+advisable. Berlioz made every provision in his power for her comfort, and
+then started out on various tours to make his compositions known. Concerts
+were given in Stuttgart, Heckingen, Weimar, Leipsic, and in Dresden two,
+both very successful. Others took place in Brunswick, Hamburg, Berlin,
+Hanover, finishing at Darmstadt, where the Grand Duke insisted not only on
+the composer taking the full receipts for the concert, but, in addition,
+refused to let him pay any of the expenses.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now back in Paris, at the treadmill of writing again. Berlioz had
+the sort of mentality which could plan, and also execute, big musical
+enterprises on a grand scale. It was proposed that he and Strauss should
+give a couple of monster concerts in the Exhibition Building. He got
+together a body of 1022 performers, all paid except the singers from the
+lyric theaters, who volunteered to help for the love of music.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a tremendous undertaking, and though an artistic success, the
+exertion nearly finished Berlioz, who was sent south by his physician.
+Resting on the shores of the Mediterranean, he afterwards gave concerts in
+Marseilles, Lyons, and Lille and then traveled to Vienna. He writes of this
+visit:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;My reception by all in Vienna&mdash;even by my fellow-plowmen, the critics&mdash;was
+most cordial; they treated me as a man and a brother, for which I am
+heartily grateful.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;After my third concert, there was a grand supper, at which my friends
+presented me with a silver-gilt baton, and the Emperor sent me eleven
+hundred francs, with the odd compliment: 'Tell Berlioz I was really
+amused.'&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+His way now led through Hungary. Performances were given in Pesth and
+Prague, where he was royally entertained and given a silver cup.
+</p>
+<p>
+On returning to Paris, he had much domestic trouble to bear. His wife
+was paralyzed and his only son, Louis, wished to leave home and become
+a sailor&mdash;which he did eventually, though much against the wishes of his
+parents.
+</p>
+<p>
+The &quot;Damnation of Faust,&quot; now finished, was given at the Op&eacute;ra, and was not
+a success. Berlioz then conceived the idea of going to Russia to retrieve
+his fortunes. With the help of kind friends, who advanced the money, he was
+able to carry out the plan. He left for Russia on February 14, 1847. The
+visits to both St. Petersburg and Moscow proved to be very successful
+financially as well as artistically. To cap the climax, &quot;Romeo and
+Juliette&quot; was performed at St. Petersburg. Then the King of Prussia,
+wishing to hear the &quot;Faust,&quot; the composer arranged to spend ten days in
+Berlin: then to Paris and London, where success was also achieved.
+</p>
+<p>
+Shadows as well as sunshine filled the next few years. The composer was
+saddened by the passing of his father. Then a favorite sister also left,
+and last of all his wife passed quietly away, March 3, 1854. With all these
+sorrows Berlioz was at times nearly beside himself. But as he became
+calmer he decided, after half a year, to wed a woman who had been of great
+assistance to him in his work for at least fourteen years.
+</p>
+<p>
+The remaining span of Berlioz' life was outwardly more peaceful and happy.
+He continued to travel and compose. Everywhere he went he was honored and
+admired.
+</p>
+<p>
+Among his later compositions were the Te Deum, &quot;Childhood of Christ,&quot;
+&quot;Lelio,&quot; &quot;Beatrice and Benedict&quot; and &quot;The Trojans.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+At last, after what he called thirty years of slavery, he was able to
+resign his post of critic. &quot;Thanks to 'The Trojans,' the wretched quill
+driver is free!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+A touching episode, told in his vivid way, was the meeting, late in life,
+with his adored Estelle of the pink shoes. He called on her and found a
+quiet widow, who had lost both husband and children. They had a poignant
+hour of reminiscence and corresponded for some time afterwards.
+</p>
+<p>
+Hector Berlioz passed away March 8, 1869. The French Institute sent a
+deputation, the band of the National Guard played selections from his
+Funeral Symphony; on the casket lay wreaths from the Saint C&eacute;cilia Society,
+from the youths of Hungary, from Russian nobles and from the town of
+Grenoble, his old home.
+</p>
+<p>
+The music of Berlioz is conceived on large lines, in broad masses of tone
+color, with new harmonies and imposing effects. He won a noble place in
+art through many trials and hardships. His music is the expression, the
+reflection of the mental struggles of a most intense nature. The future
+will surely witness a greater appreciation of its merits than has up to now
+been accorded it.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_14"><!-- RULE4 14 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XIV<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+FRANZ LISZT
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+Franz Liszt, in his day the king of pianists, a composer whose compositions
+still glow and burn with the fire he breathed into them; Liszt the
+diplomat, courtier, man of the world&mdash;always a conqueror! How difficult to
+tell, in a few pages, the story of a life so complex and absorbing!
+</p>
+<p>
+A storm outside: but all was warmth and simple comfort in the large
+sitting-room of a steward's cottage belonging to the small estate of
+Raiding, in Hungary.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was evening and father Liszt, after the labors of the day were over,
+could call these precious hours his own. He was now at the old piano, for
+with him music was a passion. He used all his leisure time for study and
+had some knowledge of most instruments. He had taught himself the piano,
+indeed under the circumstances had become quite proficient on it. To-night
+he was playing something of Haydn, for he greatly venerated that master.
+Adam Liszt made a striking figure as he sat there, his fine head, with its
+mass of light hair, thrown back, his stern features softened by the music
+he was making.
+</p>
+<p>
+At a table near sat his wife, her dark head with its glossy braids bent
+over her sewing. Hers was a sweet, kindly face, and she endeared herself to
+every one by her simple, unassuming manners.
+</p>
+<p>
+Quite near the old piano stood little Franz, not yet six. He was absolutely
+absorbed in the music. The fair curls fell about his childish face and his
+deep blue eyes were raised to his father, as though the latter were some
+sort of magician, creating all this beauty.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the music paused, little Franz awoke as from a trance.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Did you like that, Franzerl?&quot; asked his father, looking down at him. The
+child bent his curly head, hardly able to speak.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;And do you want to be a musician when you grow up?&quot; Franzerl nodded, then,
+pointing to a picture of Beethoven hanging on the wall, exclaimed with
+beaming eyes: &quot;I want to be such a musician as he is!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Adam Liszt had already begun to teach his baby son the elements of music,
+at the child's earnest and oft-repeated request. He had no real method,
+being self-taught himself, but in spite of this fact Franz made remarkable
+progress. He could read the notes and find the keys with as much ease as
+though he had practised for years. He had a wonderful ear, and his memory
+was astonishing. The father hoped his boy would become a great musician,
+and carry out the dream which he had failed to realize in himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+Little Franz was born in the eventful year of 1811,&mdash;the &quot;year of the
+comet.&quot; The night of October 21, the night of his birth, the tail of the
+meteor seemed to light up the roof of the Liszt home and was regarded as
+an omen of destiny. His mother used to say he was always cheerful, loving,
+never naughty but most obedient. The child seemed religious by nature,
+which feeling was fostered by his good mother. He loved to go to church on
+Sundays and fast days. The midnight mass on Christmas eve, when Adam Liszt,
+carrying a lantern, led the way to church along the country road, through
+the silent night, filled the child's thoughts with mystic awe.
+</p>
+<p>
+Those early impressions have doubtless influenced the creations of Liszt,
+especially that part of his &quot;Christus&quot; entitled &quot;Christmas Oratorio.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Before Franz was six, as we have seen, he had already begun his musical
+studies. If not sitting at the piano, he would scribble notes&mdash;for he
+had learned without instruction how to write them long before he knew the
+letters of the alphabet, or rudiments of writing. His small hands were
+a source of trouble to him, and he resorted to all kinds of comical
+expedients, such as sometimes playing extra notes with the tip of his nose.
+Indeed his ingenuity knew no bounds, when it came to mastering some musical
+difficulty.
+</p>
+<p>
+Franz was an open minded, frank, truth-loving child, always ready to
+confess his faults, though he seemed to have but few. Strangely enough,
+though born an Hungarian, he was never taught to speak his native tongue,
+which indeed was only used by the peasants. German, the polite language of
+the country, was alone used in the Liszt home.
+</p>
+<p>
+The pronounced musical talent of his boy was a source of pride to Adam
+Liszt, who spoke of it to all his friends, so that the little fellow began
+to be called &quot;the artist.&quot; The result was that when a concert was to be
+given at the neighboring Oldenburg, Adam was requested to allow his wonder
+child to play.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Franz, now a handsome boy of nine, heard of the concert, he was
+overjoyed at the prospect of playing in public. It was a happy day for
+him when he started out with his father for Oldenburg. He was to play a
+Concerto by Reis, and a Fantaisie of his own, accompanied by the orchestra.
+In this his first public attempt Franz proved he possessed two qualities
+necessary for success&mdash;talent and will. All who heard him on this occasion
+were so delighted, that Adam then and there made arrangements to give a
+second concert on his own account, which was attended with as great success
+as the first.
+</p>
+<p>
+The father had now fully made up his mind Franz was to be a musician. He
+decided to resign his post of steward at Raiding and take the boy to Vienna
+for further study.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the way to Pressburg, the first stop, they halted to call at Eisenstadt,
+on Prince Esterhazy. The boy played for his delighted host, who gave
+him every encouragement, even to placing his castle at Pressburg at his
+disposal for a concert. The Princess, too, was most cordial, and gave the
+boy costly presents when they left.
+</p>
+<p>
+At Pressburg Adam Liszt succeeded in arranging a concert which interested
+all the Hungarian aristocracy of the city. It was given in the spacious
+drawing-rooms of the Prince's palace, and a notable audience was present.
+Little Franz achieved a triumph that night, because of the fire and
+originality of his playing. Elegant women showered caresses upon the child
+and the men were unanimous that such gifts deserved to be cultivated to the
+utmost without delay.
+</p>
+<p>
+When it was learned that father Liszt had not an ample purse, and there
+would be but little for Franz's further musical education, six Hungarian
+noblemen agreed to raise a subscription which would provide a yearly income
+for six years. With this happy prospect in view, which relieved him of
+further anxiety, the father wrote to Hummel, now in employ of the Court at
+Weimar, asking him to undertake Franz's musical education. Hummel, though a
+famous pianist, was of a grasping nature; he wrote back that he was willing
+to accept the talented boy as a pupil, but would charge a louis d'or per
+lesson!
+</p>
+<p>
+As soon as the father and his boy arrived in Vienna, the best teachers were
+secured for Franz. Carl Czerny was considered head of the piano profession.
+Czerny had been a pupil of Beethoven, and was so overrun with pupils
+himself, that he at first declined to accept another. But when he heard
+Franz play, he was so impressed that he at once promised to teach him. His
+nature was the opposite of Hummel's, for he was most generous to struggling
+talent. At the end of twelve lessons, when Adam Liszt wished to pay
+the debt, Czerny would accept nothing, and for the whole period of
+instruction&mdash;a year and a half&mdash;he continued to teach Franz gratuitously.
+</p>
+<p>
+At first the work with such a strict master of technic as Czerny, was very
+irksome to the boy, who had been brought up on no method at all, but was
+allowed free and unrestrained rein. He really had no technical foundation;
+but since he could read rapidly at sight and could glide over the keys with
+such astonishing ease, he imagined himself already a great artist. Czerny
+soon showed him his deficiencies; proving to him that an artist must have
+clear touch, smoothness of execution and variety of tone. The boy rebelled
+at first, but finally settled down to hard study, and the result soon
+astonished his teacher. For Franz began to acquire a richness of feeling
+and beauty of tone wonderful for such a child. Salieri became his teacher
+of theory. He was now made to analyze and play scores, also compose little
+pieces and short hymns. In all these the boy made fine progress.
+</p>
+<p>
+He now began to realize he needed to know something besides music, and set
+to work by himself to read, study and write. He also had great opportunity,
+through his noble Hungarian patrons, to meet the aristocracy of Vienna. His
+talents, vivacity and grace, his attractive personality, all helped to win
+the notice of ladies&mdash;even in those early days of his career.
+</p>
+<p>
+After eighteen busy months in Vienna, father Liszt decided to bring his
+boy out in a public concert. The Town Hall was placed at his disposal and a
+number of fine artists assisted. With beaming face and sparkling eyes,
+the boy played with more skill, fire and confidence than he had ever done
+before. The concert took place December 1, 1822. On January 12, 1823, Franz
+repeated his success in another concert, again at the Town Hall.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was after this second concert that Franz's reputation reached the ears
+of Beethoven, always the object of the boy's warmest admiration. Several
+times Franz and his father had tried to see the great master, but without
+success. Schindler was appealed to and promised to do his best. He wrote in
+Beethoven's diary, as the master was quite deaf:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Little Liszt has entreated me to beg you to write him a theme for
+to-morrow's concert. He will not break the seal till the concert begins.
+Czerny is his teacher&mdash;the boy is only eleven years old. Do come to his
+concert, it will encourage the child. Promise me you will come.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+It was the thirteenth of April, 1823. A very large audience filled the
+Redouten Saal. When Franz stepped upon the platform, he perceived the great
+Beethoven seated near. A great joy filled him. Now he was to play for the
+great man, whom all his young life he had worshiped from afar. He put forth
+every effort to be worthy of such an honor. Never had he played with such
+fire; his whole being seemed thrilled&mdash;never had he achieved such success.
+In the admiration which followed, Beethoven rose, came upon the platform,
+clasped the boy in his arms and kissed him repeatedly, to the frantic
+cheers of the audience.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy Franz Liszt had now demonstrated that already at eleven years old,
+he was one of the leading virtuosi of the time; indeed his great reputation
+as a pianist dates from this third Vienna concert. The press praised him
+highly, and many compared him to the wonderful genius, Mozart. Adam Liszt
+wished him now to see more of the world, and make known his great talents,
+also to study further. He decided to take the boy to Paris, for there lived
+the celebrated composer, Cherubini, at that time Director of the Paris
+Conservatoire.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the way to Paris, concerts were given in various cities. In Munich he
+was acclaimed &quot;a second Mozart.&quot; In Strassburg and Stuttgart he had great
+success.
+</p>
+<p>
+Arrived in Paris, father and son visited the Conservatoire at once, for it
+would have been a fine thing for the boy to study there for a time, as
+it was the best known school for counterpoint and composition. Cherubini,
+however, refused to even read the letters of recommendation, saying no
+foreigner, however talented, could be admitted to the French National
+School of Music. Franz was deeply hurt by this refusal, and begged with
+tears to be allowed to come, but Cherubini was immovable.
+</p>
+<p>
+However they soon made the acquaintance of Ferdinand Pa&euml;r, who offered to
+give the child lessons in composition.
+</p>
+<p>
+Franz made wonderful progress, both in this new line of study, and in
+becoming known as a piano virtuoso. Having played in a few of the great
+houses, he soon found himself the fashion; everybody was anxious for &quot;le
+petit Litz&quot; as he was called, to attend and play at their soir&eacute;es. Franz
+thus met the most distinguished musicians of the day. When he played in
+public the press indulged in extravagant praise, calling him &quot;the eighth
+wonder of the world,&quot; &quot;another Mozart,&quot; and the like. Of course the father
+was overjoyed that his fondest hopes were being realized. Franz stood at
+the head of the virtuosi, and in composition he was making rapid strides.
+He even attempted an operetta, &quot;Don Sancho,&quot; which later had several
+performances.
+</p>
+<p>
+The eminent piano maker, Erard, who had a branch business in London and
+was about to start for that city, invited Liszt to accompany him and
+bring Franz. They accepted this plan, but in order to save expense, it was
+decided that mother Liszt, who had joined them in Paris, should return to
+Austria and stay with a sister till the projected tours were over.
+</p>
+<p>
+Franz was saddened by this decision, but his entreaties were useless; his
+father was stern. The separation was a cruel one for the boy. For a long
+time thereafter the mere mention of his mother's name would bring tears.
+</p>
+<p>
+In May, 1824, father and son, with Erard, started for England, and on June
+21 Franz gave his first public concert in London. He had already played for
+the aristocracy in private homes, and had appeared at Court by command of
+King George IV. The concert won him great success, though the English
+were more reserved in their demonstrations, and not like the impulsive,
+open-hearted French people. He was happy to return to Paris, after the
+London season, and to resume his playing in the French salons.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next spring, accompanied by his father, he made a tour of the French
+provinces, and then set out for a second trip to England. He was now
+fourteen; a mere boy in years, but called the greatest pianist of the day.
+He had developed so quickly and was so precocious that already he disliked
+being called &quot;le petit Litz,&quot; for he felt himself full grown. He wished to
+be free to act as he wished. Adam, however, kept a strict watch on all his
+movements, and this became irksome to the boy, who felt he was already a
+man.
+</p>
+<p>
+But father Liszt's health became somewhat precarious; constant traveling
+had undermined it. They remained in Paris quietly, till the year 1826, when
+they started on a second tour of French cities till Marseilles was reached,
+where the young pianist's success was overwhelming.
+</p>
+<p>
+Returning to Paris, Franz devoted much of his time to ardent study of
+counterpoint, under Anton Reicha. In six months' study he had mastered the
+difficulties of this intricate art.
+</p>
+<p>
+Adam Liszt and Franz spent the winter of 1826-7 in Switzerland, the boy
+playing in all important cities. They returned to Paris in the spring, and
+in May, set out again for England on a third visit. Franz gave his first
+concert in London on June ninth and proved how much he had gained in power
+and brilliancy. Moscheles, who was present, wrote: &quot;Franz Liszt's playing
+surpasses in power and the overcoming of difficulties anything that has yet
+been heard.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The strain of constant travel and concert playing was seriously telling
+on the boy's sensitive, excitable nature. He lost his sunny gaiety, grew
+quiet, sometimes almost morose. He went much to church, and wanted to
+take orders, but his father prevented this step. Indeed the father became
+alarmed at the boy's pale face and changed condition, and took him to the
+French watering place of Boulogne-sur-Mer. Here both father and son were
+benefited by the sea baths and absolute rest. Franz recovered his genial
+spirits and constantly gained in health and strength.
+</p>
+<p>
+But with Adam Liszt the gain was only temporary. He was attacked with a
+fever, succumbed in a few days and was buried at Boulogne. The loss of his
+father was a great blow to Franz. He was prostrated for days, but youth at
+last conquered. Aroused to his responsibilities, he began to think for the
+future. He at once wrote his mother, telling her what had happened, saying
+he would give up his concert tours and make a home for her in Paris, by
+giving piano lessons.
+</p>
+<p>
+Looking closer into his finances, of which he had no care before, Franz
+found the expenses of his father's illness and death had exhausted their
+little savings, and he was really in debt. He decided to sell his grand
+piano, so that he should be in debt to no one. This was done, every one was
+paid off and on his arrival in Paris his old friend Erard invited him to
+his own home till the mother came.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a sweet and happy meeting of mother and son, after such a long
+separation. The two soon found a modest apartment in the Rue Montholon.
+</p>
+<p>
+As soon as his intention to give lessons became known, many aristocratic
+pupils came and found him a remarkable teacher. Among his new pupils was
+Caroline Saint Cricq, youngest daughter of Count Saint Cricq, then Minister
+of the Interior, and Madame his wife.
+</p>
+<p>
+Caroline, scarcely seventeen, the same age as her young teacher, was a
+beautiful girl, as pure and refined as she was talented. Under the eyes of
+the Countess, the lessons went on from month to month, and the mother did
+not fail to see the growing attachment between the young people. But love's
+young dream was of short duration. The Countess fell ill and the lessons
+had to be discontinued. Caroline did not see her devoted teacher till all
+was over.
+</p>
+<p>
+There was now another bond between them, the sympathy over the loss
+of their dear ones. The Count had requested that the lessons should be
+resumed. But when the young teacher remained too long in converse with his
+pupil after the lessons, he was dismissed by the Count, and all their sweet
+intercourse came to an abrupt end.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mme. Liszt did all she could to soothe the grief and despair of her son.
+For days and weeks he remained at home, neglecting his piano and his work.
+He again thought of the church with renewed ardor and told his mother he
+now had decided to become a monk. His spirits sank very low; he became
+ill, unable to leave the house and it was reported everywhere he had passed
+away.
+</p>
+<p>
+Again he rallied and his strong constitution conquered. As strength slowly
+returned, so also did his activity and love of life.
+</p>
+<p>
+During his long convalescence he was seized with a great desire for
+knowledge, and read everything he could lay hands on. He would often sit
+at the piano, busying his fingers with technic while reading a book on the
+desk before him. He had formerly given all his time to music and languages;
+now he must know literature, politics, history and exact sciences. A word
+casually dropped in conversation, would start him on a new line of reading.
+Then came the revolution of 1830. Everybody talked politics, and Franz,
+with his excitable spirits, would have rushed into the conflict if his
+mother had not restrained him.
+</p>
+<p>
+With all this awakening he sought to broaden his art, to make his
+instrument speak of higher things. Indeed the spirit must speak through
+the form. This he realized the more as he listened to the thrilling
+performances of that wizard of the violin, Paganini, who appeared in Paris
+in 1831. This style of playing made a deep impression on Liszt. He now
+tried to do on the piano what Paganini accomplished on the violin, in
+the matter of tone quality and intensity. He procured the newly published
+Caprices for violin and tried to learn their tonal secrets, also
+transcribing the pieces for piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+Liszt became fast friends with the young composer, Hector Berlioz, and
+much influenced by his compositions, which were along new harmonic lines.
+Chopin, the young Polish artist, now appeared in Paris, playing his E minor
+Concerto, his Mazurkas and Nocturnes, revealing new phases of art. Chopin's
+calm composure tranquilized Liszt's excitable nature. From Chopin, Liszt
+learned to &quot;express in music the poetry of the aristocratic salon.&quot; Liszt
+ever remained a true and admiring friend of the Pole, and wrote the poetic
+study sketch of him in 1849.
+</p>
+<p>
+Liszt was now twenty-three. Broadened and chastened by all he had passed
+through, he resumed his playing in aristocratic homes. He also appeared in
+public and was found to be quite a different artist from what the Parisians
+had previously known. His bold new harmonies in his own compositions, the
+rich effects, showed a deep knowledge of his art. He had transcribed a
+number of Berlioz's most striking compositions to the piano and performed
+them with great effect.
+</p>
+<p>
+The handsome and gifted young artist was everywhere the object of
+admiration. He also met George Sand, and was soon numbered among that
+wonderful and dangerous woman's best friends. Later he met the young and
+beautiful Countess Laprunar&egrave;de, and a mutual attraction ensued. The elderly
+Count, her husband, pleased with the dashing young musician, invited him to
+spend the winter at his chateau, in Switzerland, where the witty Countess
+virtually kept him prisoner.
+</p>
+<p>
+The following winter, 1833-34, when the salons opened again, Liszt
+frequented them as before. He was in the bloom of youth and fame, when he
+met the woman who was to be linked with his destiny for the next ten years.
+</p>
+<p>
+We have sketched the childhood and youth of this wonderful artist up to
+this point. We will pass lightly over this decade of his career, merely
+stating briefly that the lady&mdash;the beautiful Countess d'Agoult, captivated
+by the brilliant talents of the Hungarian virtuoso, left her husband and
+child, and became for ten years the faithful companion of his travels and
+tours over Europe. Many writers agree that Liszt endeavored to dissuade
+her from this attraction, and behaved as honorably as he could under the
+circumstances. A part of the time they lived in Switzerland, and it was
+there that many of Liszt's compositions were written.
+</p>
+<p>
+Of their three children, the boy died very young. Of the girls, Blandine
+became the wife of &Eacute;mile Ollivier, a French literary man and statesman. Her
+sister, Cosima, married first Hans von B&uuml;low and later Richard Wagner.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1843 Liszt intended to take Madame with him to Russia, but instead,
+left her and her children in Paris, with his mother, as the Countess was in
+failing health. His first concert, in St. Petersburg, realized the enormous
+sum of fifty thousand francs&mdash;ten thousand dollars. Instead of giving one
+concert in Moscow, he gave six. Later he played in Bavaria, Saxony and
+other parts of Germany. He then settled in Weimar for a time, being made
+Grand Ducal Capellmeister. Then, in 1844-45, longing for more success, he
+toured Spain and Portugal.
+</p>
+<p>
+A generous act was his labor in behalf of the Beethoven monument, to be
+erected in the master's birthplace, Bonn. The monument was to be given by
+subscriptions from the various Princes of Germany. Liszt helped make up the
+deficit and came to Bonn to organize a Festival in honor of the event. He
+also composed a Cantata for the opening day of the Festival, and in his
+enthusiasm nearly ruined himself by paying the heavy expenses of the
+Festival out of his own pocket.
+</p>
+<p>
+The political events of 1848 brought him back to Weimar, and he resumed his
+post of Court Music Director. He now directed his energies toward making
+Weimar the first musical city of Germany. Greatly admiring Wagner's genius,
+he undertook to perform his works in Weimar, and to spread his name
+and fame. Indeed it is not too much to say that without Liszt's devoted
+efforts, Wagner would never have attained his vogue and fame. Wagner
+himself testified to this.
+</p>
+<p>
+While living in Weimar, Liszt made frequent journeys to Rome and to Paris.
+In 1861 there was a rumor that the object of his visits to Rome was to gain
+Papal consent to his marriage with the Princess Sayn-Wittgenstein. During
+a visit to Rome in 1864, the musician was unable to resist longer the
+mysticism of the church. He decided to take orders and was made an Abb&eacute;.
+</p>
+<p>
+Since that time, Abb&eacute; Franz Liszt did much composing. He also continued
+to teach the piano to great numbers of pupils, who flocked to him from all
+parts of the world. Many of the greatest artists now before the public were
+numbered among his students, and owe much of their success to his artistic
+guidance.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1871, the Hungarian Cabinet created him a noble, with a yearly pension
+of three thousand dollars. In 1875, he was made Director of the Academy at
+Budapest. In addition, Liszt was a member of nearly all the European Orders
+of Chivalry.
+</p>
+<p>
+Franz Liszt passed away August 1, 1886, in the house of his friend,
+Herr Frohlich, near Wagner's Villa Wahnfried, Bayreuth, at the age of
+seventy-five. As was his custom every summer, Liszt was in Bayreuth,
+assisting in the production of Wagner's masterpieces, when he succumbed to
+pneumonia. Thus passed a great composer, a world famous piano virtuoso, and
+a noble and kindly spirit.
+</p>
+<p>
+For the piano, his chosen instrument, Liszt wrote much that was beautiful
+and inspiring. He created a new epoch for the virtuoso. His fifteen
+Hungarian Rhapsodies, B minor Sonata, Concert &Eacute;tudes and many
+transcriptions, appear on all modern programs, and there are many pieces
+yet to be made known. He is the originator of the Symphonic Poem, for
+orchestra; while his sacred music, such as the Oratorio &quot;Christus,&quot; and
+the beautiful &quot;Saint Elizabeth,&quot; a sacred opera, are monuments to his great
+genius.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_15"><!-- RULE4 15 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XV<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+GIUSEPPE VERDI
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+In the little hamlet of Le Roncole, at the foot of the Apeninnes, a place
+that can hardly be found on the map, because it is just a cluster of
+workmen's houses, Giuseppe Verdi, one of the greatest operatic composers,
+was born, October 9, 1813.
+</p>
+<p>
+There were great wars going on in Europe during that time. When Giuseppe
+was a year old, the Russian and Austrian soldiers marched through Italy,
+killing and destroying everywhere. Some of them came to Le Roncole for
+a few hours. All the women and children ran to the church and locked
+themselves in for safety. But these savage men had no respect for the house
+of God. They took the hinges off the doors and rushing in murdered and
+wounded the helpless ones. Luigia Verdi, with the baby Giuseppe in her
+arms, escaped, ran up a narrow staircase to the belfry, and hid herself and
+child among some old lumber. Here she stayed in her hiding place, until the
+drunken troops were far away from the little village.
+</p>
+<p>
+The babe Giuseppe was born among very poor, ignorant working people, though
+his father's house was one of the best known and most frequented among the
+cluster of cottages. His parents Carlo Verdi and Luigia his wife, kept
+a small inn at Le Roncole and also a little shop, where they sold sugar,
+coffee, matches, spirits, tobacco and clay pipes. Once a week the good
+Carlo would walk up to Busseto, three miles away, with two empty baskets
+and would return with them filled with articles for his store, carrying
+them slung across his strong shoulders.
+</p>
+<p>
+Giuseppe Verdi who was to produce such streams of beautiful, sparkling
+music,&mdash;needing an Act of Parliament to stop them, as once happened,&mdash;was
+a very quiet, thoughtful little fellow, always good and obedient; sometimes
+almost sad, and seldom joined in the boisterous games of other children.
+That serious expression found in all of Verdi's portraits as a man was even
+noticeable in the child. The only time he would rouse up, was when a hand
+organ would come through the village street; then he would follow it as
+far as his little legs would carry him, and nothing could keep him in the
+house, when he heard this music. Intelligent, reserved and quiet, every one
+loved him.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1820, when Giuseppe was seven years old, Carlo Verdi committed a great
+extravagance for an innkeeper; he bought a spinet for his son, something
+very unheard of for so poor a man to do.
+</p>
+<p>
+Little Giuseppe practised very diligently on his spinet. At first he could
+only play the first five notes of the scale. Next he tried very hard to
+find out chords, and one day was made perfectly happy at having sounded the
+major third and fifth of C. But the next day he could not find the chord
+again, and began to fret and fume and got into such a temper, that he
+took a hammer and tried to break the spinet in pieces. This made such a
+commotion that it brought his father into the room. When he saw what the
+child was doing, he gave a blow on Giuseppe's ear that brought the little
+fellow to his senses at once. He saw he could not punish the good spinet
+because he did not know enough to strike a common chord.
+</p>
+<p>
+His love of music early showed itself in many ways. One day he was
+assisting the parish priest at mass in the little church of Le Roncole. At
+the moment of the elevation of the Host, such sweet harmonies were sounding
+from the organ, that the child stood perfectly motionless, listening to the
+beautiful music, all unconscious of everything else about him.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Water,&quot; said the priest to the altar boy. Giuseppe, not hearing him, the
+priest repeated the call. Still the child, who was listening to the music,
+did not hear. &quot;Water,&quot; said the priest a third time and gave Giuseppe such
+a sharp kick that he fell down the steps of the altar, hitting his head on
+the stone floor, and was taken unconscious into the sacristy.
+</p>
+<p>
+After this Giuseppe was allowed to have music lessons with Baistrocchi, the
+organist of the village church. At the end of a year Baistrocchi said there
+was nothing more he could teach his young pupil, so the lessons came to an
+end.
+</p>
+<p>
+Two years later, when old Baistrocchi died, Giuseppe, who was then only
+ten, was made organist in his place. This pleased his parents very much,
+but his father felt the boy should be sent to school, where he could learn
+to read and write and know something of arithmetic. This would have been
+quite impossible had not Carlo Verdi had a good friend living at Busseto, a
+shoemaker, named Pugnatta.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pugnatta agreed to give Giuseppe board and lodging and send him to the best
+school in the town, all for a small sum of three pence a day. Giuseppe went
+to Pugnatta's; and while he was always in his place in school and studied
+diligently, he still kept his situation as organist of Le Roncole, walking
+there every Sunday morning and back again to Busseto after the evening
+service.
+</p>
+<p>
+His pay as organist was very small, but he also made a little money playing
+for weddings, christenings and funerals. He also gained a few lire from a
+collection which it was the habit of artists to make at harvest time, for
+which he had to trudge from door to door, with a sack upon his back. The
+poor boy's life had few comforts, and this custom of collections brought
+him into much danger. One night while he was walking toward Le Roncole,
+very tired and hungry, he did not notice he had taken a wrong path, when
+suddenly, missing his footing, he fell into a deep canal. It was very dark
+and very cold and his limbs were so stiff he could not use them. Had it not
+been for an old woman who was passing by the place and heard his cries, the
+exhausted and chilled boy would have been carried away by the current.
+</p>
+<p>
+After two years' schooling, Giuseppe's father persuaded his friend, Antonio
+Barezzi of Busseto, from whom he was in the habit of buying wines and
+supplies for his inn and shop,&mdash;to take the lad into his warehouse. That
+was a happy day for Giuseppe when he went to live with Barezzi, who was an
+enthusiastic amateur of music. The Philharmonic Society, of which Barezzi
+was the president, met, rehearsed and gave all its concerts at his house.
+</p>
+<p>
+Giuseppe, though working hard in the warehouse, also found time to attend
+all the rehearsals of the Philharmonics, and began the task of copying out
+separate parts from the score. His earnestness in this work attracted
+the notice of the conductor, Ferdinando Provesi, who began to take great
+interest in the boy, and was the first one to understand his talent and
+advised him to devote himself to music. A Canon in the Cathedral offered
+to teach him Latin, and tried to make a priest of him, saying, &quot;What do
+you want to study music for? You have a gift for Latin and it would be much
+better for you to become a priest. What do you expect from your music?
+Do you think that some day you will become organist of Busseto? Stuff and
+nonsense! That can never be.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+A short time after this, there was a mass at a chapel in Busseto, where
+the Canon had the service. The organist was unable to attend, and Verdi was
+called at the last moment to take his place. Very much impressed with the
+unusually beautiful organ music, the priest, at the close of the service
+desired to see the organist. His astonishment was great when he saw his
+scholar whom he had been seeking to turn from the study of music. &quot;Whose
+music did you play?&quot; he asked. &quot;It was most beautiful.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Why,&quot; timidly answered the boy, &quot;I had no music, I was playing
+extempore&mdash;just as I felt.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Ah, indeed,&quot; replied the Canon; &quot;well I am a fool and you cannot do better
+than to study music, take my word for it.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Under the good Provesi, Verdi studied until he was sixteen and made such
+rapid progress that both Provesi and Barezzi felt he must be sent to Milan
+to study further. The lad had often come to the help of his master, both at
+the organ and as conductor of the Philharmonic. The records of the society
+still have several works written by Verdi at that time&mdash;when he was
+sixteen&mdash;composed, copied, taught, rehearsed and conducted by him.
+</p>
+<p>
+There was an institution in Busseto called the Monte di Piet&agrave;, which gave
+four scholarships of three hundred francs a year, each given for four
+years to promising young men needing money to study science or art. Through
+Barezzi one of these scholarships was given to Verdi, it being arranged
+that he should have six hundred francs a year for two years, instead of
+three hundred francs for four years. Barezzi himself advanced the money
+for the music lessons, board and lodging in Milan and the priest gave him
+a letter of introduction to his nephew, a professor there, who received him
+with a hearty welcome, and insisted upon his living with him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Like all large music schools, there were a great many who presented
+themselves for admittance by scholarship and only one to be chosen.
+And Verdi did not happen to be that one, Basili not considering his
+compositions of sufficient worth. This was not because Verdi was really
+lacking in his music, but because Basili had other plans. This did not in
+the least discourage Giuseppe, and at the suggestion of Alessando Rolla,
+who was then conductor of La Scala, he asked Lavigna to give him lessons in
+composition and orchestration.
+</p>
+<p>
+Lavigna was a former pupil of the Conservatoire of Naples and an able
+composer. Verdi showed him some of the same compositions he had shown
+Basili. After examining them he willingly accepted the young aspirant as a
+pupil.
+</p>
+<p>
+Verdi spent most of his evenings at the home of the master, when Lavigna
+was not at La Scala and there met many artists. One night it chanced that
+Lavigna, Basili and Verdi were alone, and the two masters were speaking
+of the deplorable result of a competition for the position of Ma&icirc;tre
+di Capelle and organist of the Church of San Giovanni di Monza. Out of
+twenty-eight young men who had taken part in the competition, not one
+had known how to develop correctly the subject given by Basili for the
+construction of a fugue. Lavigna, with a bit of mischief in his eyes,
+began to say to his friend:&mdash;&quot;It is really a remarkable fact. Well, look
+at Verdi, who has studied fugue for two short years. I lay a wager he would
+have done better than your eight and twenty candidates.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Really?&quot; replied Basili, in a somewhat vexed tone.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Certainly. Do you remember your subject? Yes, you do? Well, write it
+down.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Basili wrote and Lavigne, giving the theme to Verdi, said:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Sit down there at the table and just begin to work out this subject.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Then the two friends resumed their conversation, until Verdi, coming to
+them said simply: &quot;There, it is done.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Basili took the paper and examined it, showing signs of astonishment as he
+continued to read. When he came to the conclusion he complimented the
+lad and said: &quot;But how is it that you have written a double canon on my
+subject?&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;It is because I found it rather poor and wished to embellish it,&quot; Verdi
+replied, remembering the reception he had had at the Conservatoire.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1833 his old master Provesi died. Verdi felt the loss keenly, for
+Provesi was the one who first taught him music and who showed him how
+to work to become an artist. Though he wished to do greater things, he
+returned to Busseto to fulfill his promise to take Provesi's place as
+organist of the Cathedral and conductor of the Philharmonic, rather big
+positions to fill for a young man of twenty.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now Verdi fell in love with the beautiful Margherita, the oldest
+daughter of Barezzi, who did not mind giving his daughter to a poor young
+man, for Verdi possessed something worth far more than money, and that was
+great musical talent. The young people were married in 1836, and the whole
+Philharmonic Society attended.
+</p>
+<p>
+About the year 1833-34 there flourished in Milan a vocal society called the
+Philharmonic, composed of excellent singers under the leadership of
+Masini. Soon after Verdi came to the city, the Society was preparing for
+a performance of Haydn's &quot;Creation.&quot; Lavigna, with whom the young composer
+was studying composition, suggested his pupil should attend the rehearsals,
+to which he gladly agreed. It seems that three Maestri shared the
+conducting during rehearsals. One day none of them were present at the
+appointed hour and Masini asked young Verdi to accompany from the full
+orchestral score, adding, &quot;It will be sufficient if you merely play the
+bass.&quot; Verdi took his place at the piano without the slightest hesitation.
+The slender, rather shabby looking stranger was not calculated to inspire
+much confidence. However he soon warmed to his work, and after a while
+grew so excited that he played the accompaniment with the left hand while
+conducting vigorously with the right. The rehearsal went off splendidly,
+and many came forward to greet the young conductor, among them were Counts
+Pompeo Belgiojoso and Remato Borromes. After this proof of his ability,
+Verdi was appointed to conduct the public performance, which was such a
+success that it was repeated by general request, and was attended by the
+highest society.
+</p>
+<p>
+Soon after this Count Borromes engaged Verdi to write a Cantata for chorus
+and orchestra, to honor the occasion of a marriage in the family. Verdi did
+so but was never paid a sou for his work. The next request was from Masini,
+who urged Verdi to compose an opera for the Teatro Filodramatico, where he
+was conductor. He handed him a libretto, which with a few alterations here
+and there became &quot;Oberto, Conte di San Bonifacio.&quot; Verdi accepted the offer
+at once, and being obliged to move to Busseto, where he had been appointed
+organist, remained there nearly three years, during which time the opera
+was completed. On returning to Milan he found Masini no longer conductor,
+and lost all hope of seeing the new opera produced. After long waiting
+however, the impressario sent for him, and promised to bring out the work
+the next season, if the composer would make a few changes. Young and as yet
+unknown, Verdi was quite willing. &quot;Oberto&quot; was produced with a fair amount
+of success, and repeated several times. On the strength of this propitious
+beginning, the impressario, Merelli, made the young composer an excellent
+offer&mdash;to write three operas, one every eight months, to be performed
+either in Milan or in Vienna, where he was impressario of both the
+principal theaters. He promised to pay four thousand lire&mdash;about six
+hundred and seventy dollars&mdash;for each, and share the profits of the
+copyright. To young Verdi this seemed an excellent chance and he accepted
+at once. Rossi wrote a libretto, entitled &quot;Proscritto,&quot; and work on the
+music was about to begin. In the spring of 1840, Merelli hurried from
+Vienna, saying he needed a comic opera for the autumn season, and wanted
+work begun on it at once. He produced three librettos, none of them very
+good. Verdi did not like them, but since there was no time to lose, chose
+the least offensive and set to work.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Verdis were living in a small house near the Porta Ticinesa; the family
+consisted of the composer, his wife and two little sons. Almost as soon as
+work was begun on the comic opera, Verdi fell ill and was confined to his
+bed several days. He had quite forgotten that the rent money, which
+he always liked to have ready on the very day, was due, and he had not
+sufficient to pay. It was too late to borrow it, but quite unknown to him
+the wife had taken some of her most valuable trinkets, had gone out and
+brought back the necessary amount. This sweet act of devotion greatly
+touched her husband.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now sudden sorrow swept over the little family. At the beginning of
+April one of the little boys fell ill. Before the doctors could understand
+what was the matter, the little fellow breathed his last in the arms of his
+desperate mother. A few days after this, the other child sickened and died.
+In June the young wife, unable to bear the strain, passed away and Verdi
+saw the third coffin leave his door carrying the last of his dear ones. And
+in the midst of these crushing trials he was expected to compose a comic
+opera! But he bravely completed his task. &quot;Un Giorno di Regno&quot; naturally
+proved a dead failure. In the despondency that followed, the composer
+resolved to give up composition altogether. Merelli scolded him roundly
+for such a decision, and promised if, some day, he chose to take up his pen
+again, he would, if given two months' notice, produce any opera Verdi might
+write.
+</p>
+<p>
+At that time the composer was not ready to change his mind. He could not
+live longer in the house filled with so many sad memories, but moved to a
+new residence near the Corsia di Servi. One evening on the street, he
+ran against Merelli, who was hurrying to the theater. Without stopping he
+linked his arm in that of the composer and made him keep pace. The manager
+was in the depths of woe. He had secured a libretto by Solera, which was
+&quot;wonderful, marvelous, extraordinary, grand,&quot; but the composer he had
+engaged did not like it. What was to be done? Verdi bethought him of the
+libretto &quot;Proscritto,&quot; which Rossi had once written for him, and he had not
+used. He suggested this to Merelli. Rossi was at once sent for and produced
+a copy of the libretto. Then Merelli laid the other manuscript before
+Verdi. &quot;Look, here is Solera's libretto; such a beautiful subject! Take
+it home and read it over.&quot; But Verdi refused. &quot;No, no, I am in no humor to
+read librettos.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;It won't hurt you to look at it,&quot; urged Merelli, and thrust it into the
+coat pocket of the reluctant composer.
+</p>
+<p>
+On reaching home, Verdi pulled the manuscript out and threw it on the
+writing table. As he did so a stanza from the book caught his eye; it was
+almost a paraphrase from the Bible, which had been such a solace to him
+in his solitary life. He began to read the story and was more and more
+enthralled by it, yet his resolution to write no more was not altered.
+However, as the days passed there would be here a line written down, there
+a melody&mdash;until at last, almost unconsciously the opera of &quot;Nabucco&quot; came
+into being.
+</p>
+<p>
+The opera once finished, Verdi hastened to Merelli, and reminded him of his
+promise. The impressario was quite honorable about it, but would not agree
+to bring the opera out until Easter, for the season of 1841-42, was already
+arranged. Verdi refused to wait until Easter, as he knew the best singers
+would not then be available. After many arguments and disputes, it was
+finally arranged that &quot;Nabucco&quot; should be put on, but without extra outlay
+for mounting. At the end of February 1842, rehearsals began and on March
+ninth the first performance took place.
+</p>
+<p>
+The success of &quot;Nabucco&quot; was remarkable. No such &quot;first night&quot; had been
+known in La Scala for many years. &quot;I had hoped for success,&quot; said the
+composer, &quot;but such a success&mdash;never!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The next day all Italy talked of Verdi. Donizetti, whose wealth of
+melodious music swayed the Italians as it did later the English, was so
+impressed by it that he continually repeated, &quot;It is fine, uncommonly
+fine.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+With the success of &quot;Nabucco&quot; Verdi's career as a composer may be said to
+have begun. In the following year &quot;I Lombardi&quot; was produced, followed
+by &quot;Ernani.&quot; Then came in quick succession ten more operas, among them
+&quot;Attila&quot; and &quot;Macbeth.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1847, we find Verdi in London, where on July 2, at Her Majesty's
+Theater, &quot;I Masnadieri&quot; was brought out, with a cast including Lablanche,
+Gardoni, Colletti, and above all Jenny Lind, in a part composed expressly
+for her. All the artists distinguished themselves; Jenny Lind acted
+admirably and sang her airs exquisitely, but the opera was not a success.
+No two critics could agree as to its merits. Verdi left England in disgust
+and took his music to other cities.
+</p>
+<p>
+The advantage to Verdi of his trips through Europe and to England is shown
+in &quot;Rigoletto,&quot; brought out in Vienna in 1851. In this opera his true power
+manifests itself. The music shows great advance in declamation, which lifts
+it above the ordinary Italian style of that time. With this opera Verdi's
+second period begins. Two years later &quot;Trovatore&quot; was produced in Rome and
+had a tremendous success. Each scene brought down thunders of applause,
+until the very walls resounded and outside people took up the cry, &quot;Long
+live Verdi, Italy's greatest composer! Vive Verdi!&quot; It was given in Paris
+in 1854, and in London the following year. In 1855, &quot;La Traviata&quot; was
+produced in Vienna. This work, so filled with delicate, beautiful music,
+nearly proved a failure, because the consumptive heroine, who expires on
+the stage, was sung by a prima donna of such extraordinary stoutness
+that the scene was received with shouts of laughter. After a number of
+unsuccessful operas, &quot;Un Ballo in Maschera&quot; scored a success in Rome in
+1859, and &quot;La Forza del Destino,&quot; written for Petrograd, had a recent
+revival in New York.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Rossini passed away, November 13, 1868, Verdi suggested a requiem
+should be written jointly by the best Italian composers. The work was
+completed, but was not satisfactory on account of the diversity of styles.
+It was then proposed that Verdi write the entire work himself. The death of
+Manzoni soon after this caused the composer to carry out the idea. Thus the
+great &quot;Manzoni Requiem&quot; came into being.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1869, the Khedive of Egypt had a fine opera house built in Cairo, and
+commissioned Verdi to write an opera having an Egyptian subject, for the
+opening. The ever popular &quot;Aida&quot; was then composed and brought out in 1871,
+with great success. This proved to be the beginning of the master's third
+period, for he turned from his earlier style which was purely lyric, to one
+with far more richness of orchestration.
+</p>
+<p>
+Verdi had now retired to his estate of Sant'Agata, and it was supposed his
+career as composer had closed, as he gave his time principally to the care
+of his domain. From time to time it was rumored he was writing another
+opera. The rumor proved true, for on February 5, 1887, when Verdi was
+seventy-four years old, &quot;Otello&quot; was produced at La Scala, Milan, amid
+indescribable enthusiasm. Six years later the musical world was again
+startled and overjoyed by the production of another Shakespearean opera,
+&quot;Falstaff,&quot; composed in his eightieth year. In all, his operas number over
+thirty, most of them serious, all of them containing much beautiful music.
+</p>
+<p>
+At Sant'Agata the master lived a quiet, retired life. The estate was
+situated about two miles from Busseto, and was very large, with a great
+park, a large collection of horses and other live stock. The residence was
+spacious, and the master's special bedroom was on the first floor. It was
+large, light and airy and luxuriously furnished. Here stood a magnificent
+grand piano, and the composer often rose in the night to jot down the
+themes which came to him in the silence of the midnight hours. Here &quot;Don
+Carlos&quot; was written. In one of the upper rooms stood the old spinet that
+Verdi hacked at as a child.
+</p>
+<p>
+Verdi was one of the noblest of men as well as one of the greatest of
+musical composers. He passed away in Milan, January 27, 1901, at the age of
+eighty-eight.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_16"><!-- RULE4 16 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XVI<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+RICHARD WAGNER
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+One of the most gigantic musical geniuses the world has yet known was
+Richard Wagner. Words have been exhausted to tell of his achievements;
+books without number have been written about him; he himself, in his
+Autobiography, and in his correspondence, has told with minutest detail how
+he lived and what his inner life has been. What we shall strive for is the
+simple story of his career, though in the simple telling, it may read like
+a fairy tale.
+</p>
+<p>
+Richard Wagner first saw the light on May 22, 1813, in Leipsic. Those were
+stirring times in that part of the world, for revolution was often on the
+eve of breaking out. The tiny babe was but six months old when the father
+passed away. There were eight other children, the eldest son being only
+fourteen. The mother, a sweet, gentle little woman, found herself quite
+unable to support her large family of growing children. No one could blame
+her for accepting the hand of her husband's old friend, Ludwig Geyer, in
+less than a year after the loss of her first husband. Geyer was a man of
+much artistic talent, an actor, singer, author and painter. He thought
+little Richard might become a portrait painter, or possibly a musician,
+since the child had learned to play two little pieces on the piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+Geyer found employment in a Dresden theater, so the family removed to that
+city. But he did not live to see the blossoming of his youngest step-son's
+genius, as he passed away on September 30, 1821, when the child was eight
+years old.
+</p>
+<p>
+Little Richard showed wonderful promise even in those years of childhood.
+At the Kreuzschule, where his education began, he developed an ardent
+love for the Greek classics, and translated the first twelve books of the
+Odyssey, outside of school hours. He devoured all stories of mythology he
+could lay hands on, and soon began to create vast tragedies. He revelled
+in Shakespeare, and finally began to write a play which was to combine the
+ideas of both Hamlet and King Lear. Forty-two persons were killed off in
+the course of the play and had to be brought back as ghosts, as otherwise
+there would have been no characters for the last act. He worked on this
+play for two years.
+</p>
+<p>
+Everything connected with the theater was of absorbing interest to this
+precocious child. Weber, who lived in Dresden, often passed their house
+and was observed with almost religious awe by little Richard. Sometimes
+the great composer dropped in to have a chat with the mother, who was well
+liked among musicians and artists. Thus Weber became the idol of the
+lad's boyhood, and he knew &quot;Der Freisch&uuml;tz&quot; almost by heart. If he was not
+allowed to go to the theater to listen to his favorite opera, there would
+be scenes of weeping and beseeching, until permission was granted for him
+to run off to the performance.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1827 the family returned to Leipsic, and it was at the famous Gewandhaus
+concerts that the boy first heard Beethoven's music. He was so fired by
+the Overture to &quot;Egmont,&quot; that he decided at once to become a musician. But
+how&mdash;that was the question. He knew nothing of composition, but, borrowing
+a treatise on harmony, tried to learn the whole contents in a week.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a struggle, and one less determined than the fourteen-year-old boy
+would have given up in despair. He was made of different stuff. Working
+alone by himself, he composed a sonata, a quartette and an aria. At last
+he ventured to announce the result of his secret studies. At this news his
+relatives were up in arms; they judged his desire for music to be a passing
+fancy, especially as they knew nothing of any preparatory studies, and
+realized he had never learned to play any instrument, not even the piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+The family, however, compromised enough to engage a teacher for him. But
+Richard would never learn slowly and systematically. His mind shot
+far ahead, absorbing in one instance the writings of Hoffmann, whose
+imaginative tales kept the boy's mind in a continual state of nervous
+excitement. He was not content to climb patiently the mountain; he tried
+to reach the top at a bound. So he wrote overtures for orchestras, one of
+which was really performed in Leipsic&mdash;a marvelous affair indeed, with its
+tympani explosions.
+</p>
+<p>
+Richard now began to realize the need of solid work, and settled down to
+study music seriously, this time under Theodor Weinlig, who was cantor in
+the famous Thomas School.
+</p>
+<p>
+In less than six months the boy was able to solve the most difficult
+problems in counterpoint. He learned to know Mozart's music, and tried to
+write with more simplicity of style. A piano sonata, a polonaise for four
+hands and a fantaisie for piano belong to this year. After that he aspired
+to make piano arrangements of great works, such as Beethoven's &quot;Ninth
+Symphony.&quot; Then came his own symphony, which was really performed at
+Gewandhaus, and is said to have shown great musical vigor.
+</p>
+<p>
+Instrumental music no longer satisfied this eager, aspiring boy; he must
+compose operas. He was now twenty, and went to W&uuml;rzburg, where his brother
+Albert was engaged at the W&uuml;rzburg Theater as actor, singer and stage
+manager. Albert secured for him a post as chorus master, with a salary of
+ten florins a month.
+</p>
+<p>
+The young composer now started work on a second opera, the first, called
+&quot;The Marriage,&quot; was found impracticable. The new work was entitled &quot;The
+Fairies.&quot; This he finished, and the work, performed years later, was
+found to be imitative of Beethoven, Weber, and Marschner; the music was
+nevertheless very melodious.
+</p>
+<p>
+Wagner returned to Leipsic in 1834. Soon there came another impetus to this
+budding genius: he heard for the first time the great singer Wilhelmina
+Schroeder-Devrient, whose art made a deep impression on him.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a time for rapid impressions to sway the ardent temperament of this
+boy genius of twenty-one. He read the works of Wilhelm Heinse, who depicts
+both the highest artistic pleasures and those of the opposite sort. Other
+authors following the same trend made him believe in the utmost freedom in
+politics, literature and morals. Freedom in everything&mdash;the pleasures of
+the moment&mdash;seemed to him the highest good.
+</p>
+<p>
+Under the sway of such opinions he began to sketch the plot of his next
+opera, &quot;Prohibition of Love&quot; (Liebesverbot), founded on Shakespeare's
+&quot;Measure for Measure.&quot; This was while he was in Teplitz on a summer
+holiday. In the autumn he took a position as conductor in a small operatic
+theater in Magdeburg. Here he worked at his new opera, hoping he could
+induce the admired Schroeder-Devrient to be his heroine.
+</p>
+<p>
+Wagner remained in this place about two years and finished his opera there.
+The performance of it, for which he labored with great zeal, was a fiasco.
+The theater, too, failed soon after and the young composer was thrown
+out of work. His sojourn there influenced his after career, as he met
+Wilhelmina Planer, who was soon to become his wife.
+</p>
+<p>
+Hearing there was an opening for a musical director at K&ouml;nigsberg, he
+traveled to that town, and in due course secured the post. Minna Planer
+also found an engagement at the theater, and the two were married on
+November 24, 1836; he was twenty-three and she somewhat younger. Kind,
+gentle, loving, she was quite unable to understand she was linked with a
+genius. Wagner was burdened with debts, begun in Magdeburg and increased
+in K&ouml;nigsberg. She was almost as improvident as he. They were like two
+children playing at life, with fateful consequences. It was indeed her
+misfortune, as one says, that this gentle dove was mismated with an eagle.
+But Minna learned later, through dire necessity, to be more economical and
+careful, which is more than can be said of her gifted husband.
+</p>
+<p>
+After a year the K&ouml;nigsberg Theater failed and again Wagner was out
+of employment. Through the influence of his friend Dorn, he secured a
+directorship at Riga, Minna also being engaged at the theater. At first
+everything went well; the salary was higher and the people among whom they
+were placed were agreeable. But before long debts began to press again,
+and Wagner was dissatisfied with the state of the lyric drama, which he was
+destined to reform in such a wonderful way. He was only twenty-four, and
+had seen but little of the world. Paris was the goal toward which he looked
+with longing eyes, and to the gay French capital he determined to go.
+</p>
+<p>
+When he tried to get a passport for Paris, he found it impossible because
+of his debts. Not to be turned from his purpose, he, Minna and the great
+Newfoundland dog, his pet companion, all slipped away from Riga at night
+and in disguise. At the port of Pillau the trio embarked on a sailing
+vessel for Paris, the object of all his hopes. The young composer carried
+with him one opera and half of a second work&mdash;&quot;Rienzi,&quot; which he had
+written during the years of struggle in Magdeburg and K&ouml;nigsberg. In Riga
+he had come upon Heine's version of the Flying Dutchman legend, and the sea
+voyage served to make the story more vital.
+</p>
+<p>
+He writes: &quot;This voyage I shall never forget as long as I live; it lasted
+three weeks and a half, and was rich in mishaps. Thrice we endured the most
+violent storms, and once the captain had to put into a Norwegian haven. The
+passage among the crags of Norway made a wonderful impression on my fancy,
+the legends of the Flying Dutchman, as told by the sailors, were clothed
+with distinct and individual color, heightened by the ocean adventures
+through which we passed.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+After stopping a short time in London, the trio halted for several weeks in
+Boulogne, because the great Meyerbeer was summering there. Wagner met
+the influential composer and confided his hopes and longings. Meyerbeer
+received the poor young German kindly, praised his music, gave him several
+letters to musicians in power in Paris, but told him persistence was the
+most important factor in success.
+</p>
+<p>
+With a light heart, and with buoyant trust in the future, though with
+little money for present necessities, Wagner and his companions arrived in
+Paris in September, 1839. Before him lay, if he had but known it, two
+years and a half of bitter hardship and privation; but&mdash;&quot;out of trials and
+tribulations are great spirits molded.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+There were many noted musicians in the French capital at that time, and
+many opportunities for success. The young German produced his letters of
+introduction and received many promises of assistance from conductors and
+directors. Delighted with his prospects he located in the &quot;heart of elegant
+and artistic Paris,&quot; without regarding cost.
+</p>
+<p>
+Soon the skies clouded; one hope after another failed. His compositions
+were either too difficult for conductors to grasp, or theaters failed on
+which he depended for assistance. He became in great distress and could not
+pay for the furniture of the apartment, which he had bought on credit. It
+was now that he turned to writing for musical journals, to keep the wolf
+from the door, meanwhile working on the score of &quot;Rienzi,&quot; which was
+finished in November, 1840 and sent to Dresden. In later years it was
+produced in that city.
+</p>
+<p>
+But the Wagners, alas, were starving in Paris. One of Richard's articles
+at this time was called &quot;The End of a Musician in Paris,&quot; and he makes the
+poor musician die with the words; &quot;I believe in God&mdash;Mozart and Beethoven.&quot;
+It was almost as bad as this for Wagner himself. He determined to turn his
+back on all the intrigues and hardships he had endured for over two years,
+and set out for the homeland, which seemed the only desirable spot on
+earth.
+</p>
+<p>
+The rehearsals for &quot;Rienzi&quot; began in Dresden in July 1842. Wagner had
+now finished &quot;The Flying Dutchman,&quot; and had completed the outline of
+&quot;Tannh&auml;user,&quot; based on Hoffmann's story of the Singers' Contest at the
+Wartburg.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now Wagner's star as a composer began to rise and light was seen ahead.
+On October 20, 1842 &quot;Rienzi&quot; was produced in the Dresden Opera House and
+the young composer awoke the next morning to find himself famous. The
+performance was a tremendous success, with singers, public and critics
+alike. The performance lasted six hours and Wagner, next day, decided the
+work must be cut in places, but the singers loudly protested: &quot;The work was
+heavenly,&quot; they assured him, &quot;not a measure could be spared.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+With this first venture Wagner was now on the high road to success, and
+spent a happy winter in the Saxon capital. He could have gone on writing
+operas like &quot;Rienzi,&quot; to please the public, but he aimed far higher. To
+fuse all the arts in one complete whole was the idea that had been forming
+in his mind. He first illustrated this in &quot;The Flying Dutchman,&quot; and it
+became the main thought of his later works. This theory made both vocal and
+instrumental music secondary to the dramatic plan, and this, at that time,
+seemed a truly revolutionary idea.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;The Flying Dutchman&quot; was produced at the Dresden Opera House January
+2. 1843, with Mme. Schroeder-Devrient as Senta. Critics and public
+had expected a brilliant and imposing spectacle like &quot;Rienzi&quot; and were
+disappointed. In the following May and June &quot;The Dutchman&quot; was heard in
+Riga and Cassel, conducted by the famous violinist and composer, Spohr.
+</p>
+<p>
+In spite of the fact that &quot;The Flying Dutchman&quot; was not then a success, and
+in Dresden was shelved for twenty years, Wagner secured the fine post of
+Head Capellmeister, at a salary of nearly twelve hundred dollars. This
+post he retained for seven years, gaining a great deal of experience in
+orchestral conducting, and producing Beethoven's symphonies with great
+originality, together with much that was best in orchestral literature.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Tannh&auml;user&quot; was now complete, and during the following summer, at
+Marienbad, sketches for &quot;Lohengrin&quot; and &quot;Die Meistersinger&quot; were
+made. During the winter, the book being made he began on the music of
+&quot;Lohengrin.&quot; In March of the exciting year 1848, the music of &quot;Lohengrin&quot;
+was finished. There was a wide difference in style between that work and
+&quot;Tannh&auml;user.&quot; And already the composer had in mind a new work to be called
+&quot;The Death of Siegfried.&quot; He wrote to Franz Liszt, with whom he now began
+to correspond, that within six months he would send him the book of the new
+work complete. As he worked at the drama, however, it began to spread out
+before him in a way that he could not condense into one opera, or even
+two; and thus-it finally grew into the four operas of the &quot;Ring of the
+Nibelungen.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+It must not be imagined that Wagner had learned the lesson of carefulness
+in money matters, or that, with partial success he always had plenty for
+his needs. He had expensive tastes, loved fine clothing and beautiful
+surroundings. Much money, too, was needed to produce new works; so that
+in reality, the composer was always in debt. The many letters which passed
+between Wagner and Liszt, which fill two large volumes, show how Liszt
+clearly recognized the brilliant genius of his friend, and stood ready to
+help him over financial difficulties, and how Wagner came to lean more and
+more on Liszt's generosity.
+</p>
+<p>
+Just what part Wagner played in the revolution of 1848 is not quite clear.
+He wrote several articles which were radical protests for freedom of
+thought. At all events he learned it would be better for him to leave
+Dresden in time. In fact he remained in exile from his country for over
+eleven years.
+</p>
+<p>
+Wagner fled to Switzerland, leaving Minna still in Dresden, though in
+due time he succeeded in scraping together funds for her to follow him
+to Zurich. He was full of plans for composing &quot;Siegfried,&quot; while she
+continually urged him to write pleasing operas that Paris would like.
+Wagner believed the world should take care of him while he was composing
+his great works, whereas Minna saw this course meant living on the charity
+of friends, and at this she rebelled. But Wagner grew discouraged over
+these petty trials, and for five years creative work was at a standstill.
+</p>
+<p>
+How to meet daily necessities was the all absorbing question. A kind
+friend, who greatly admired his music, Otto Wesendonck, made it possible
+for him to rent, at a low price, a pretty chalet near Lake Zurich, and
+there he and Minna lived in retirement, and here he wrote many articles
+explaining his theories.
+</p>
+<p>
+During the early years at Zurich Wagner's only musical activity was
+conducting a few orchestral concerts. Then, one day, he took out the score
+of his &quot;Lohengrin,&quot; and read it, something he rarely did with any of his
+works. Seized with a deep desire to have this opera brought out, he sent a
+pleading letter to Liszt, begging him to produce the work. Liszt faithfully
+accomplished this task at Weimar, where he was conducting the Court Opera.
+The date chosen was Goethe's birthday, August 28, and the year 1850. Wagner
+was most anxious to be present, but the risk of arrest prevented him
+from venturing on German soil. It was not till 1861, in Vienna, that
+the composer heard this the most popular of all his operas. Liszt was
+profoundly moved by the beautiful work, and wrote his enthusiasm to the
+composer.
+</p>
+<p>
+Wagner now took up his plan of the Nibelung Trilogy, that is the three
+operas and a prologue. Early in 1853 the poem in its new form was complete,
+and in February he sent a copy to Liszt, who answered: &quot;You are truly a
+wonderful man, and your Nibelung poem is surely the most incredible thing
+you have ever done!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+So Wagner was impelled by the inner flame of creative fire, to work
+incessantly on the music of the great epic he had planned. And work he
+must, in spite of grinding poverty and ill health. It was indeed to be the
+&quot;Music of the Future.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+After a brief visit to London, to conduct some concerts for the London
+Philharmonic, Wagner was back again in Zurich, hard at work on the
+&quot;Walk&uuml;re,&quot; the first opera of the three, as the &quot;Rheingold&quot; was considered
+the introduction. By April 1856, the whole opera was finished and sent to
+Liszt for his opinion. Liszt and his great friend, Countess Wittgenstein,
+studied out the work together, and both wrote glowing letters to the
+composer of the deep effect his music made upon them.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now came a halt in the composition of these tremendous music dramas.
+Wagner realized that to produce such great works, a special theater
+should be built, of adaptable design. But from where would the funds be
+forthcoming? While at work on the &quot;Walk&uuml;re,&quot; the stories of &quot;Tristan&quot; and
+&quot;Parsifal&quot; had suggested themselves, and the plan of the first was already
+sketched. He wrote to Liszt: &quot;As I have never in life felt the bliss of
+real love, I must erect a monument to the most beautiful of all my dreams.&quot;
+The first act of &quot;Tristan and Isolde&quot; was finished on the last day of
+the year 1857. In his retreat in Switzerland, the composer longed for
+sympathetic, intellectual companionship, which, alas, Minna could not
+give him. He found it in the society of Marie Wesendonck, wife of the
+kind friend and music lover, who had aided him in many ways. This marked
+attention to another aroused Minna's jealousy and an open break was
+imminent. The storm, however, blew over for a time.
+</p>
+<p>
+In June, 1858, Wagner was seized with a desire for luxury and quiet, and
+betook himself to Venice, where he wrote the second act of &quot;Tristan.&quot;
+Then came the trouble between Wagner and the Wesendoncks which caused the
+composer to leave Zurich finally, on August 17, 1859. Minna returned to
+Dresden while Wagner went to Paris, where Minna joined him for a time,
+before the last break came.
+</p>
+<p>
+What promised to be a wonderful stroke of good luck came to him here. His
+art was brought to the notice of the Emperor, Napoleon III, who requested
+that one of his operas should be produced, promising carte blanche for
+funds. All might have gone well with music of the accepted pattern. But
+&quot;Tannh&auml;user&quot; was different, its composer particular as to who sang and how
+it was done. The rehearsals went badly, an opposing faction tried to drown
+the music at the first performance. Matters were so much worse at the
+second performance that Wagner refused to allow it to proceed. In spite of
+the Emperor's promises, he had borne much of the expense, and left Paris in
+disgust, burdened with debt.
+</p>
+<p>
+From Paris Wagner went to Vienna, where he had the great happiness of
+hearing his &quot;Lohengrin&quot; for the first time. He hoped to have &quot;Tristan&quot;
+brought out, but the music proved too difficult for the singers of that
+time to learn. After many delays and disappointments, the whole thing was
+given up. Reduced now to the lowest ebb, Wagner planned a concert tour to
+earn a living. Minna now left him finally; she could no longer endure life
+with this &quot;monster of genius.&quot; She went back to her relatives in Leipsic,
+and passed away there in 1866.
+</p>
+<p>
+The concert tours extended over a couple of years, but brought few returns,
+except in Russia. Wagner became despondent and almost convinced he ought
+to give up trying to be a composer. People called him a freak, a madman and
+ridiculed his efforts at music making. And yet, during all this troublesome
+time, he was at work on his one humorous opera, &quot;Die Meistersinger.&quot; On
+this he toiled incessantly.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now, when he was in dire need, and suffering, a marvelous boon was
+coming to him, as wonderful as any to be found in fairy tale. A fairy
+Prince was coming to the rescue of this struggling genius. This Prince was
+the young monarch of Bavaria, who had just succeeded to the throne left by
+the passing of his father. The youthful Prince, ardent and generous, had
+long worshiped in secret the master and his music. One of his first acts on
+becoming Ludwig of Bavaria, was to send for Wagner to come to his capital
+at once and finish his life work in peace. &quot;He wants me to be with him
+always, to work, to rest, to produce my works,&quot; wrote Wagner to a friend in
+Zurich, where he had been staying. &quot;He will give me everything I need; I
+am to finish my Nibelungen and he will have them performed as I wish. All
+troubles are to be taken from me; I shall have what I need, if I only stay
+with him.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The King placed a pretty villa on Lake Starnberg, near Munich, at Wagner's
+disposal, and there he spent the summer of 1864. The King's summer palace
+was quite near, and monarch and composer were much together. In the autumn
+a residence in the quiet part of Munich was set apart for Wagner. Hans von
+B&uuml;low was sent for as one of the conductors; young Hans Richter lived
+in Munich and later became one of the most distinguished conductors of
+Wagner's music.
+</p>
+<p>
+The B&uuml;lows arrived in Munich in the early autumn, and almost at once began
+the attraction of Mme. Cosima von B&uuml;low and Wagner. She, the daughter
+of Liszt, was but twenty five, of deeply artistic temperament, and could
+understand the aims of the composer as no other woman had yet done. This
+ardent attraction led later to Cosima's separation from her husband and
+finally to her marriage with Wagner.
+</p>
+<p>
+The first of the Wagner Festivals under patronage of the King, took place
+in Munich June 10, 13, 19, and July 1, 1865. The work was &quot;Tristan and
+Isolde,&quot; perhaps the finest flower of Wagner's genius, and already eight
+years old. Von B&uuml;low was a superb conductor and Ludwig an inspired Tristan.
+Wagner was supremely happy. Alas, such happiness did not last. Enemies
+sprang up all about him. The King himself could not stem the tide of false
+rumors, and besought the composer to leave Munich for a while, till public
+opinion calmed down. So Wagner returned to his favorite Switzerland and
+settled in Triebschen, near Lucerne, where he remained till he removed to
+Bayreuth in 1872.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1866, the feeling against Wagner had somewhat declined and the King
+decided to have model performances of &quot;Tannh&auml;user&quot; and &quot;Lohengrin&quot;
+at Munich. The Festival began June 11, 1867. The following year &quot;Die
+Meistersinger&quot; was performed&mdash;June 21, 1868.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now the King was eager to hear the &quot;Ring.&quot; It was not yet complete but
+the monarch could not wait and ordered &quot;Das Rheingold,&quot; the Introduction to
+the Trilogy, to be prepared. It was poorly given and was not a success. Not
+at all discouraged, he wished for &quot;Die Walk&uuml;re,&quot; which was performed the
+following year, June 26, 1870.
+</p>
+<p>
+It had long been Wagner's desire to have a theater built, in which his
+creations could be properly given under his direction. Bayreuth had been
+chosen, as a quiet spot where music lovers could come for the sole purpose
+of hearing the music. He went to live there with his family in April,
+1872. Two years later they moved into Villa Wahnfried, which had been built
+according to the composer's ideas. Meanwhile funds were being raised
+on both sides of the water, through the Wagner Societies, to erect the
+Festival Theater. The corner stone was laid on Wagner's birthday&mdash;his
+fifty-ninth&mdash;May 22, 1872. It was planned to give the first performances
+in the summer of 1876; by that time Wagner's longed-for project became a
+reality.
+</p>
+<p>
+The long-expected event took place in August, 1876. The Festival opened on
+the thirteenth with &quot;Das Rheingold,&quot; first of the Ring music dramas. On
+the following night &quot;Die Walk&uuml;re&quot; was heard; then came &quot;Siegfried&quot; and
+&quot;G&ouml;tterd&auml;mmerung,&quot; the third and fourth dramas being heard for the first
+time. Thus the Ring of the Nibelungen, on which the composer had labored
+for a quarter of a century at last found a hearing, listened to by Kings
+and Potentates, besides a most distinguished audience of musicians from all
+parts of the world.
+</p>
+<p>
+At last one of Wagner's dreams was realized and his new gospel of art
+vindicated.
+</p>
+<p>
+One music drama remained to be written&mdash;his last. Failing health prevented
+the completion of the drama until 1882. The first performance of this noble
+work was given on July 26, followed by fifteen other hearings. After the
+exertions attending these, Wagner and his wife, their son Siegfried, Liszt
+and other friends, went to Italy and occupied the Vendramin Palace, on the
+Grand Canal, Venice. Here he lived quietly and comfortably, surrounded by
+those he loved. His health failed more and more, the end coming February
+13, 1883.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus passed from sight one of the most astonishing musicians of all time.
+He lives in his music more vitally than when his bodily presence was on
+earth, since the world becomes more familiar with his music as time goes
+on. And to know this music is to admire and love it.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_17"><!-- RULE4 17 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XVII<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+C&Eacute;SAR FRANCK
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+Whatever we learn of C&eacute;sar Franck endears him to all who would know and
+appreciate the beautiful character which shines through his art. He was
+always kind, loving, tender, and these qualities are felt in the music he
+composed. Some day we shall know his music better. It has been said of this
+unique composer: &quot;Franck is enamored of gentleness and consolation; his
+music rolls into the soul in long waves, as on the slack of a moonlit tide.
+It is tenderness itself.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+In Li&egrave;ge, Belgium, it was that C&eacute;sar Franck was born, December 10, 1822.
+Chopin had come a dozen years earlier, so had Schumann, Liszt and other
+gifted ones; it was a time of musical awakening.
+</p>
+<p>
+The country about Li&egrave;ge was peculiarly French, not only in outward
+appearance, but in language and sentiment. Here were low hills covered
+with pines and beeches, here charming valleys; there wide plains where the
+flowering broom flourished in profusion. It was the Walloon country, and
+the Francks claimed descent from a family of early Walloon painters of the
+same name. The earliest of these painters was J&eacute;rome Franck, born away back
+in 1540. Thus the name Franck had stood for art ideals during a period of
+more than two and a half centuries.
+</p>
+<p>
+When C&eacute;sar and his brother were small children, the father, a man of stern
+and autocratic nature&mdash;a banker, with many friends in the artistic and
+musical world&mdash;decided to make both his sons professional musicians.
+</p>
+<p>
+His will had to be obeyed, there was no help for it. In the case of C&eacute;sar,
+however, a musician was what he most desired to become, so that music study
+was always a delight.
+</p>
+<p>
+Before he was quite eleven years old, his father took him on a tour of
+Belgium. It looked then as though he had started on a virtuoso career, as
+the wonder children&mdash;Mozart, Chopin, Thalberg, Liszt and others who had
+preceded him, had done. The future proved, however, that C&eacute;sar's life work
+was to be composing, teaching and organ playing, with a quiet life, even in
+busy Paris, instead of touring the world to make known his gifts.
+</p>
+<p>
+During this youthful tour of Belgium, he met a child artist, a year or two
+older than himself, a singer, also touring as a virtuoso. The little girl
+was called Pauline Garcia, who later became famous as Mme. Pauline Viardot
+Garcia.
+</p>
+<p>
+When C&eacute;sar was twelve he had learned what they could teach him at the Li&egrave;ge
+Conservatory, and finished his studies there. His father, ambitious for the
+musical success of his sons, emigrated with his family to Paris, in 1836.
+C&eacute;sar applied for entrance to the Conservatoire, but it was not until the
+following year, 1837, that he gained admission, joining Leborne's class in
+composition, and becoming Zimmermann's pupil in piano playing. At the end
+of the year the boy won a prize for a fugue he had written. In piano he
+chose Hummel's Concerto in A minor for his test, and played it off in fine
+style. When it came to sight reading, he suddenly elected to transpose the
+piece selected a third below the key in which it was written, which he was
+able to do at sight, without any hesitation or slip.
+</p>
+<p>
+Such a feat was unheard of and quite against the time-honored rules of
+competition. And to think it had been performed by an audacious slip of a
+boy of fifteen! The aged Director, none other than Maestro Cherubini, was
+shocked out of the even tenor of his way, and declared that a first prize
+could not be awarded, although he must have realized the lad deserved it.
+To make amends, however, he proposed a special award to the audacious young
+pianist, outside the regular competition, to be known as &quot;The Grand Prize
+of Honor.&quot; This was the first time, and so far as is known, the only time
+such a prize has been awarded.
+</p>
+<p>
+C&eacute;sar Franck won his second prize for fugue composition in 1839. Fugue
+writing had become so natural and easy for him, that he was able to finish
+his task in a fraction of the time allotted by the examiners. When he
+returned home several hours before the other students had finished, his
+father reproached him roundly for not spending more time on the test upon
+which so much depended. With his quiet smile the boy answered he thought
+the result would be all right. And it was! The next year he again secured
+the first prize for fugue; this was in July 1840. The year following he
+entered the organ contest, which was a surprise to the examiners.
+</p>
+<p>
+The tests for organ prizes have always been four. First, the accompaniment
+of a plain chant, chosen for the occasion; second, the performance of
+an organ piece with pedals; third, the improvising of a fugue; fourth,
+improvising a piece in sonata form. Both the improvisations to be on themes
+set by the examiners. C&eacute;sar at once noticed that the two themes could be
+combined in such a way that one would set off the other. He set to work,
+and soon became so absorbed in this interweaving of melodies that the
+improvisation extended to unaccustomed lengths, which bewildered the
+examiners and they decided to award nothing to such a tiresome boy.
+Benoist, teacher of this ingenious pupil, explained matters with the result
+that C&eacute;sar was awarded a second prize for organ.
+</p>
+<p>
+He now began to prepare for the highest honor, the Prix de Rome. But here
+parental authority interfered. For some unexplained reason, his father
+compelled him to leave the Conservatoire before the year was up. It may
+have been the father desired to see his son become a famous virtuoso
+pianist and follow the career of Thalberg and Liszt. At any rate he
+insisted his boy should make the most of his talents as a performer and
+should also compose certain pieces suitable for public playing. To this
+period of his life belong many of the compositions for piano solo, the
+showy caprices, fantaisies and transcriptions. Being obliged to write this
+kind of music, the young composer sought for new forms in fingering and
+novel harmonic effects, even in his most insignificant productions. Thus
+among the early piano works, the Eclogue, Op. 3, and the Ballade, Op. 9,
+are to be found innovations which should attract the pianist and musician
+of to-day.
+</p>
+<p>
+His very first compositions, a set of three Trios, Op. 1, were composed
+while he was still at the Conservatoire, and his father wished them
+dedicated &quot;To His Majesty, Leopold I, King of the Belgians.&quot; He wished to
+secure an audience with the King and have his son present the composition
+to his Majesty in person. It may have been for this reason he withdrew the
+boy so suddenly from the Conservatoire. However this may have been, the
+Franck family returned to Belgium for two years. At the end of that time,
+they all returned to Paris, with almost no other resources than those
+earned by the two young sons, Josef and C&eacute;sar, by private teaching and
+concert engagements.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now began for C&eacute;sar Franck that life of regular and tireless industry,
+which lasted nearly half a century. This industry was expressed in
+lesson-giving and composing.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of the first works written after his return to Paris, was a musical
+setting to the Biblical story of &quot;Ruth.&quot; The work was given in the concert
+room of the Conservatoire, on January 4, 1846, when the youthful composer
+was twenty-three. The majority of the critics found little to praise in the
+music, which, they said, was but a poor imitation of &quot;Le Desert,&quot; by David.
+One critic, more kindly disposed than the others, said: &quot;M. C&eacute;sar Franck is
+exceedingly na&iuml;ve, and this simplicity we must confess, has served him
+well in the composition of his sacred oratorio of 'Ruth.'&quot; A quarter of
+a century later, a second performance of &quot;Ruth&quot; was given, and the same
+critic wrote: &quot;It is a revelation! This score, which recalls by its charm
+and melodic simplicity Mehul's 'Joseph,' but with more tenderness and
+modern feeling, is certainly a masterpiece.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+But alas, hard times came upon the Franck family. The rich pupils, who
+formed the young men's chief client&egrave;le, all left Paris, alarmed by the
+forebodings of the revolution of 1848. Just at this most inopportune
+moment, C&eacute;sar decided to marry. He had been in love for some time with
+a young actress, the daughter of a well-known tragedienne, Madame
+Desmousseaux, and did not hesitate to marry in the face of bad times and
+the opposition of his parents, who strongly objected to his bringing a
+theatrical person into the family.
+</p>
+<p>
+C&eacute;sar Franck was then organist in the church of Notre Dame de Lorette, and
+the marriage took place there, February 22, 1848, in the very thick of the
+revolution. Indeed, to reach the church, the wedding party were obliged to
+climb a barricade, helped over by the insurgents, who were massed behind
+this particular fortification.
+</p>
+<p>
+Soon after the wedding, Franck, having now lost his pupils&mdash;or most of
+them&mdash;and being continually blamed by his father, whom he could no longer
+supply with funds, decided to leave the parental roof and set up for
+himself in a home of his own. Of course he had now to work twice as hard,
+get new pupils and give many more lessons. But with all this extra labor,
+he made a resolve, which he always kept sacredly, which was to reserve an
+hour or two each day for composition, or for the study of such musical
+and literary works as would improve and elevate his mind. Nothing was ever
+allowed to interfere with this resolution, and to it we owe all his great
+works.
+</p>
+<p>
+Franck made his first attempt at a dramatic work in 1851, with a libretto
+entitled &quot;The Farmer's Man.&quot; As he must keep constantly at his teaching
+during the day, he devoted the greater part of the night to composition. He
+worked so hard that the opera, begun in December 1851, was finished in two
+years, but he paid dearly for all this extra labor. He fell ill&mdash;a state of
+nervous prostration&mdash;and was unable for some time to compose at all.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was indeed a time of shadows for the young musician, but the skies
+brightened after a while. He had the great good fortune to secure the post
+of organist and choir master in the fine new basilica of Sainte Clothilde,
+which had lately been erected, and which had an organ that was indeed a
+masterpiece. This wonderful instrument kept all its fulness of tone and
+freshness of timbre after fifty years of use. &quot;If you only knew how I
+love this instrument,&quot; Father Franck used to say to the cur&eacute; of Sainte
+Clothilde; &quot;it is so supple beneath my fingers and so obedient to all my
+thoughts.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+As Vincent d'Indy, one of Franck's most gifted and famous pupils, writes:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Here, in the dusk of this organ-loft, which I can never think of without
+emotion, he spent the best part of his life. Here he came every Sunday
+and feast day&mdash;and toward the end of his life, every Friday morning too,
+fanning the fire of his genius by pouring out his spirit in wonderful
+improvisations, which were often far more lofty in thought than many
+skilfully elaborated compositions. And here, too, he must have conceived
+the sublime melodies which afterward formed the groundwork of his
+'Beatitudes.'&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Ah, we knew it well, we who were his pupils, the way up to that
+thrice-blessed organ loft, a way as steep and difficult as that which the
+Gospels tell us leads to Paradise. But when we at last reached the little
+organ chamber, all was forgotten in the contemplation of that rapt profile,
+the intellectual brow, from which seemed to flow without effort a stream of
+inspired melody and subtle, exquisite harmonies.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+C&eacute;sar Franck was truly the genius of improvisation. It is said no other
+modern organist, not excepting the most renowned players, could hold any
+comparison to him in this respect. Whether he played for the service, for
+his pupils or for some chosen musical guest, Franck's improvisations were
+always thoughtful and full of feeling. It was a matter of conscience to do
+his best always. &quot;And his best was a sane, noble, sublime art.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+For the next ten years Franck worked and lived the quiet life of a teacher
+and organist; his compositions during this time were organ pieces and
+church music. But a richer inner life was the outgrowth of this period of
+calm, which was to blossom into new, deeper and more profoundly beautiful
+compositions.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of these new works was &quot;The Beatitudes.&quot; For years he had had the
+longing to compose a religious work on the Sermon on the Mount. In 1869, he
+set to work on the poem, and when that was well under way, began to create,
+with great ardor, the musical setting.
+</p>
+<p>
+In the very midst of this absorbing work came the Franco-Prussian war, and
+many of his pupils must enter the conflict, in one way or another. Then
+early in 1872, he was appointed Professor of Organ at the Conservatoire,
+which was an honor he appreciated.
+</p>
+<p>
+The same year, while occupied with the composition of the &quot;Beatitudes,&quot; he
+wrote and completed his &quot;Oratorio of the Redemption.&quot; After this he devoted
+six years to the finishing of the &quot;Beatitudes,&quot; which occupied ten years
+of his activity, as it was completed in 1879. A tardy recognition of his
+genius by the Government granted him the purple ribbon as officer of the
+Academy, while not until five or six years later did he receive the ribbon
+of a Chevalier of the Legion of Honor.
+</p>
+<p>
+In consequence of this event his pupils and friends raised a fund to cover
+expenses of a concert devoted entirely to the master's compositions. These
+works were given&mdash;conducted by Pasdeloup: Symphonic Poem&mdash;&quot;Le Chasseur
+Maudit,&quot; Symphonic Variations, piano and orchestra, Second Part of &quot;Ruth.&quot;
+Part II was conducted by the composer and consisted of March and Air de
+Ballet, with chorus, from &quot;Hulda&quot; and the Third and Eighth Beatitudes.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Franck Festival occurred January 30, 1887, and was not a very
+inspiring performance. The artist pupils of the master voiced to him their
+disappointment that his works should not have been more worthily performed.
+But he only smiled on them and comforted them with the words: &quot;No, no, you
+are too exacting, dear boys; for my part I am quite satisfied.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+No wonder his pupils called him &quot;Father Franck,&quot; for he was ever kind,
+sympathetic and tender with them all.
+</p>
+<p>
+During the later years of C&eacute;sar Franck's earthly existence, he produced
+several masterpieces. Among them the Violin Sonata, composed for Eugene
+and Th&eacute;ophile Ysaye, the D minor Symphony, the String Quartet, the two
+remarkable piano pieces, Prelude, Chorale and Fugue, Prelude, Aria and
+Finale, and finally the Three Chorales for organ, his swan song. His health
+gradually declined, due to overwork and an accident, and he passed quietly
+away, November 8, 1890.
+</p>
+<p>
+Chabrier, who only survived Franck a few years, ended his touching remarks
+at the grave with these words:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Farewell, master, and take our thanks, for you have done well. In you
+we salute one of the greatest artists of the century, the incomparable
+teacher, whose wonderful work has produced a whole generation of forceful
+musicians and thinkers, armed at all points for hard-fought and prolonged
+conflicts. We salute, also, the upright and just man, so humane, so
+distinguished, whose counsel was sure, as his words were kind. Farewell!&quot;
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_18"><!-- RULE4 18 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XVIII<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+JOHANNES BRAHMS
+</h3><br>
+<img src="images/gmm010.jpg" alt="Johannes Brahms" width="431" height="595" border="0">
+</div>
+
+<p>
+It has been truly said that great composers cannot be compared one with
+another. Each is a solitary star, revolving in his own orbit. For instance
+it is impossible to compare Wagner and Brahms; the former could not have
+written the German Requiem or the four Symphonies any more than Brahms
+could have composed &quot;Tristan.&quot; In the combination of arts which Wagner
+fused into a stupendous whole, he stands without a rival. But Brahms is
+also a mighty composer in his line of effort, for he created music that
+continually grows in beauty as it is better known.
+</p>
+<p>
+Johannes Brahms was born in Hamburg, May 7, 1833. The house at 60
+Speckstrasse still stands, and doubtless looks much as it did seventy years
+ago. A locality of dark, narrow streets with houses tall and gabled and
+holding as many families as possible. Number 60 stands in a dismal court,
+entered by a close narrow passage. A steep wooden staircase in the center,
+used to have gates, closed at night. Jakob and Johanna lived in the
+first floor dwelling to the left. It consisted of a sort of lobby or half
+kitchen, a small living room and a tiny sleeping closet&mdash;nothing else. In
+this and other small tenements like it, the boy's early years were spent.
+It certainly was an ideal case of low living and high thinking.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Brahms family were musical but very poor in this world's goods. The
+father was a contra bass player in the theater; he often had to play in
+dance halls and beer gardens, indeed where he could. Later he became a
+member of the band that gave nightly concerts at the Alster Pavillion. The
+mother, much older than her husband, tried to help out the family finances
+by keeping a little shop where needles and thread were sold.
+</p>
+<p>
+Little Johannes, or Hannes as he was called, was surrounded from his
+earliest years by a musical atmosphere, and must have shown a great desire
+to study music. We learn that his father took him to Otto Cossel, to
+arrange for piano lessons. Hannes was seven years old, pale and delicate
+looking, fair, with blue eyes and a mass of flaxen hair. The father said:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Herr Cossel, I wish my son to become your pupil; he wants so much to learn
+the piano. When he can play as well as you do it will be enough.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Hannes was docile, eager and quick to learn. He had a wonderful memory
+and made rapid progress. In three years a concert was arranged for him, at
+which he played in chamber music with several other musicians of Hamburg.
+The concert was both a financial and artistic success. Not long after this,
+Cossel induced Edward Marxsen, a distinguished master and his own teacher,
+to take full charge of the lad's further musical training. Hannes was about
+twelve at the time.
+</p>
+<p>
+Marxsen's interest in the boy's progress increased from week to week, as
+he realized his talents. &quot;One day I gave him a composition of Weber's,&quot; he
+says. &quot;The next week he played it to me so blamelessly that I praised him.
+'I have also practised it in another way,' he answered, and played me the
+right hand part with the left hand.&quot; Part of the work of the lessons was
+to transpose long pieces at sight; later on Bach's Preludes and Fugues were
+done in the same way.
+</p>
+<p>
+Jakob Brahms, who as we have seen was in very poor circumstances, was ready
+to exploit Hannes' gift whenever occasion offered. He had the boy play in
+the band concerts in the Alster Pavillion, which are among the daily events
+of the city's popular life, as all know who are acquainted with Hamburg,
+and his shillings earned in this and similar ways, helped out the family's
+scanty means. But late hours began to tell on the boy's health. His father
+begged a friend of his, a wealthy patron of music, to take the lad to his
+summer home, in return for which he would play the piano at any time of day
+desired and give music lessons to the young daughter of the family, a girl
+of about his own age.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus it came about that early in May, 1845, Hannes had his first taste
+of the delights of the country. He had provided himself with a small dumb
+keyboard, to exercise his fingers upon. Every morning, after he had
+done what was necessary in the house, Hannes was sent afield by the kind
+mistress of the household, and told not to show himself till dinner time.
+Perhaps the good mistress did not know that Hannes had enjoyed himself out
+of doors hours before. He used to rise at four o'clock and begin his day
+with a bath in the river. Shortly after this the little girl, Lischen,
+would join him and they would spend a couple of hours rambling about,
+looking for bird's nests, hunting butterflies and picking wild flowers.
+Hannes' pale cheeks soon became plump and ruddy, as the result of fresh air
+and country food. Musical work went right on as usual. Studies in theory
+and composition, begun with Marxsen, were pursued regularly in the fields
+and woods all summer.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the summer was over and all were back in Hamburg again, Lischen used
+to come sometimes to Frau Brahms, of whom she soon grew very fond. But it
+troubled her tender heart to see the poor little flat so dark and dreary;
+for even the living room had but one small window, looking into the
+cheerless courtyard. She felt very sorry for her friends, and proposed to
+Hannes they should bring some scarlet runners to be planted in the court.
+He fell in with the idea at once and it was soon carried out. But alas,
+when the children had done their part, the plants refused to grow.
+</p>
+<p>
+Johannes had returned home much improved in health, and able to play in
+several small concerts, where his efforts commanded attention. The winter
+passed uneventfully, filled with severe study by day and equally hard labor
+at night in playing for the &quot;lokals.&quot; But the next summer in Winsen brought
+the country and happiness once more.
+</p>
+<p>
+Hannes began to be known as a musician among the best families of Winsen,
+and often played in their homes. He also had the chance to conduct a small
+chorus of women's voices, called the Choral Society of Winsen. He was
+expected to turn his theoretical studies to account by composing something
+for this choir. It was for them he produced his &quot;A B C&quot; song for four
+parts, using the letters of the alphabet. The composition ended with
+the words &quot;Winsen, eighteen-hundred seven and forty,&quot; sung slowly and
+fortissimo. The little piece was tuneful and was a great favorite with the
+teachers, from that day to this.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy had never heard an opera. During the summer, when Carl Formes, then
+of Vienna, was making a sensation in Hamburg, Lischen got her father to
+secure places and take them. The opera was the &quot;Marriage of Figaro.&quot; Hannes
+was almost beside himself with delight. &quot;Lischen, listen to the music!
+there was never anything like it,&quot; he cried over and over again. The
+father, seeing it gave so much pleasure, took the children again to hear
+another opera, to their great delight.
+</p>
+<p>
+But the happy summer came to an end and sadness fell, to think Johannes
+must leave them, for he had found many kind friends in Winsen. He was over
+fifteen now and well knew he must make his way as a musician, help support
+the family, and pay for the education of his brother Fritz, who was to
+become a pianist and teacher. There was a farewell party made for him in
+Winsen, at which there was much music, speech making and good wishes for
+his future success and for his return to Winsen whenever he could.
+</p>
+<p>
+Johannes made his new start by giving a concert of his own on September 21,
+1848. The tickets for this concert were one mark; he had the assistance of
+some Hamburg musicians. In April next, 1849, he announced a second concert,
+for which the tickets were two marks. At this he played the Beethoven
+&quot;Waldstein Sonata,&quot; and the brilliant &quot;Don Juan Fantaisie.&quot; These two works
+were considered about the top of piano virtuosity. Meanwhile the boy was
+always composing and still with his teacher Marxsen.
+</p>
+<p>
+The political revolution of 1848, was the cause of many refugees crowding
+into Hamburg on their way to America. One of these was the violinist,
+Edward Remenyi, a German Hungarian Jew, whose real name was Hofmann. But it
+seemed Remenyi was really in no haste to leave Hamburg. Johannes, engaged
+as accompanist at the house of a wealthy patron, met the violinist and was
+fascinated by his rendering of national Hungarian music. Remenyi, on his
+side, saw the advantage of having such an accompanist for his own use.
+So it happened the two played together frequently for a time, until the
+violinist disappeared from Germany, for several years. He reappeared in
+Hamburg at the close of the year 1852. He was then twenty-two, while Brahms
+was nineteen. It was suggested that the two musicians should do a little
+concert work together. They began to plan out the trip which became quite a
+tour by the time they had included all the places they wished to visit.
+</p>
+<p>
+The tour began at Winsen, then came Cella. Here a curious thing happened.
+The piano proved to be a half tone below pitch, but Brahms was equal to the
+dilemma. Requesting Remenyi to tune his violin a half tone higher,
+making it a whole tone above the piano, he then, at sight, transposed
+the Beethoven Sonata they were to play. It was really a great feat, but
+Johannes performed it as though it were an every day affair.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next place was Luneburg and there the young musician had such success
+that a second concert was at once announced. Two were next given at
+Hildesheim. Then came Leipsic, Hanover and after that Weimer, where Franz
+Liszt and his retinue of famous pupils held court. Here Johannes became
+acquainted with Raff, Klindworth, Mason, Pr&uuml;kner and other well-known
+musicians.
+</p>
+<p>
+By this time his relations with Remenyi had become somewhat irksome and
+strained and he decided to break off this connection. One morning he
+suddenly left Weimar, and traveled to G&ouml;ttingen. There he met Joseph
+Joachim, whom he had long wished to know, and who was the reigning
+violinist of his time. Without any announcement, Johannes walked in on
+the great artist, and they became fast friends almost at once. Joachim
+had never known what it was to struggle; he had had success from the very
+start; life had been one long triumph, whereas Johannes had come from
+obscurity and had been reared in privation. At this time Johannes was a
+fresh faced boy, with long fair hair and deep earnest blue eyes. W&uuml;llner,
+the distinguished musician of Cologne, thus describes him: &quot;Brahms, at
+twenty, was a slender youth, with long blond hair and a veritable St.
+John's head, from whose eyes shone energy and spirit.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Johannes was at this time deeply engaged on his piano Sonata in F minor,
+Op. 5. He had already written two other piano sonatas, as yet little known.
+The Op. 5, is now constantly heard in concert rooms, played by the greatest
+artists of our time.
+</p>
+<p>
+In disposition Hannes was kindly and sincere; as a youth merry and gay. A
+friend in D&uuml;sseldorf, where he now spent four weeks, thus describes him:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;He was a most unusual looking young musician, hardly more than a boy,
+in his short summer coat, with his high-pitched voice and long fair hair.
+Especially fine was his energetic, characteristic mouth, and his earnest,
+deep gaze. His constitution was thoroughly healthy; the most strenuous
+mental exercise hardly fatigued him and he could go to sleep at any hour of
+the day he pleased. He was apt to be full of pranks, too. At the piano
+he dominated by his characteristic, powerful, and when necessary,
+extraordinarily tender playing.&quot; Schumann, whom he now came to know
+in D&uuml;sseldorf, called him the &quot;young eagle&mdash;one of the elect.&quot; In fact
+Schumann, in his musical journal, praised the young musician most highly.
+And his kindness did not stop there. He wrote to Hannes' father, Jakob
+Brahms, in Hamburg, commending in glowing terms his son's compositions.
+This letter was sent to Johannes and the result was the offering of some
+of his compositions to Breitkopf and H&auml;rtel for publication. He had already
+written two Sonatas, a Scherzo, and a Sonata for piano and violin. The
+Sonata in C, now known as Op. I, although not his first work, was the one
+in which he introduced himself to the public. For, as he said: &quot;When one
+first shows one's self, it is to the head and not to the heels that one
+wishes to draw attention.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Johannes made his first appearance in Leipsic, as pianist and composer, at
+one of the David Quartet Concerts, at which he played his C major Sonata
+and the Scherzo. His success was immediate, and as a result, he was able to
+secure a second publisher for his Sonata Op. 5.
+</p>
+<p>
+And now, after months of traveling, playing in many towns and meeting with
+many musicians and distinguished people, Johannes turned his steps toward
+Hamburg, and was soon in the bosom of the home circle. It is easy to
+imagine the mother's joy, for Hannes had always been the apple of her eye,
+and she had kept her promise faithfully, to write him a letter every week.
+But who shall measure the father's pride and satisfaction to have his boy
+return a real musical hero?
+</p>
+<p>
+The concert journey just completed was the bridge over which Johannes
+Brahms passed from youth to manhood. With the opening year of 1854, he may
+be said to enter the portals of a new life.
+</p>
+<p>
+He now betook himself to Hanover, to be near his devoted friend Joachim,
+plunged into work and was soon absorbed in the composition of his B major
+Piano Trio. Later Schumann and his charming wife, the pianist, came to
+Hanover for a week's visit, which was the occasion for several concerts
+in which Brahms, Joachim and Clara Schumann took part. Soon after this
+Schumann's health failed and he was removed to a sanatorium. In sympathy
+for the heavy trial now to be borne by Clara Schumann, both young artists
+came to D&uuml;sseldorf, to be near the wife of their adored master, Robert
+Schumann. There they remained and by their encouragement so lifted the
+spirits of Frau Clara that she was able to resume her musical activities.
+</p>
+<p>
+Johann had been doing some piano teaching when not occupied with
+composition. But now, on the advice of his musical friends, he decided to
+try his luck again as a concert pianist. He began by joining Frau Clara
+and Joachim in a concert at Danzig. Each played solos. Johann's were Bach's
+&quot;Chromatic Fantaisie&quot; and several manuscript pieces of his own. After this
+the young artist went his own way. He played with success in Bremen, also
+in Hamburg. It is said he was always nervous before playing, but especially
+so in his home city. However all passed off well. He now settled definitely
+in Hamburg, making musical trips to other places when necessary.
+</p>
+<p>
+Robert Schumann rallied for a while from his severe malady, and hopes were
+held out of his final recovery. Frau Clara, having her little family to
+support, resumed her concert playing in good earnest, and appeared with
+triumphant success in Vienna, London and many other cities. When possible
+Brahms and Joachim accompanied her. Then Schumann's malady took an
+unfavorable turn. When the end was near, Brahms and Frau Clara went to
+Endenich and were with the master till all was over. On July 31, 1856, a
+balmy summer evening, the mortal remains of the great composer were laid to
+rest in the little cemetery at Bonn, on the Rhine. The three chief mourners
+were: Brahms&mdash;who carried a laurel wreath from the wife&mdash;Joachim and
+Dietrich.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frau Schumann returned to D&uuml;sseldorf the next day, accompanied by Brahms
+and Joachim. Together they set in order the papers left by the composer,
+and assisted the widow in many little ways. A little later she went to
+Switzerland to recover her strength, accompanied by Brahms and his sister
+Elise. A number of weeks were spent in rest and recuperation. By October
+the three musicians were ready to take up their ordinary routine again.
+Frau Clara began practising for her concert season, Joachim returned to
+his post in Hanover, and Johann turned his face toward Hamburg, giving some
+concerts on the way, in which he achieved pronounced success.
+</p>
+<p>
+The season of 1856-7, was passed uneventfully by Brahms, in composing,
+teaching and occasional journeys. He may be said to have had four homes,
+besides that of his parents in Hamburg. In D&uuml;sseldorf, Hanover, G&ouml;ttingen
+and Bonn he had many friends and was always welcome.
+</p>
+<p>
+It may be asked why Brahms, who had the faculty of endearing himself so
+warmly to his friends, never married. It is true he sometimes desired
+to found a home of his own, but in reality the mistress of his absorbing
+passion was his art, to which everything else remained secondary. He never
+swerved a hair's breadth from this devotion to creative art, but accepted
+poverty, disappointment, loneliness and often failure in the eyes of the
+world, for the sake of this, his true love.
+</p>
+<p>
+Johannes was now engaged as conductor of a Choral Society in Detmold, also
+as Court Pianist and teacher in the royal family. The post carried with it
+free rooms and living, and he was lodged at the Hotel Stadt Frankfort, a
+comfortable inn, exactly opposite the Castle, and thus close to the scene
+of his new labors.
+</p>
+<p>
+He began his duties by going through many short choral works of the older
+and modern masters. With other musicians at Court much chamber music was
+played, in fact almost the entire repertoire. The young musician soon
+became a favorite at Court, not only on account of his musical genius but
+also because of the general culture of his mind. He could talk on almost
+any subject. &quot;Whoever wishes to play well must not only practise a great
+deal but read many books,&quot; was one of his favorite sayings. One of
+his friends said, of meetings in Brahms' rooms at night, when his boon
+companions reveled in music: &quot;And how Brahms loved the great masters! How
+he played Haydn and Mozart! With what beauty of interpretation and delicate
+shading of tone. And then his transposing!&quot; Indeed Johann thought nothing
+of taking up a new composition and playing it in <i>any</i> key, without a
+mistake. His score reading was marvelous. Bach, Handel, Mozart, Haydn, all
+seemed to flow naturally from under his fingers.
+</p>
+<p>
+The post in Detmold only required Brahms' presence a part of the year, but
+he was engaged for a term of years. The other half of the year was spent
+in Hamburg, where he resumed his activities of composing and teaching. The
+summer after his first winter in Detmold was spent in G&ouml;ttingen with warm
+friends. Clara Schumann was there with her children, and Johann was always
+one of the family&mdash;as a son to her. He was a famous playfellow for the
+children, too. About this time he wrote a book of charming Children's Folk
+Songs, dedicated to the children of Robert and Clara Schumann. Johann was
+occupied with his Piano Concerto in D minor. His method of working was
+somewhat like Beethoven's, as he put down his ideas in notebooks. Later on
+he formed the habit of keeping several compositions going at once.
+</p>
+<p>
+The prelude to Johann's artistic life was successfully completed. Then
+came a period of quiet study and inward growth. A deeper activity was to
+succeed. It opened early in the year 1859, when the young musician traveled
+to Hanover and Leipsic, bringing out his Concerto in D minor. He performed
+it in the first named city, while Joachim conducted the orchestra. It was
+said the work &quot;with all its serious striving, its rejection of the trivial,
+its skilled instrumentation, seemed difficult to understand; but the
+pianist was considered not merely a virtuoso but a great artist of piano
+playing.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The composer had now to hurry to Leipsic, as he was to play with the famous
+Gewandhaus orchestra. How would Leipsic behave towards this new and serious
+music? Johann was a dreamer, inexperienced in the ways of the world; he
+was an idealist&mdash;in short, a genius gifted with an &quot;imagination, profound,
+original and romantic.&quot; The day after the concert he wrote Joachim he had
+made a brilliant and decided failure. However he was not a whit discouraged
+by the apathy of the Leipsigers toward his new work. He wrote: &quot;The
+Concerto will please some day, when I have made some improvements, and a
+second shall sound quite different.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+It has taken more than half a century to establish the favor of the
+Concerto, which still continues on upward wing. The writer heard the
+composer play this Concerto in Berlin, toward the end of his life. He made
+an unforgettable figure, as he sat at the piano with his long hair and
+beard, turning to gray; and while his technic was not of the virtuoso type,
+he created a powerful impression by his vivid interpretation.
+</p>
+<p>
+After these early performances of the Concerto, Johann returned to Hamburg,
+to his composing and teaching. He, however, played the Concerto in his
+native city on a distinguished occasion, when Joachim was a soloist in
+Spohr's Gesang-Scene, Stockhausen in a magnificent Aria, and then Johann,
+pale, blond, slight, but calm and self controlled. The Concerto scored a
+considerable success at last, and the young composer was content.
+</p>
+<p>
+In the autumn of this year, Johann paid his third visit to Detmold, and
+found himself socially as well as musically the fashion. It was the correct
+thing to have lessons from him and his presence gave distinction to any
+assemblage. But Johann did not wish to waste his time at social functions;
+when obliged to be present at some of these events he would remain silent
+the entire evening, or else say sharp or biting things, making the hosts
+regret they had asked him. His relations with the Court family, however,
+remained very pleasant. Yet he began to chafe under the constant demands on
+his time, and the rigid etiquette of the little Court. The next season he
+definitely declined the invitation to revisit Detmold, the reason given was
+that he had not the time, as he was supervising the publication of a number
+of his works. Brahms had become interested in writing for the voice, and
+had already composed any number of beautiful vocal solos and part songs.
+</p>
+<p>
+We are told that Frau Schumann, Joachim and Stockhausen came frequently to
+Hamburg during the season of 1861, and all three made much of Johannes.
+All four gave concerts together, and Johannes took part in a performance
+of Schumann's beautiful Andante and Variations, for two pianos, while
+Stockhausen sang entrancingly Beethoven's Love Songs, accompanied by
+Brahms. On one occasion Brahms played his Variations on a Handel Theme,
+&quot;another magnificent work, splendidly long, the stream of ideas flowing
+inexhaustibly. And the work was wonderfully played by the composer; it
+seemed like a miracle. The composition is so difficult that none but a
+great artist can attempt it.&quot; So wrote a listener at the time. That was in
+1861. We know this wonderful work in these days, for all the present time
+artists perform it. At each of Frau Schumann's three appearances in
+Hamburg during the autumn of this year, she performed one of Brahms' larger
+compositions; one of them was the Handel Variations.
+</p>
+<p>
+Although one time out of ten Johann might be taciturn or sharp, the other
+nine he would be agreeable, always pleased&mdash;good humored, satisfied, like
+a child with children. Every one liked his earnest nature, his gaiety and
+humor.
+</p>
+<p>
+Johann had had a great longing to see Vienna, the home of so many great
+musicians; but felt that when the right time came, the way would open.
+And it did. Early in September, 1862, he wrote a friend: &quot;I am leaving on
+Monday, the eighth, for Vienna. I look forward to it like a child.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+He felt at home in Vienna from the start, and very soon met the leading
+lights of the Austrian capital. On November 16, he gave his first concert,
+with the Helmesberger Quartet, and before a crowded house. It was a
+real success for &quot;Schumann's young prophet.&quot; Although concert giving was
+distasteful, he appeared again on December 20, and then gave a second
+concert on January 6, 1863, when he played Bach's Chromatic Fantaisie,
+Beethoven's Variations in C minor, his own Sonata Op. 5, and Schumann's
+Sonata OP. 11.
+</p>
+<p>
+Johann returned home in May, and shortly after was offered the post of
+Conductor of the Singakademie, which had just become vacant. He had many
+plans for the summer, but finally relinquished them and sent an acceptance.
+By the last of August he was again in Vienna.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now followed years of a busy musical life. Brahms made his headquarters in
+Vienna, and while there did much composing. The wonderful Piano Quintette,
+one of his greatest works, the German Requiem, the Cantata Rinaldo and
+many beautiful songs came into being during this period. Every little while
+concert tours and musical journeys were undertaken, where Brahms often
+combined with other artists in giving performances of his compositions. A
+series of three concerts in Vienna in February and March, 1869, given by
+Brahms and Stockhausen, were phenomenally successful, the tickets being
+sold as soon as the concerts were announced. The same series was given in
+Budapest with equal success.
+</p>
+<p>
+Early in the year 1872, when our composer was nearly forty, we find him
+installed in the historic rooms in the third floor of Number 4 Carl's
+Gasse, Vienna, which were to remain to the end of his life the nearest
+approach to an establishment of his own. There were three small rooms. The
+largest contained his grand piano, writing table, a sofa with another table
+in front of it. The composer was still smooth of face and looked much as
+he did at twenty, judging from his pictures. It was not until several years
+later, about 1880, that he was adorned by the long heavy beard, which gave
+his face such a venerable appearance.
+</p>
+<p>
+The year 1874, was full of varied excitement. Many invitations were
+accepted to conduct his works in North Germany, the Rhine, Switzerland, and
+other countries. A tour in Holland in 1876, brought real joy. He played his
+D minor Concerto in Utrecht and other cities, conducted his works and was
+everywhere received with honors. But the greatest event of this year was
+the appearance of his first Symphony. It was performed for the first time
+from manuscript in Carlsruhe and later in many other cities. In this work
+&quot;Brahms' close affinity with Beethoven must become clear to every musician,
+who has not already perceived it,&quot; wrote Hanslick, the noted critic.
+</p>
+<p>
+We have now to observe the unwearied energy with which Brahms, during the
+years that followed added one after another to his list, in each and every
+branch of serious music; songs, vocal duets, choral and instrumental works.
+In the summer of 1877 came the Second Symphony. In 1879 appeared the great
+Violin Concerto, now acclaimed as one of the few masterpieces for that
+instrument. It was performed by Joachim at the Gewandhaus, Leipsic, early
+in the year. There were already four Sonatas for Piano and Violin. The
+Sonata in G, the Rhapsodies Op. 79 and the third and fourth books of
+Hungarian Dances, as duets, were the publications of 1880. He now wrote a
+new Piano Concerto, in B flat, which he played in Stuttgart for the
+first time, November 22, 1881. In 1883 the Third Symphony appeared, which
+revealed him at the zenith of his powers. This work celebrated his fiftieth
+birthday.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Fourth Symphony was completed during the summer of 1885. Then came the
+Gipsy Songs.
+</p>
+<p>
+From 1889 onward, Brahms chose for his summer sojourn the town of Ischl, in
+the Salzkammergut. The pretty cottage where he stayed was on the outskirts
+of the town, near the rushing river Traun. He always dined at the &quot;Keller&quot;
+of the Hotel Elizabeth, which was reached by a flight of descending steps.
+In this quiet country, among mountain, valley and stream, he could compose
+at ease and also see his friends at the end of the day.
+</p>
+<p>
+A visit to Italy in the spring of 1890, afforded rest, refreshment and many
+pleasant incidents.
+</p>
+<p>
+The &quot;Four Serious Songs,&quot; were published in the summer of 1896. At this
+time Brahms had been settled in his rooms at Ischl scarcely a fortnight
+when he was profoundly shaken by news of Clara Schumann's death. She passed
+peacefully away in Frankfort, and was laid beside her husband, in Bonn, May
+24. Brahms was present, together with many musicians and celebrities.
+</p>
+<p>
+The master felt this loss keenly. He spent the summer in Ischl as usual,
+composing, among other things, the Eleven Choral Preludes. Most of these
+have death for their subject, showing that his mind was taken up with
+the idea. His friends noticed he had lost his ruddy color and that his
+complexion was pale. In the autumn he went to Carlsbad for the cure.
+</p>
+<p>
+After six weeks he returned to Vienna, but not improved, as he had become
+very thin and walked with faltering step. He loved to be with his friends,
+the Fellingers, as much as possible, as well as with other friends. He
+spent Christmas eve with them, and dined there the next day. From this
+time on he grew worse. He was very gentle the last months of his life, and
+touchingly grateful for every attention shown him. Every evening he
+would place himself at the piano and improvise for half an hour. When too
+fatigued to continue, he would sit at the window till long after darkness
+had fallen. He gradually grew weaker till he passed peacefully away, April
+3, 1897.
+</p>
+<p>
+The offer of an honorary grave was made by the city of Vienna, and he has
+found resting place near Beethoven and Mozart, just as he had wished.
+</p>
+<p>
+Memorial tablets have been placed on the houses in which Brahms lived in
+Vienna, Ischl and Thun, also on the house of his birth, in Hamburg.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_19"><!-- RULE4 19 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XIX<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+EDWARD GRIEG
+</h3></div>
+
+<pre>
+ &quot;<i>From every point of view Grieg is one of the most original
+ geniuses in the musical world of the present or past. His songs are
+ a mine of melody, surpassed in wealth only by Schubert, and that
+ only because there are more of Schubert's. In originality of
+ harmony and modulation he has only six equals. Bach, Schubert,
+ Chopin, Schumann, Wagner and Liszt. In rhythmic invention and
+ combination he is inexhaustible, and as orchestrator he ranks among
+ the most fascinating</i>.&quot;
+</pre>
+<div align="center">HENRY T. FINCK</div>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p>
+Edward Hargarup Grieg, &quot;the Chopin of the North,&quot; was a unique personality,
+as well as an exceptional musician and composer. While not a &quot;wonder
+child,&quot; in the sense that Mozart, Chopin and Liszt were, he early showed
+his love for music and his rapt enjoyment of the music of the home circle.
+Fortunately he lived and breathed in a musical atmosphere from his earliest
+babyhood. His mother was a fine musician and singer herself, and with
+loving care she fostered the desire for it and the early studies of it in
+her son. She was his first teacher, for she kept up her own musical studies
+after her marriage, and continued to appear in concerts in Bergen, where
+the family lived. Little Edward, one of five children, seemed to inherit
+the mother's musical talent and had vivid recollections of the rhythmic
+animation and spirit with which she played the works of Weber, who was one
+of her favorite composers.
+</p>
+<p>
+The piano was a world of mystery to the sensitive musical child. His baby
+fingers explored the white keys to see what they sounded like. When he
+found two notes together, forming an interval of a third, they pleased him
+better than one alone. Afterwards three keys as a triad, were better yet,
+and when he could grasp a chord of four or five tones with both hands, he
+was overjoyed. Meanwhile there was much music to hear. His mother practised
+daily herself, and entertained her musical friends in weekly soir&eacute;es. Here
+the best classics were performed with zeal and true feeling, while little
+Edward listened and absorbed music in every pore.
+</p>
+<p>
+When he was six years old piano lessons began. Mme. Grieg proved a strict
+teacher, who did not allow any trifling; the dreamy child found he could
+not idle away his time. As he wrote later: &quot;Only too soon it became clear
+to me I had to practise just what was unpleasant. Had I not inherited my
+mother's irrepressible energy as well as her musical capacity, I should
+never have succeeded in passing from dreams to deeds.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+But dreams were turned into deeds before long, for the child tried to set
+down on paper the little melodies that haunted him. It is said he began to
+do this at the age of nine. A really serious attempt was made when he was
+twelve or thirteen. This was a set of variations for piano, on a German
+melody. He brought it to school one day to show one of the boys. The
+teacher caught sight of it and reprimanded the young composer soundly, for
+thus idling his time. It seems that in school he was fond of dreaming away
+the hours, just as he did at the piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+The truth was that school life was very unsympathetic to him, very narrow
+and mechanical, and it is no wonder that he took every opportunity to
+escape and play truant. He loved poetry and knew all the poems in the
+reading books by heart; he was fond, too, of declaiming them in season and
+out of season.
+</p>
+<p>
+With the home atmosphere he enjoyed, the boy Grieg early became familiar
+with names of the great composers and their works. One of his idols was
+Chopin, whose strangely beautiful harmonies were just beginning to be
+heard, though not yet appreciated. His music must have had an influence
+over the lad's own efforts, for he always remained true to this ideal.
+</p>
+<p>
+Another of his admirations was for Ole Bull, the famous Norwegian
+violinist. One day in summer, probably in 1858, when Edward was about
+fifteen, this &quot;idol of his dreams&quot; rode up to the Grieg home on horseback.
+The family had lived for the past five years at the fine estate of Landaas,
+near Bergen. The great violinist had just returned from America and was
+visiting his native town, for he too was born in Bergen. That summer he
+came often to the Griegs' and soon discovered the great desire of young
+Edward for a musical career. He got the boy to improvise at the piano,
+and also to show him the little pieces he had already composed. There were
+consultations with father and mother, and then, finally, the violinist came
+to the boy, stroked his cheek and announced; &quot;You are to go to Leipsic and
+become a musician.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Edward was overjoyed. To think of gaining his heart's desire so easily and
+naturally; it all seemed like a fairy tale, too good to be true.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Leipsic Conservatory, which had been founded by Mendelssohn, and later
+directed for a short time by Schumann, was now in the hands of Moscheles,
+distinguished pianist and conductor. Richter and Hauptmann, also Papperitz,
+taught theory; Wenzel, Carl Reinecke and Plaidy, piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+Some of these later gained the reputation of being rather dry and pedantic;
+they certainly were far from comprehending the romantic trend of the
+impressionable new pupil, for they tried to curb his originality and square
+it with rules and customs. This process was very irksome, for the boy
+wanted to go his own gait.
+</p>
+<p>
+Among his fellow students at the Conservatory were at least a half dozen
+who later made names for themselves. They were: Arthur Sullivan, Walter
+Bache, Franklin Taylor, Edward Dannreuther and J.F. Barnett. All these were
+making rapid progress in spite of dry methods. So Edward Grieg began to
+realize that if he would also accomplish anything, he must buckle down to
+work. He now began to study with frantic ardor, with scarcely time left
+for eating and sleeping. The result of this was a complete breakdown in
+the spring of 1860, with several ailments, incipient lung trouble being the
+most serious. Indeed it was serious enough to deprive Grieg of one lung,
+leaving him for the remainder of his life somewhat delicate.
+</p>
+<p>
+When his mother learned of his illness, she hurried to Leipsic and took him
+back to Bergen, where he slowly regained his health. His parents now begged
+him to remain at home, but he wished to return to Leipsic. He did so,
+throwing himself into his studies with great zeal. In the spring of 1862,
+after a course of four years, he passed his examinations with credit. On
+this occasion he played some of his compositions&mdash;the four which have been
+printed as Op. 1&mdash;and achieved success, both as composer and pianist.
+</p>
+<p>
+After a summer spent quietly with his parents at Landaas, he began to
+prepare for coming musical activities. The next season he gave his first
+concert in Bergen, at which the piano pieces of Op. 1, Four Songs for Alto,
+and a String Quartet were played. With the proceeds of this concert he
+bought orchestral and chamber music, and began to study score, which he had
+not previously learned to do. In the spring of 1863&mdash;he was hardly twenty
+then&mdash;he left home and took up his residence in Copenhagen, a much larger
+city, offering greater opportunities for an ambitious young musician. It was
+also the home of Niels W. Gade, the foremost Scandinavian composer.
+</p>
+<p>
+Of course Grieg was eager to meet Gade, and an opportunity soon occurred.
+Gade expressed a willingness to look at some of his compositions, and asked
+if he had anything to show him. Edward modestly answered in the negative.
+&quot;Go home and write a symphony,&quot; was the retort. This the young composer
+started obediently to do, but the work was never finished in this form. It
+became later Two Symphonic Pieces for Piano, Op. 14.
+</p>
+<p>
+Two sources of inspiration for Grieg were Ole Bull and Richard Nordraak.
+We remember that Ole Bull was the means of influencing his parents to send
+Edward to Leipsic. That was in 1858. Six years later, when Ole Bull was
+staying at his country home, near Bergen, where he always tried to pass the
+summers, the two formed a more intimate friendship. They played frequently
+together, sonatas by Mozart and others, or trios, in which Edward's brother
+John played the 'cello parts. Or they wandered together to their favorite
+haunts among mountains, fjords or flower clad valleys. They both worshiped
+nature in all her aspects and moods, and each, the one on his instrument,
+the other in his music, endeavored to reproduce these endless influences.
+</p>
+<p>
+Richard Nordraak was a young Norwegian composer of great talent, who, in
+his brief career, created a few excellent works. The two musicians met
+in the winter of 1864 and were attracted to each other at once. Nordraak
+visited Grieg in his home, where they discussed music and patriotism to
+their hearts' content. Nordraak was intensely patriotic, and wished to
+see the establishment of Norse music. Grieg, who had been more or less
+influenced by German ideas, since Leipsic days, now cast off the fetters
+and placed himself on the side of Norwegian music. To prove this he
+composed the Humoresken, Op. 6, and dedicated them to Nordraak. From now on
+he felt free to do as he pleased in music&mdash;to be himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1864 Grieg became engaged to his cousin, Nina Hargerup, a slender girl
+of nineteen, who had a lovely voice and for whom he wrote many of his
+finest songs. He returned to Christiania from a visit to Rome, and decided
+to establish himself in the Norwegian capital. Soon after his arrival, in
+the autumn of 1856, he gave a concert, assisted by his fianc&eacute;e and Mme.
+Norman Neruda, the violinist. The program was made up entirely of Norwegian
+music, and contained his Violin Sonata Op. 8, Humoresken, Op. 6, Piano
+Sonata, Op. 7. There were two groups of songs, by Nordraak and Kjerulf
+respectively. The concert was a success with press and public and the young
+composer's position seemed assured. He secured the appointment of Conductor
+of the Philharmonic Society, and was quite the vogue as a teacher. He
+married Nina Hargerup the following June, 1867, and they resided in
+Christiania for the next eight years.
+</p>
+<p>
+Grieg could not endure &quot;amateurish mediocrity,&quot; and made war upon it, thus
+drawing jealous attacks upon himself. His great friend and ally, Nordraak,
+passed away in 1868, and the next year his baby daughter, aged thirteen
+months, the only child he ever had, left them.
+</p>
+<p>
+In spite of these discouragements, some of his finest compositions came
+into being about this period of his life. Songs, piano pieces and the
+splendid Concerto followed each other in quick succession.
+</p>
+<p>
+Another satisfaction to Grieg was a most sympathetic and cordial letter
+from Liszt on making acquaintance with his Sonata for violin and piano, Op.
+8, which he praised in high terms. He invited Grieg to come and visit him,
+that they might become better acquainted. This unsolicitated appreciation
+from the famous Liszt was a fine honor for the young composer, and was the
+means of inducing the Norwegian Government to grant him an annuity.
+This sum enabled him the following year, to go to Rome and meet Liszt
+personally.
+</p>
+<p>
+He set out on this errand in October, and later wrote his parents of his
+visits to Liszt. The first meeting took place at a monastery near the Roman
+Forum, where Liszt made his home when in town.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I took with me my last violin Sonata, the Funeral March on the death of
+Nordraak and a volume of songs. I need not have been anxious, for Liszt
+was kindness itself. He came smiling towards me and said in the most genial
+manner:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;'We have had some little correspondence, haven't we?'
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I told him it was thanks to his letters that I was now here. He eyed
+somewhat hungrily the package under my arm, his long, spider-like fingers
+approaching it in such an alarming manner that I thought it advisable to
+open at once. He turned over the leaves, reading through the Sonata. He had
+now become interested, but my courage dropped to zero when he asked me to
+play the Sonata, but there was no help for it.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;So I started on his splendid American Chickering grand. Right in the
+beginning, where the violin starts in, he exclaimed: 'How bold that is!
+Look here, I like that; once more please.' And where the violin again
+comes in <i>adagio</i>, he played the part on the upper octaves with an
+expression so beautiful, so marvelously true and singing, it made me smile
+inwardly. My spirits rose because of his lavish approval, which did me
+good. After the first movement, I asked his permission to play a solo, and
+chose the Minuet, from the Humoresken.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+At this point Grieg was brave enough to ask Liszt to play for him. This the
+master did in a superb manner. To go on with the letter:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;When this was done, Liszt said jauntily, 'Now let us go on with the
+Sonata'; to which I naturally retorted, 'No thank you, not after this.'
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;'Why not? Then give it to me, I'll do it.' And what does Liszt do? He
+plays the whole thing, root and branch, violin and piano; nay more, for he
+plays it fuller and more broadly. He was literally over the whole piano at
+once, without missing a note. And how he did play! With grandeur, beauty,
+unique comprehension.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Was this not geniality itself? No other great man I have met is like him.
+I played the Funeral March, which was also to his taste. Then, after a
+little talk, I took leave, with the consciousness of having spent two of
+the most interesting hours of my life.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The second meeting with Liszt took place soon after this. Of it he writes
+in part:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I had fortunately received the manuscript of my Concerto from Leipsic, and
+took it with me. A number of musicians were present.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;'Will you play?' asked Liszt. I answered in the negative, as you know I
+had never practised it. Liszt took the manuscript, went to the piano, and
+said to the assembled guests: 'Very well, then, I will show you that I also
+cannot.' Then he began. I admit that he took the first part too fast, but
+later on, when I had a chance to indicate the tempo, he played as only he
+can play. His demeanor is worth any price to see. Not content with playing,
+he at the same time converses, addressing a bright remark now to one, now
+to another of his guests, nodding from right to left, particularly when
+something pleases him. In the Adagio, and still more in the Finale, he
+reached a climax, both in playing and in the praise he bestowed.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;When all was over, he handed me the manuscript, and said, in a peculiarly
+cordial tone: 'Keep steadily on; you have the ability, and&mdash;do not let them
+intimidate you!'
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;This final admonition was of tremendous importance to me; there was
+something in it like a sanctification. When disappointment and bitterness
+are in store for me, I shall recall his words, and the remembrance of that
+hour will have a wonderful power to uphold me in days of adversity.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+When Edward Grieg was a little over thirty, in the year 1874, the Norwegian
+Government honored him with an annuity of sixteen hundred crowns a year,
+for life. Another good fortune was a request from the distinguished poet,
+Henrik Ibsen, to produce music for his drama of &quot;Peer Gynt.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+With the help of the annuity Grieg was able to give up teaching and
+conducting and devote himself to composition. He left Christiania, where
+he and Mme. Grieg had resided for eight years, and came back for a time to
+Bergen. Here, in January 1874, Ibsen offered him the proposition of writing
+music for his work, for which he was arranging a stage production.
+</p>
+<p>
+Grieg was delighted with the opportunity, for such a task was very
+congenial. He completed the score in the autumn of 1875. The first
+performance was given on February 24, 1876, at Christiania. Grieg himself
+was not present, as he was then in Bergen. The play proved a real
+success and was given thirty-six times that season, for which success the
+accompanying original and charming music was largely responsible.
+</p>
+<p>
+Norway is a most picturesque country, and no one could be more passionately
+fond of her mountains, fjords, valleys and waterfalls than Edward Grieg.
+For several years he now chose to live at Lofthus, a tiny village, situated
+on a branch of the Hardanger Fjord. It is said no spot could have been more
+enchanting. The little study, consisting of one room, where the composer
+could work in perfect quiet, was perched among the trees above the fjord,
+with a dashing waterfall near by. No wonder Grieg could write of the
+&quot;Butterfly,&quot; the &quot;Little Bird,&quot; and &quot;To the Spring,&quot; in such poetical,
+vivid harmonies. He had only to look from his window and see the marvels of
+nature about him.
+</p>
+<p>
+A few years later he built a beautiful villa at Troldhaugen, not far from
+Bergen, where he spent the rest of his life. Some American friends who
+visited them in 1901, speak of the ideal existence of the artist pair.
+Grieg himself is described as very small and frail looking, with a face as
+individual, as unique and attractive as his music&mdash;the face of a thinker,
+a genius. His eyes were keen and blue; his hair, almost white, was brushed
+backward like Liszt's. His hands were thin and small; they were wonderful
+hands and his touch on the piano had the luscious quality of Paderewski's.
+Mme. Grieg received them with a fascinating smile and won all hearts by her
+appearance and charm of manner. She was short and plump, with short wavy
+gray hair and dark blue eyes. Her sister, who resembled her strongly, made
+up the rest of the family. Grieg called her his &quot;second wife&quot; and they
+seemed a most united family.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here, too, Grieg had his little work cabin away from the house, down a
+steep path, among the trees of the garden. In this tiny retreat he composed
+many of his unique pieces.
+</p>
+<p>
+As a pianist, there are many people living who have heard Grieg play, and
+all agree that his performance was most poetical and beautiful. He never
+had great power, for a heavy wagon had injured one of his hands, and he had
+lost the use of one of his lungs in youth. But he always brought out lyric
+parts most expressively, and had a &quot;wonderfully crisp and buoyant execution
+in rhythmical passages.&quot; He continued to play occasionally in different
+cities, and with increased frequency made visits to England, France and
+Germany, to make known his compositions. He was in England in the spring of
+1888, for on May 3, the London Philharmonic gave almost an entire program
+of Grieg's music. He acted in the three-fold capacity of composer,
+conductor and pianist. It was said by one of the critics: &quot;Mr. Grieg played
+his own Concerto in A minor, after his own manner; it was a revelation.&quot;
+Another wrote; &quot;The Concerto is very beautiful. The dreamy charm of the
+opening movement, the long-drawn sweetness of the Adagio, the graceful,
+fairy music of the final Allegro&mdash;all this went straight to the hearts of
+the audience. Grieg as a conductor gave equal satisfaction. It is to be
+hoped the greatest representative of 'old Norway' will come amongst us
+every year.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Grieg did return the next year and appeared with the Philharmonic, March
+14, 1889. The same critic then wrote:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;The hero of the evening was unquestionably Mr. Grieg, the heroine being
+Madame Grieg, who sang in her own unique and most artistic fashion, a
+selection of her husband's songs, he accompanying with great delicacy
+and poetic feeling. Grieg is so popular in London, both as composer and
+pianist, that when he gave his last concert, people were waiting in the
+street before the doors from eleven in the morning, quite as in the old
+Rubinstein days.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+In only a few cities did the artist pair give their unique piano and song
+recitals. These were: Christiania, Copenhagen, Leipsic, Rome, Paris, London
+and Edinburgh. They were indeed artistic events, in which Nina Grieg was
+also greatly admired. While not a great singer, it was said she had the
+captivating abandon, dramatic vivacity and soulful treatment of the poem,
+which reminded of Jenny Lind.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mme. Grieg made her last public appearance in London in 1898. After that
+she sang only for her husband and his friends. Grieg's sixtieth birthday,
+June 15, 1903, was celebrated in the cities of Scandanavia, throughout
+Europe and also in America: thus he lived to see the recognition of his
+unique genius in many parts of the world.
+</p>
+<p>
+Grieg was constantly using up his strength by too much exertion. To a
+friend in 1906, he wrote: &quot;Yes, at your age it is ever hurrah-vivat. At my
+age we say, sempre diminuendo. And I can tell you it is not easy to make
+a beautiful diminuendo.&quot; Yet he still gave concerts, saying he had not the
+strength of character to refuse. Indeed he had numerous offers to go to
+America, which he refused as he felt he could not endure the sea voyage.
+Always cheerful, even vivacious, he kept up bravely until almost the end of
+his life, but finally, the last of August, 1907, he was forced to go to
+a hospital in Bergen. On the night of September 3, his life ebbed away in
+sleep.
+</p>
+<p>
+The composer who through his music had endeared himself to the whole world,
+was granted a touching funeral, at which only his own music was heard,
+including his Funeral March, which he had composed for his friend Nordraak.
+The burial place is as romantic as his music. Near his home there is a
+steep cliff, about fifty feet high, projecting into the fjord. Half way
+up there is a natural grotto, which can only be reached by water. In this
+spot, chosen by Grieg himself, the urn containing his ashes was deposited
+some weeks after the funeral. Then the grotto was closed and a stone slab
+with the words &quot;Edward Grieg&quot; cut upon it, was cemented in the cliff.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_20"><!-- RULE4 20 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XX<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+PETER ILYITCH TSCHAIKOWSKY
+</h3><br>
+<img src="images/gmm011.jpg" alt="Peter Ilyich Tschaikowsky" width="368" height="593" border="0">
+</div>
+
+<p>
+Russian composers and Russian music are eagerly studied by those who would
+keep abreast of the time. This music is so saturated with strong,
+vigorous life that it is inspiring to listen to. Its rugged strength, its
+fascinating rhythms, bring a new message. It is different from the music
+of other countries and at once attracts by its unusual melodies and its
+richness of harmony.
+</p>
+<p>
+Among the numerous composers of modern Russia, the name of Peter Ilyitch
+Tschaikowsky stands out most prominently. This distinctive composer was
+born on April 28, 1840, in Votinsk, where his father, who was a mining
+engineer, had been appointed inspector of the mines at Kamsko-Votinsk. The
+position of manager of such important mines carried with it much luxury, a
+fine house, plenty of servants and an ample salary. Thus the future young
+musician's home life was not one of poverty and privation, as has been the
+lot of so many gifted ones, who became creators in the beautiful art of
+music.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter Ilyitch was less than five years old when a new governess came into
+the family, to teach his elder brother Nicholas and his cousin Lydia. As a
+little boy he was apt to be untidy, with buttons missing and rumpled hair.
+But his nature was so affectionate and sympathetic that he charmed every
+one with his pretty, loving ways. This natural gift he always retained.
+The governess was a very superior person and her influence over her young
+charges was healthful and beneficial. The child Peter was most industrious
+at his lessons; but for recreation often preferred playing the piano,
+reading, or writing poetry, to playing with other children.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Peter was eight, the family moved to St. Petersburg, and the two
+younger boys were sent to boarding school. The parting from his home but
+especially from his mother&mdash;though he saw her once a week&mdash;nearly broke
+his heart. Such a school was no place for a sensitive, high-strung boy like
+Peter, who needed the most tender fostering care. The work of the school
+was very heavy, the hours long. The boys often sat over their books till
+far into the night. Besides the school work, Peter had music lessons of the
+pianist Philipov, and made rapid progress. At this time music in general
+excited the boy abnormally; a hand organ in the street would enchant him,
+an orchestra strangely agitated him. He seemed to live at a high strung,
+nervous tension, and had frequent ailments, which kept him out of school.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1849 the father secured another appointment, this time at Alapaiev, a
+little town, where, though there was not so much luxury, the family tried
+to revive the home life of Votinsk.
+</p>
+<p>
+No one at Alapaiev seemed to take any interest in the boy Peter's music. He
+was really making great progress, for he had learned much in the lessons he
+had taken in St. Petersburg. He studied many pieces by himself, and often
+improvised at the piano. His parents did nothing to further his musical
+education; this may have been because they were afraid of a return of
+the nervous disorders that the quiet of the present home surroundings had
+seemed to cure.
+</p>
+<p>
+From the fact that the father had held government appointments, his sons
+were eligible for education at the School of Jurisprudence. Peter was
+accordingly entered there as a scholar, and completed his course at the age
+of nineteen. In those nine years the child Peter developed into maturity.
+During this period he suffered the loss of his mother, a handsome and very
+estimable woman, whom he adored with passionate devotion, and from whom he
+could never bear to be separated.
+</p>
+<p>
+While attending the Law School, music had to be left in the background. His
+family and companions only considered it as a pastime at best, and without
+serious significance; he therefore kept his aspirations to himself. The
+old boyish discontent and irritability, which were the result of his
+former nervous condition, had now given place to his natural frankness of
+character and charm of manner, which attracted all who came in contact with
+him.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1859, when Peter had finished his studies at the School of
+Jurisprudence, he received an appointment in the Ministry of Justice, as
+clerk of the first class. This would have meant much to some young men,
+but did not greatly impress Peter, as he did not seem to take his work very
+seriously. During the three years in which he held the post, he followed
+the fashion of the day, attended the opera and theater, meanwhile receiving
+many impressions which molded his character and tastes. The opera &quot;Don
+Giovanni,&quot; Mozart's masterpiece, made a deep impression upon him, also the
+acting of Adelaide Ristori and the singing of Lagrona.
+</p>
+<p>
+The new Conservatoire of Music was founded at St. Petersburg in 1862, with
+Anton Rubinstein as director, and Tschaikowsky lost no time in entering as
+a pupil, studying composition and kindred subjects with Professor Zaremba.
+His progress was so rapid in the several branches he took up&mdash;piano, organ
+and flute&mdash;that Rubinstein advised him to make music his profession, and
+throw his law studies to the winds. Thanks to Rubinstein, he secured
+some pupils and also engagements as accompanist. Meanwhile he worked
+industriously at composition, and one of his pieces was a Concert Overture
+in F, scored for small orchestra. In 1865 he took his diploma as a musician
+and also secured a silver medal for a cantata. One year after this the
+Moscow Conservatoire was founded, with Nicholas Rubinstein at its head.
+The position of Professor of Composition and Musical History was offered to
+Tschaikowsky, then only twenty-six. It was a flattering offer for so young
+a man, when many older heads would have liked to secure such an honor.
+He moved to Moscow, and retained his position in the Conservatoire for at
+least twelve years, in the meantime making many friends for himself and his
+art, as his fame as a composer grew. One of these friends was the publisher
+Jurgenson, who was to play rather an important part in the composer's life,
+through accepting and putting forth his compositions.
+</p>
+<p>
+During those first years in Moscow, Tschaikowsky made his home with
+Nicholas Rubinstein. His life was of the simplest, his fare always so.
+Later on when money was more abundant, and he had his own house in the
+country, he lived with just the same simplicity. One would think that all
+this care and thought for expense would have taught him the value of money.
+Not at all. He never could seem to learn its value, never cared for it,
+and never could keep it. He liked to toss his small change among groups
+of street boys, and it is said he once spent his last roubles in sending
+a cablegram to von B&uuml;low in America, to thank him for his admirable
+performance of his first Piano Concerto. Often his friends protested
+against this prodigality, but it was no use to protest, and at last they
+gave up in despair.
+</p>
+<p>
+Soon after he began his professorship in Moscow, he composed a Concert
+Overture in C minor. To his surprise and disappointment, Rubinstein
+disapproved of the work in every way. This was a shock, after the lack of
+encouragement in St. Petersburg. But he recovered his poise, though he made
+up his mind to try his next work in St. Petersburg instead of Moscow. He
+called the new piece a Symphonic Poem, &quot;Winter Daydreams,&quot; but it is now
+known as the First Symphony, Op. 13. About the end of 1866, he started out
+with it, only to be again rebuffed and cast down. The two men whose good
+opinion he most desired, Anton Rubinstein and Professor Zaremba, could find
+nothing good in his latest work, and the young composer returned to Moscow
+to console himself with renewed efforts in composition. Two years later the
+&quot;Winter Daydreams&quot; Symphony was produced in Moscow with great success,
+and its author was much encouraged by this appreciation. He was, like
+most composers, very sensitive to criticism and had a perfect dread of
+controversy. Efforts to engage him in arguments of this sort only made him
+withdraw into himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+Tschaikowsky held the operas of Mozart before him as his ideal. He cared
+little for Wagner, considering his music dramas to be built on false
+principles. Thus his first opera, &quot;Voivoda,&quot; composed in 1866, evidently
+had his ideal, Mozart, clearly in mind. It is a somewhat curious fact that
+Tschaikowsky, who was almost revolutionary in other forms of music, should
+go back to the eighteenth century for his ideal of opera. Soon after it
+was completed &quot;Voivoda&quot; was accepted to be produced at the Moscow Grand
+Theater. The libretto was written by Ostrowsky, one of the celebrated
+dramatists of the day. The first performance took place on January 30,
+1869. We are told it had several performances and considerable popular
+success. But the composer was dissatisfied with its failure to win a great
+artistic success, and burnt the score. He did the same with his next work,
+an orchestral fantaisie, entitled &quot;Fatum.&quot; Again he did the same with the
+score of a complete opera, &quot;Undine,&quot; finished in 1870, and refused at the
+St. Petersburg Opera, where he had offered it.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;The Snow Queen,&quot; a fairy play with music, was the young Russian's next
+adventure; it was mounted and produced with great care, yet it failed to
+make a favorable impression. But these disappointments did not dampen the
+composer's ardor for work. Now it was in the realm of chamber music. Up to
+this time he had not seemed to care greatly for this branch of his art, for
+he had always felt the lack of tone coloring and variety in the strings.
+The first attempt at a String Quartet resulted in the one in D major,
+Op. 11. To-day, fifty years after, we enjoy the rich coloring, the
+characteristic rhythms of this music; the Andante indeed makes special
+appeal. A bit of history about this same Andante shows how the composer
+prized national themes and folk tunes, and strove to secure them. It
+is said that morning after morning he was awakened by the singing of a
+laborer, working on the house below his window. The song had a haunting
+lilt, and Tschaikowsky wrote it down. The melody afterwards became that
+touching air which fills the Andante of the First String Quartet. Another
+String Quartet, in F major, was written in 1814, and at once acclaimed by
+all who heard it, with the single exception of Anton Rubinstein.
+</p>
+<p>
+Tschaikowsky wrote six Symphonies in all. The Second, in C minor was
+composed in 1873; in this he used themes in the first and last movements,
+which were gathered in Little Russia. The work was produced with great
+success in Moscow in 1873. The next orchestral composition was a Symphonic
+Poem, called &quot;The Tempest,&quot; with a regular program, prepared by Stassow. It
+was brought out in Paris at the same time it was heard in Moscow. Both
+at home and in France it made a deep impression. The next work was the
+splendid piano Concerto in B flat minor, Op. 23, the first of three works
+of this kind. At a trial performance of it, his friend and former master,
+Nicholas Rubinstein, to whom it was dedicated, and who had promised to play
+the piano part, began to criticize it unmercifully and ended by saying it
+was quite unplayable, and unsuited to the piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+No one could blame the composer for being offended and hurt. He at once
+erased the name of Nicholas Rubinstein from the title page and dedicated
+the work to Hans von Billow, who not long after performed it with
+tremendous success in America, where he was on tour. When we think of all
+the pianists who have won acclaim in this temperamental, inspiring work,
+from Carreno to Percy Grainger, to mention two who have aroused special
+enthusiasm by their thrilling performance of it, we can but wonder that his
+own countrymen were so short sighted at the time it was composed. Later on
+Nicholas Rubinstein gave a superb performance of the Concerto in Moscow,
+thus making some tardy amends for his unkindness.
+</p>
+<p>
+Tschaikowsky was now thirty-five. Most of his time was given to the
+Conservatoire, where he often worked nine hours a day. Besides, he had
+written a book on harmony, and was contributing articles on music to two
+journals. In composition he had produced large works, including up to this
+time, two Symphonies, two Operas, the Concerto, two String Quartets and
+numerous smaller pieces. To accomplish such an amount of work, he must have
+possessed immense energy and devotion to his ideals.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of the operas just mentioned was entitled &quot;Vakoula the Smith.&quot; It bears
+the date of 1874, and was first offered in competition with others. The
+result was that it not only was considered much the best work of them
+all but it won both the first and second prizes. &quot;Vakoula&quot; was splendidly
+mounted and performed in St. Petersburg, at the Marinsky Theater at least
+seventeen times. Ten years later, in January 1887, it appeared again. The
+composer meanwhile had re-written a good part of it and now called it &quot;Two
+Little Shoes.&quot; This time Tschaikowsky was invited to conduct his own work.
+The invitation filled him with alarm, for he felt he had no gift in that
+direction, as he had tried a couple of times in the early years of his
+career and had utterly failed. However, he now, through the cordial
+sympathy of friends, decided to make the attempt. Contrary to his own
+fears, he obtained a successful performance of the opera.
+</p>
+<p>
+It proved an epoch-making occasion. For this first success as conductor led
+him to undertake a three months' tour through western Europe in 1888. On
+his return to St. Petersburg he conducted a program of his own compositions
+for the Philharmonic Society, which was also successful, in spite of the
+intense nervousness which he always suffered. As a result of his concert he
+received offers to conduct concerts in Hamburg, Dresden, Leipsic, Vienna,
+Copenhagen and London, many of which he accepted.
+</p>
+<p>
+To go back a bit in our composer's life story, to an affair of the heart
+which he experienced in 1868. He became engaged to the well-known singer
+D&eacute;sir&eacute;e Art&ocirc;t; the affair never went further, for what reason is not known.
+He was not yet thirty, impressionable and intense. Later on, in the
+year 1877, at the age of thirty-seven, he became a married man. How this
+happened was doubtless told in his diaries, which were written with great
+regularity: but unfortunately he destroyed them all a few years before his
+death. The few facts that have been gleaned from his intimate friend, M.
+Kashkin, are that he was engaged to the lady in the spring of this year,
+and married her a month or so afterward. It was evidently a hasty affair
+and subsequently brought untold suffering to the composer. When the
+professors of his Conservatoire re-assembled in the autumn, Tschaikowsky
+appeared among them a married man, but looking the picture of despair.
+A few weeks later he fled from Moscow, and when next heard of was
+lying dangerously ill in St. Petersburg. One thing was evident, the
+ill-considered marriage came very near ruining his life. The doctors
+ordered rest and change of scene, and his brother Modeste Ilyitch took
+him to Switzerland and afterward to Italy. The peaceful life and change of
+scene did much to restore his shattered nerves. Just at this time a wealthy
+widow lady, Madame von Meek, a great admirer of Tschaikowsky's music,
+learning of his sad condition, settled on him a generous yearly allowance
+for life. He was now independent and could give his time to composition.
+</p>
+<p>
+The following year he returned to Moscow and seemed quite his natural self.
+A fever of energy for work took possession of him. He began a new opera,
+&quot;Eugen On&eacute;gin,&quot; and completed his Fourth Symphony, in F minor. The score of
+the opera was finished in February, 1878, and sent at once to Moscow, where
+the first performance was given in March 1879. In the beginning the opera
+had only a moderate success, but gradually grew in favor till, after five
+years, it was performed in St. Petersburg and had an excellent reception.
+It is considered Tschaikowsky's most successful opera, sharing with
+Glinka's &quot;Life of the Tsar&quot; the popularity of Russian opera. In 1881 he was
+invited to compose an orchestral work for the consecration of the Temple
+of Christ in Moscow. The &quot;Solemn Overture 1812,&quot; Op. 49, was the outcome of
+this. Later in the year he completed the Second Piano Concerto. The Piano
+Trio in A minor, &quot;To the memory of a great artist,&quot; Op. 50, refers to his
+friend and former master, Nicholas Rubinstein, who passed away in Paris, in
+1881.
+</p>
+<p>
+Tschaikowsky's opera, &quot;Mazeppa,&quot; was his next important work. In the same
+year the Second Orchestral Suite, Op. 53, and the Third, Op. 55, followed.
+Two Symphonic Poems, &quot;Manfred&quot; and &quot;Hamlet&quot; came next. The latter of these
+was written at the composer's country house, whose purchase had been made
+possible by the generosity of his benefactress, and to which he retired at
+the age of forty-five, to lead a peaceful country life. He had purchased
+the old manor house of Frovolo, on the outskirts of the town of Klin, near
+Moscow. Here his two beautiful ballets and two greatest Symphonies, the
+Fifth and Sixth, were written. The Fifth Symphony was composed in 1888 and
+published the next year. On its first hearing it made little impression and
+was scarcely heard again till Nikisch, with unerring judgment, rescued
+it from neglect; then the world discovered it to be one of the composer's
+greatest works.
+</p>
+<p>
+Tschaikowsky's two last operas, the &quot;Pique Dame&quot; (Queen of Spades), Op.
+68, and &quot;King Rene's Daughter&quot; are not considered in any way distinctive,
+although the former was performed in New York, at the Metropolitan. The
+Third Piano Concerto, Op. 75, occupied the master during his last days at
+Frovolo; it was left unfinished by him and was completed by the composer
+Taneiev. The wonderful Sixth Symphony, Op. 74, is a superb example of
+Tschaikowsky's genius. It was composed in 1893, and the title &quot;Pathetic&quot;
+was given it by the composer after its first performance, in St.
+Petersburg, shortly before his death, as the reception of it by the public
+did not meet his anticipations. In this work the passion and despair which
+fill so many of the master's finest compositions, rise to the highest
+tragic significance. The last movement, with its prophetic intimation of
+his coming death, is heart-breaking. One cannot listen to its poignant
+phrases without deep emotion. The score is dated August 81, 1893. On
+October twelfth, Tschaikowsky passed away in St. Petersburg, a victim of
+cholera.
+</p>
+<p>
+A couple of years before he passed away, Tschiakowsky came to America. In
+May, 1891, he conducted four concerts connected with the formal opening of
+Carnegie Hall, New York. We well remember his interesting personality, as
+he stood before the orchestra, conducting many of his own works, with Adele
+Aus der Ohe playing his famous Concerto in B flat minor.
+</p>
+<p>
+The music of this representative Russian composer has made rapid headway
+in the world's appreciation, during the last few years. Once heard it will
+always be remembered. For we can never forget the deeply human and
+touching message which is brought to us through the music of Peter Ilyitch
+Tschaikowsky.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_21"><!-- RULE4 21 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XXI<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+EDWARD MACDOWELL
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+Edward MacDowell has been acclaimed America's greatest composer. If we try
+to substitute another name in its place, one of equal potency cannot be
+found.
+</p>
+<p>
+Our composer's ancestors were Irish and Scotch, though his father was born
+in New York City and his mother was an American girl. Edward was their
+third son, and appeared December 18, 1861; this event happened at the home
+of his parents, 220 Clinton Street, New York.
+</p>
+<p>
+The father was a man of artistic instincts, and as a youth, fond of drawing
+and painting. His parents had been Quakers of a rather severe sort and
+had discouraged all such artistic efforts. Little Edward seems to have
+inherited his father's artistic gifts, added to his own inclination toward
+music.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy had his first piano lessons when he was about eight years old, from
+a family friend, Mr. Juan Buitrago, a native of Bogota, South America. Mr.
+Buitrago became greatly interested in Edward and asked permission to teach
+him his notes. At that time the boy was not considered a prodigy, or even
+precocious, though he seemed to have various gifts. He was fond of covering
+his music and exercise books with little drawings, which showed he had the
+innate skill of a born artist. Then he liked to scribble bits of verses
+and stories and invent fairy tales. He could improvise little themes at the
+piano, but was not fond of technical drudgery at the instrument in those
+early days.
+</p>
+<p>
+The lessons with Mr. Buitrago continued for several years, and then he
+was taken to a professional piano teacher, Paul Desvernine, with whom
+he remained till he was fifteen. During this time he received occasional
+lessons from the brilliant Venezuelan pianist, Teresa Carre&ntilde;o, who admired
+his gifts and later played his piano concertos.
+</p>
+<p>
+Edward was now fifteen, and his family considered he was to become a
+musician. In those days and for long after, even to the present moment, it
+was thought necessary for Americans to go to Europe for serious study and
+artistic finish. It was therefore determined the boy should go to Paris
+for a course in piano and theory at the Conservatoire. In April, 1876,
+accompanied by his mother, he left America for France.
+</p>
+<p>
+He passed the examinations and began the autumn term as a pupil of
+Marmontel in piano and of Savard in theory and composition.
+</p>
+<p>
+Edward's knowledge of French was very uncertain, and while he could get
+along fairly well in the piano class, he had considerable trouble in
+following the lessons in theory. He determined to make a special study of
+the language, and a teacher was engaged to give him private lessons.
+</p>
+<p>
+His passion for drawing was liable to break out at any moment. During one
+of the lesson hours he was varying the monotony by drawing, behind his
+book, a picture of his teacher, whose special facial characteristic was a
+very large nose. Just as the sketch was finished he was detected and was
+asked to show the result. The professor, instead of being angry, considered
+it a remarkable likeness and asked to keep it. Shortly after this the
+professor called on Mrs. MacDowell, telling her he had shown the drawing
+to an eminent painter, also an instructor at the &eacute;cole des Beaux Arts. The
+painter had been so greatly impressed with the boy's talent that he offered
+him a three years' course of free instruction, under his own supervision.
+He also promised to be responsible for Edward's support during that time.
+</p>
+<p>
+This was a vital question to decide; the boy's whole future hung in the
+balance. Mrs. MacDowell, in her perplexity, laid the whole matter before
+Marmontel, who strongly advised against diverting her son from a musical
+career. The decision was finally left to Edward himself, and he chose to
+remain at the Conservatoire.
+</p>
+<p>
+Conditions there, however, were not just to his liking, and after two years
+he began to think the school was not the place for him. It was the summer
+of 1878, the year of the Exposition. Edward and his mother attended a
+festival concert and heard Nicholas Rubinstein play the Tschaikowsky B flat
+minor piano Concerto. His performance was a revelation. &quot;I can never learn
+to play the piano like that if I stay here,&quot; exclaimed Edward, as they left
+the hall.
+</p>
+<p>
+They began to consider the merits of the different European schools of
+music, and finally chose Stuttgart. Mrs. MacDowell and her son went there
+in November hoping that in this famous Conservatory could be found the
+right kind of instruction.
+</p>
+<p>
+But alas, MacDowell soon found out his mistake. He discovered that he would
+have to unlearn all he had acquired and begin from the beginning. And even
+then the instruction was not very thorough.
+</p>
+<p>
+They now thought of Frankfort, where the composer Joachim Raff was the
+director and Carl Heymann, a very brilliant pianist, was one of the
+instructors.
+</p>
+<p>
+After months of delay, during which young MacDowell worked under the
+guidance of Ehlert, he at last entered the Frankfort Conservatory, studying
+composition with Raff, and piano with Heymann. Both proved very inspiring
+teachers. For Heymann he had the greatest admiration, calling him a marvel,
+whose technic was equal to anything. &quot;In hearing him practise and play, I
+learned more in a week than I ever knew before.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Edward MacDowell remained in close study at the Frankfort Conservatory for
+two years, his mother having in the meantime returned to America. He
+had hoped to obtain a place as professor on the teaching staff of the
+institution. Failing to do this he took private pupils. One of these, Miss
+Marian Nevins, he afterwards married. He must have been a rather striking
+looking youth at this time. He was nineteen. Tall and vigorous, with blue
+eyes, fair skin, rosy cheeks, very dark hair and reddish mustache, he was
+called &quot;the handsome American.&quot; He seemed from the start, to have success
+in teaching, though he was painfully shy, and always remained so.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1881, when he was twenty, he applied for the position of head piano
+teacher in the Darmstadt Conservatory, and was accepted. It meant forty
+hours a week of drudgery, and as he preferred to live in Frankfort, he made
+the trip each day between the two towns. Besides this he went once a week
+to a castle about three hours away, and taught some little counts and
+countesses, really dull and sleepy children, who cared but little if
+anything for music. However the twelve hours spent in the train each week,
+were not lost, as he composed the greater part of his Second Modern Suite
+for piano, Op. 14; the First Modern Suite had been written in Frankfort
+the year before. He was reading at this period a great deal of poetry, both
+German and English, and delving into the folk and fairy lore of romantic
+Germany. All these imaginative studies exerted great influence on his
+subsequent compositions, both as to subject and content.
+</p>
+<p>
+MacDowell found that the confining labors at Darmstadt were telling on his
+strength, so he gave up the position and remained in Frankfort, dividing
+his time between private teaching and composing. He hoped to secure a few
+paying concert engagements, as those he had already filled had brought in
+no money.
+</p>
+<p>
+One day, as he sat dreaming before his piano, some one knocked at the door,
+and the next instant in walked his master Raff, of whom the young American
+stood in great awe. In the course of a few moments, Raff suddenly asked
+what he had been writing. In his confusion the boy stammered he had been
+working on a concerto. When Raff started to go, he turned back and told
+the boy to bring the concerto to him the next Sunday. As even the first
+movement was not finished, its author set to work with vigor. When Sunday
+came only the first movement was ready. Postponing the visit a week or two,
+he had time to complete the work, which stands today, as he wrote it then,
+with scarcely a correction.
+</p>
+<p>
+At Raff's suggestion, MacDowell visited Liszt in the spring of 1882. The
+dreaded encounter with the master proved to be a delightful surprise, as
+Liszt treated him with much kindness and courtesy. Eugen D'Albert, who was
+present, was asked to accompany the orchestral part of the concerto on
+a second piano. Liszt commended the work in warm terms: &quot;You must bestir
+yourself,&quot; he warned D'Albert, &quot;if you do not wish to be outdone by
+our young American.&quot; Liszt praised his piano playing too, and MacDowell
+returned to Frankfort in a happy frame of mind.
+</p>
+<p>
+At a music Convention, held that year in Zurich, in July, MacDowell played
+his First Piano Suite, and won a good success. The following year, upon
+Liszt's recommendation, both the First and Second Modern Suites were
+brought out by Breitkopf and Haertel. &quot;Your two Piano Suites are
+admirable,&quot; wrote Liszt from Budapest, in February, 1883, &quot;and I accept
+with sincere pleasure and thanks the dedication of your piano Concerto.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The passing of Raff, on June 25, 1882, was a severe blow to MacDowell. It
+was in memory of his revered teacher that he composed the &quot;Sonata Tragica,&quot;
+the first of the four great sonatas he has left us. The slow movement of
+this Sonata especially embodies his sorrow at the loss of the teacher who
+once said to him: &quot;Your music will be played when mine is forgotten.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+For the next two years MacDowell did much composing. Then in June 1884
+he returned to America, and in July was married to his former pupil, Miss
+Marian Nevins, a union which proved to be ideal for both. Shortly after
+this event the young couple returned to Europe.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next winter was spent in Frankfort, instructing a few private pupils,
+but mostly in composing, with much reading of the literature of various
+countries, and, in the spring, with long walks in the beautiful woods about
+Frankfort. Wiesbaden became their home during the winter of 1885-6. The
+same year saw the completion of the second. Piano Concerto, in D minor.
+</p>
+<p>
+In the spring of 1887, MacDowell, in one of his walks about the town,
+discovered a deserted cottage on the edge of the woods. It overlooked the
+town, with the Rhine beyond, and woods on the other side of the river.
+Templeton Strong, an American composer, was with him at the time, and both
+thought the little cottage an ideal spot for a home. It was soon purchased,
+and the young husband and wife lived an idyllic life for the next year.
+A small garden gave them exercise out of doors, the woods were always
+enticing and best of all, MacDowell was able to give his entire time to
+composition. Many beautiful songs and piano pieces were the result, besides
+the symphonic poem &quot;Lamia,&quot; &quot;Hamlet and Ophelia,&quot; the &quot;Lovely Aida,&quot;
+&quot;Lancelot and Elaine,&quot; and other orchestral works.
+</p>
+<p>
+In September, 1888, the MacDowells sold their Wiesbaden cottage and
+returned to America, settling in Boston. Here MacDowell made himself felt
+as a pianist and teacher. He took many pupils, and made a conspicuous
+number of public appearances. He also created some of his best work, among
+which were the two great Sonatas, the &quot;Tragica&quot; and &quot;Eroica.&quot; One of the
+important appearances was his playing of the Second Concerto with the
+Philharmonic Orchestra of New York, under Anton Seidl, in December, 1894.
+</p>
+<p>
+In the spring of 1896 a Department of Music was founded at Columbia
+University, of New York, the professorship of which was offered to
+MacDowell. He had now been living eight years in Boston; his fame as a
+pianist and teacher was constantly growing; indeed more pupils came to him
+than he could accept. The prospect of organizing a new department from the
+very beginning was a difficult task to undertake. At first he hesitated;
+he was in truth in no hurry to accept the offer, and wished to weigh both
+sides carefully. But the idea of having an assured income finally caused
+him to decide in favor of Columbia, and he moved from Boston to New York
+the following autumn.
+</p>
+<p>
+He threw himself into this new work with great ardor and entire devotion.
+With the founding of the department there were two distinct ideas to be
+carried out. First, to train musicians who would be able to teach and
+compose. Second, to teach musical history and aesthetics.
+</p>
+<p>
+All this involved five courses, with many lectures each week, taking up
+form, harmony, counterpoint, fugue, composition, vocal and instrumental
+music, both from the technical and interpretative side. It was a tremendous
+labor to organize and keep all this going, unaided. After two years he was
+granted an assistant, who took over the elementary classes. But even with
+this help, MacDowell's labors were increasingly arduous. He now had six
+courses instead of five, which meant more classes and lectures each week.
+Perhaps the most severe drain on his time and strength was the continual
+correction of exercise books and examination papers, a task which he
+performed with great patience and thoroughness. Added to all this, he
+devoted every Sunday morning to his advanced students, giving them help and
+advice in their piano work and in composition.
+</p>
+<p>
+Amid all this labor his public playing had to be given up, but composition
+went steadily on. During the eight years of the Columbia professorship,
+some of the most important works of his life were produced; among them
+were, Sea Pieces the two later Sonatas, the Norse and the Keltic, Fireside
+Tales, and New England Idyls. The Woodland Sketches had already been
+published and some of his finest songs. Indeed nearly one quarter of all
+his compositions were the fruit of those eight years while he held the post
+at Columbia.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1896 he bought some property near Peterboro, New Hampshire&mdash;fifteen
+acres with a small farmhouse and other buildings, and fifty acres of
+forest. The buildings were remodeled into a rambling but comfortable
+dwelling, and here, amid woods and hills he loved, he spent the summer of
+each year. He built a little log cabin in the woods near by, and here he
+wrote some of his best music.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1904 MacDowell left Columbia, but continued his private piano classes,
+and sometimes admitted free such students as were unable to pay. After his
+arduous labors at Columbia, which had been a great drain on his vitality,
+he should have had a complete rest and change. Had he done so, the collapse
+which was imminent might have been averted. But he took no rest though
+in the spring of 1905 he began to show signs of nervous breakdown. The
+following summer was spent, as usual, in Peterboro but it seemed to bring
+no relief to the exhausted composer. In the fall of that year his ailment
+appeared worse. Although he seemed perfectly well in body, his mind
+gradually became like that of a child. The writer was privileged to see him
+on one occasion, and retains an ineffaceable memory of the composer in his
+white flannels, seated in a large easy chair, taking little notice of what
+was passing about him, seldom recognizing his friends or visitors, but
+giving the hand of his devoted wife a devoted squeeze when she moved to his
+side to speak to him.
+</p>
+<p>
+This state continued for over two years, until his final release,
+January 23, 1908, as he had just entered his forty-seventh year. The old
+Westminster Hotel had been the MacDowell home through the long illness.
+From here is but a step to St. George's Episcopal Church, where a simple
+service was held. On the following day the composer was taken to Peterboro,
+his summer home, a spot destined to play its part, due to the untiring
+efforts of Mrs. MacDowell, in the development of music in America.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Gilman tells us:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;His grave is on an open hill-top, commanding one of the spacious and
+beautiful views he had loved. On a bronze tablet are these lines of his
+own, used as a motto for his 'From a Log Cabin,' the last music he ever
+wrote:
+</p>
+<pre>
+ 'A house of dreams untold
+ It looks out over the whispering tree-tops
+ And faces the setting sun.'&quot;
+</pre>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_22"><!-- RULE4 22 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XXII<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+CLAUDE ACHILLE DEBUSSY
+</h3></div>
+
+<pre>
+ &quot;<i>I love music too much to speak of it otherwise than
+ passionately</i>.&quot;
+</pre>
+<div align="center">DEBUSSY</div>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<pre>
+ &quot;<i>Art is always progressive; it cannot return to the past, which
+ is definitely dead. Only imbeciles and cowards look backward.
+ Then&mdash;Let us work</i>!&quot;
+</pre>
+<div align="center">DEBUSSY</div>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p>
+It is difficult to learn anything of the boyhood and youth of this rare
+French composer. Even his young manhood and later life were so guarded and
+secluded that few outside his intimate circle knew much of the man, except
+as mirrored in his music. After all that is just as the composer wished,
+to be known through his compositions, for in them he revealed himself. They
+are transparent reflections of his character, his aims and ideals.
+</p>
+<p>
+Only the barest facts of his early life can be told. We know that he was
+born at Saint Germain-en-Laye, France, August 22, 1862. From the very
+beginning he seemed precociously gifted in music, and began at a very early
+age to study the piano. His first lessons on the instrument were received
+from Mme. de Sivry, a former pupil of Chopin. At ten he entered the Paris
+Conservatoire, obtaining his Solf&egrave;ge medals in 1874, '75, and '76, under
+Lavignac; a second prize for piano playing from Marmontel in 1877, a first
+prize for accompanying in 1880; an accessory prize for counterpoint and
+fugue in 1882, and finally the Grande Prix de Rome, with his cantata,
+&quot;L'Enfant Prodigue,&quot; in 1884, as a pupil of Guirand.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus in twelve years, or at the age of twenty-two, the young musician was
+thoroughly furnished for a career. He had worked through carefully, from
+the beginning to the top, with thoroughness and completeness, gaining his
+honors, slowly, step by step. All this painstaking care, this overcoming
+of the technical difficulties of his art, is what gave him such complete
+command and freedom in using the medium of tone and harmony, in his unique
+manner.
+</p>
+<p>
+While at work in Paris, young Debussy made an occasional side trip to
+another country. In 1879 he visited Russia, where he learned to know the
+music of that land, yet undreamed of by the western artists. When his turn
+came to go to Rome, for which honor he secured the prize, he sent home the
+required compositions, a Symphonic Suite &quot;Spring,&quot; and a lyric poem for a
+woman's voice, with chorus and orchestra, entitled &quot;La Demoiselle Elue.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+From the first Claude Debussy showed himself a rare spirit, who looked at
+the subject of musical art from a different angle than others had done.
+For one thing he must have loved nature with whole souled devotion, for he
+sought to reflect her moods and inspirations in his compositions. Once he
+said: &quot;I prefer to hear a few notes from an Egyptian shepherd's flute,
+for he is in accord with his scenery and hears harmonies unknown to your
+treatises. Musicians too seldom turn to the music inscribed in nature. It
+would benefit them more to watch a sunrise than to listen to a performance
+of the Pastorale Symphony. Go not to others for advice but take counsel of
+the passing breezes, which relate the history of the world to those who can
+listen.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Again he says, in a way that shows what delight he feels in beauty that is
+spontaneous and natural:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I lingered late one autumn evening in the country, irresistibly fascinated
+by the magic of old world forests. From yellowing leaves, fluttering
+earthward, celebrating the glorious agony of the trees, from the clangorous
+angelus bidding the fields to slumber, rose a sweet persuasive voice,
+counseling perfect oblivion. The sun was setting solitary. Beasts and men
+turned peacefully homeward, having accomplished their impersonal tasks.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+When as a youth Debussy was serving with his regiment in France, he relates
+of the delight he experienced in listening to the tones of the bugles and
+bells. The former sounded over the camp for the various military duties;
+the latter belonged to a neighboring convent and rang out daily for
+services. The resonance of the bugles and the far-reaching vibrations of
+the bells, with their overtones and harmonics, were specially noted by the
+young musician, and used by him later in his music. It is a well-known fact
+that every tone or sound is accompanied by a whole series of other sounds;
+they are the vibrations resulting from the fundamental tone. If the tone C
+is played in the lower octave of the piano, no less than sixteen overtones
+vibrate with it. A few of these are audible to the ordinary listener, but
+very keen ears will hear more of them. In Claude Debussy's compositions,
+his system of harmony and tonality is intimately connected with these laws
+of natural harmonics. His chords, for instance, are remarkable for their
+shifting, vapory quality; they seem to be on the border land between major
+and minor&mdash;consonance and dissonance; again they often appear to float in
+the air, without any resolution whatever. It was a new aspect of music,
+a new style of chord progression. At the same time the young composer was
+well versed in old and ancient music; he knew all the old scales, eight
+in number, and used them in his compositions with compelling charm.
+The influence of the old Gregorian chant has given his music a certain
+fluidity, free rhythm, a refinement, richness and variety peculiarly its
+own.
+</p>
+<p>
+We can trace impressions of early life in Debussy's music, through his
+employment of the old modes, the bell sounds which were familiar to his
+boyhood, and also circumstances connected with his later life. As a student
+in Rome, he threw himself into the study of the music of Russian composers,
+especially that of Moussorgsky; marks of the Oriental coloring derived from
+these masters appear in his own later music. When he returned to Paris for
+good, he reflected in music the atmosphere of his environment. By interest
+and temperament he was in sympathy with the impressionistic school in art,
+whether it be in painting, literature or in music. In Debussy's music the
+qualities of impressionism and symbolism are very prominent. He employs
+sounds as though they were colors, and blends them in such a way as
+literally to paint a picture in tones, through a series of shaded,
+many-hued chord progressions. Fluid, flexible, vivid, these beautiful
+harmonies, seemingly woven of refracted rays of light, merge into shadowy
+melody, and free, flowing rhythm.
+</p>
+<p>
+What we first hear in Debussy's music, is the strangeness of the harmony,
+the use of certain scales, not so much new as unfamiliar. Also the
+employment of sequences of fifths or seconds. He often takes his subjects
+from nature, but in this case seems to prefer a sky less blue and a
+landscape more atmospheric than those of Italy, more like his native
+France. His music, when known sufficiently, will reveal a sense of
+proportion, balance and the most exquisite taste. It may lack strength
+at times, it may lack outbursts of passion and intensity, but it is the
+perfection of refinement.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Ernest Newman, in writing of Debussy, warmly praises the delightful
+naturalness of his early compositions. &quot;One would feel justified in
+building the highest hopes on the young genius who can manipulate so easily
+the beautiful shapes his imagination conjures up.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The work of the early period shows Debussy developing freely and naturally.
+The independence of his thinking is unmistakable, but it does not run
+into wilfulness. There is no violent break with the past, but simply
+the quickening of certain French qualities by the infusion of a new
+personality. It seemed as if a new and charming miniaturist had appeared,
+who was doing both for piano and song what had never been done before.
+The style of the two Arabesques and the more successful of the Ariettes
+oubli&eacute;es is perfect. A liberator seemed to have come into music, to take
+up, half a century later, the work of Chopin&mdash;the work of redeeming the art
+from the excessive objectivity of German thought, of giving it not only
+a new soul but a new body, swift, lithe and graceful. And that this
+exquisitely clear, pellucid style could be made to carry out not only
+gaiety and whimsicality but emotion of a deeper sort, is proved by the
+lovely &quot;Clair de Lune.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Among Debussy's best known compositions are &quot;The Afternoon of a Faun,&quot;
+composed in 1894 and called his most perfect piece for orchestra, which he
+never afterward surpassed. There are also Three Nocturnes for orchestra.
+In piano music, as we have briefly shown, he created a new school for
+the player. All the way from the two Arabesques just mentioned, through
+&quot;Gardens in the Rain,&quot; &quot;The Shadowy Cathedral,&quot; &quot;A Night in Granada,&quot; &quot;The
+Girl with Blond Hair,&quot; up to the two books of remarkable Preludes, it is a
+new world of exotic melody and harmony to which he leads the way. &quot;Art must
+be hidden by art,&quot; said Rameau, long ago, and this is eminently true in
+Debussy's music.
+</p>
+<p>
+Debussy composed several works for the stage, one of which was &quot;Martyrdom
+of Saint Sebastien,&quot; but his &quot;P&eacute;lleas and M&eacute;lisande&quot; is the one supreme
+achievement in the lyric drama. As one of his critics writes: &quot;The reading
+of the score of 'P&eacute;lleas and M&eacute;lisande' remains for me one of the most
+marvelous lessons in French art: it would be impossible for him to
+express more with greater restraint of means.&quot; The music, which seems
+so complicated, is in reality very simple. It sounds so shadowy and
+impalpable, but it is really built up with as sure control as the most
+classic work. It is indeed music which appeals to refined and sensitive
+temperaments.
+</p>
+<p>
+This mystical opera was produced in Paris, at the Op&eacute;ra Comique, in April,
+1902, and at once made a sensation. It had any number of performances and
+still continues as one of the high lights of the French stage. Its fame
+soon reached America, and the first performance was given in New York in
+1907, with a notable cast of singing actors, among whom Mary Garden, as the
+heroine gave an unforgettable, poetic interpretation.
+</p>
+<p>
+Many songs have been left us by this unique composer. He was especially
+fond of poetry and steeped himself in the verse of Verlaine, Villon,
+Baudelaire and Mallarm&eacute;. He chose the most unexpected, the most subtle,
+and wedded it to sounds which invariably expressed the full meaning. He
+breathed the breath of life into these vague, shadowy poems, just as he
+made Maeterlinck's &quot;P&eacute;lleas&quot; live again.
+</p>
+<p>
+As the years passed, Claude Debussy won more and more distinction as a
+unique composer, but also gained the reputation of being a very unsociable
+man. Physically it has been said that in his youth he seemed like an
+Assyrian Prince; through life he retained his somewhat Asiatic appearance.
+His eyes were slightly narrowed, his black hair curled lightly over an
+extremely broad forehead. He spoke little and often in brusque phrase. For
+this reason he was frequently misunderstood, as the irony and sarcasm with
+which he sometimes spoke did not tend to make friends. But this attitude
+was only turned toward those who did not comprehend him and his ideals, or
+who endeavored to falsify what he believed in and esteemed.
+</p>
+<p>
+A friend of the artist writes:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I met Claude Debussy for the first time in 1906. Living myself in a
+provincial town, I had for several years known and greatly admired some
+of the songs and the opera, 'P&eacute;lleas and M&eacute;lisande,' and I made each of
+my short visits to Paris an opportunity of improving my acquaintance with
+these works. A young composer, Andr&eacute; Caplet, with whom I had long been
+intimate, proposed to introduce me to Debussy; but the rumors I had heard
+about the composer's preferred seclusion always made me refuse in spite
+of my great desire to know him. I now had a desire to express the feelings
+awakened in me, and to communicate to others, by means of articles and
+lectures, my admiration for, and my belief in, the composer and his work.
+The result was that one day, in 1906, Debussy let me know through a friend,
+that he would like to see me. From that day began our friendship.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Later the same friend wrote:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Debussy was invited to appear at Queen's Hall with the London Symphony
+Orchestra, on February 1, 1908, to conduct his 'Afternoon of a Faun,' and
+'The Sea.' The ovation he received from the English public was exceptional.
+I can still see him in the lobby, shaking hands with friends after the
+concert, trying to hide his emotion, and saying repeatedly: 'How nice they
+are&mdash;how nice they are!'&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+He went again the next year to London, but the state of his health
+prevented his going anywhere else. For a malady, which finally proved
+fatal, seemed to attack the composer when in his prime, and eventually
+put an end to his work. We cannot guess what other art works he might have
+created. But there must be some that have not yet seen the light. It is
+known that he was wont to keep a composition for some time in his desk,
+correcting and letting it ripen, until he felt it was ready to be brought
+out.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of his cherished dreams had been to compose a &quot;Tristan.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The characters of Tristan and Iseult are primarily taken from a French
+legend. Debussy felt the story was a French heritage and should be restored
+to its original atmosphere and idea. This it was his ardent desire to
+accomplish.
+</p>
+<p>
+Debussy passed away March 26, 1918.
+</p>
+<p>
+Since his desire to create a Tristan has been made impossible, let us
+cherish the rich heritage of piano, song and orchestral works, which this
+original French artist and thinker has left behind, to benefit art and his
+fellow man.
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_23"><!-- RULE4 23 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XXIII<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+ARTURO TOSCANINI
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+The sharp rap of Arturo Toscanini's baton that cuts the ear like a whiplash
+brought the rehearsal of the NBC Symphony Orchestra to a sudden, shocking
+stop. Overtones from chords of Wagner's &quot;Faust Overture,&quot; killed in
+mid-career, vibrated through the throat-gripping silence.
+</p>
+<p>
+The men stared at their music, bowed their heads a little in anticipation
+of the storm. &quot;Play that again,&quot; the Maestro commanded William Bell, the
+bass tuba player, who had just finished a solo. On Mr. Bell's face there
+was an expression of mixed worry and wonderment. Mr. Toscanini noticed the
+troubled anxious look.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;No, no, no,&quot; he said, with that childlike smile of his that suffuses his
+whole face with an irresistible light. &quot;There is nothing wrong. Play it
+again; please, play it again, just for me. It is so beautiful. I have never
+heard these solo passages played with such a lovely tone.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+There you have a side of Mr. Toscanini that the boys have forgotten to tell
+you about. For years newspaper and magazine writers (in the last couple of
+seasons the Maestro has even &quot;made&quot; the Broadway columns!) have doled out
+anecdotes concerning his terrible temper.
+</p>
+<p>
+From these stories there emerged a demoniacal little man with the tantrums
+of a dozen prima donnas, a temperamental tyrant who, at the dropping of a
+stitch in the orchestral knitting, tore his hair, screamed at the top of
+his inexhaustible Latin lungs, doused his trembling players with streams of
+blistering invective.
+</p>
+<p>
+That's how you learned that, to the king of conductors, a musician playing
+an acid note is a &quot;shoemaker,&quot; a &quot;swine,&quot; an &quot;assassin&quot; or even something
+completely unprintable.
+</p>
+<p>
+So far as they went the stories were true. Mr. Toscanini, as all the world
+knows by now, is the world's No. 1 musical purist. Nothing but perfection
+satisfies him. He hates compromise, loathes the half-baked and mediocre,
+refuses to put up with &quot;something almost as good.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+As Stefan Zweig puts it: &quot;In vain will you remind him that the perfect, the
+absolute, are rarely attainable in this world; that, even to the sublimest
+will, no more is possible than an approach to perfection.... His glorious
+unwisdom makes it impossible to recognize this wise dispensation.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+His rages, then, are the spasms of pain of a perfectionist wounded by
+imperfection. It was his glorious unwisdom that caused him, at a rehearsal
+not long ago, to fling a platinum watch to the floor, where, of course, it
+was smashed into fragments.
+</p>
+<p>
+In the shadows of the studio that afternoon lurked John F. Royal, program
+director of NBC. Next day he presented the Maestro with two $1 watches,
+both inscribed, &quot;For Rehearsals Only.&quot; Mr. Toscanini was so amused that he
+forgot to get angry with Mr. Royal for breaking the grimly enforced rule
+barring all but orchestra members from rehearsals.
+</p>
+<p>
+The sympathetic program director also had the shattered platinum watch put
+together by what must have been a Toscanini among watchmakers. By that time
+the incident had become such a joke that the orchestra men dared to
+give the Maestro a chain, of material and construction guaranteed to be
+unbreakable, to attach the brace of Ingersolls to the dark, roomy jacket
+which for years he has worn at rehearsals.
+</p>
+<p>
+Less than a week later that same choleric director, with the burning
+deep-set black eyes, the finely chiseled features and the halo of silver
+hair surrounding a bald spot that turns purple in his passions, walked into
+a room where a girl of this reporter's acquaintance stood beside a canary
+cage, making a rather successful attempt at whistling, in time and tune
+with the bird.
+</p>
+<p>
+For a moment the man who can make music like no one else on earth listened
+to the girl and her pet. Then he sighed and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Oh, if I could only whistle!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Those who know Mr. Toscanini intimately find in those six simple words the
+key to his character. He is, they say, the most modest man who ever lived,
+a man sincerely at a loss to understand the endless fuss that is made about
+him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Time and again he has told his friends that he has no fonder desire than to
+be able to walk about undisturbed, to saunter along the avenue, look
+into shop-windows, do the thousand-and-one common little things that are
+permitted other human beings.
+</p>
+<p>
+That same humility, that same incurable bewilderment at public acclaim must
+have been apparent to all who ever attended a Toscanini concert, saw him at
+the close of a superb interpretation bowing as one of the group of players
+and making deprecating gestures that seemed to say: &quot;What you have heard
+was a great score brought to life by these excellent musicians&mdash;why applaud
+me?&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+At rehearsals he is the strictest of disciplinarians but not a prima donna
+conductor. He demands the utmost attention and concentration from his men,
+brooks no disturbance or interruption. On the other hand, he is punctual
+to a fault, arrives fifteen minutes ahead of time, never asks for special
+privileges of any kind.
+</p>
+<p>
+He has been described as the world's most patient and impatient orchestral
+director. In rehearsal he will take the men through a passage, a mere
+phrase, innumerable times to achieve a certain tonal or dynamic effect. But
+he explodes when he feels that he is faced with stupidity or stubbornness.
+</p>
+<p>
+Some famous conductors have added the B of Barnum to the three immortal B's
+of music&mdash;Bach, Beethoven and Brahms. Those wielders of the stick are great
+showmen as well as great musicians.
+</p>
+<p>
+Not so Mr. Toscanini. In his platform manner there is nothing calculated
+for theatrical effect. He doesn't care in the least what he looks like
+&quot;from out front.&quot; His gestures are designed not to impress, enrapture or
+englamour the musical groundlings, but to convey his sharply defined wishes
+to his men and transmit to them the flaming enthusiasm that consumes him.
+</p>
+<p>
+His motions are patiently sincere, almost unconscious. He enters carrying
+his baton under his right arm, like a riding crop. Orchestra and audience
+rise. He acknowledges this mark of respect and the tumultuous applause with
+a quick bow, an indulgent smile and a gesture that plainly say: &quot;Thanks,
+thanks, all this is very nice, you're a lot of kind, good children, but for
+heaven's sake let's get down to business.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+While waiting a few seconds for listeners and players to settle themselves
+he rests his baton against his right shoulder, like a sword. Then the sharp
+rap. The Maestro closes his eyes. Another rap, sharper than the first.
+Oppressive, electrical silence. He lifts the baton as if saluting the
+orchestra. The concert begins.
+</p>
+<p>
+As a rule the right hand gives the tempo and tracks down every smallest
+melody, wherever it may hide in the score. In passages for the strings, the
+baton indicates the type of bowing the conductor wants from the violins,
+violas or cellos.
+</p>
+<p>
+The left hand, with the long thumb separate from the other fingers, is the
+orchestra's guide to the Maestro's interpretative desires. It wheedles the
+tone from the men. It coaxes, hushes, demands increased volume. It moves,
+trembling, to the heart to ask for feeling, closes into a fist to get sound
+and fury from the brasses, thunder from the drums. Through it all, the
+Maestro talks, sings, whistles and blows out his cheeks for the benefit of
+trumpeters and trombonists.
+</p>
+<p>
+After a concert, keyed to feverish excitement, he often plays over piano
+scores of every number that appeared on the program. Then he may lie awake
+all night, worrying over two possible tempi in which he might have taken
+some passage&mdash;shadings in rhythm that the average listener would not, could
+not discern.
+</p>
+<p>
+He is never satisfied with himself. Some years ago, when he was still
+conducting at the Scala in Milan, he came home one night after the opera.
+Mr. Toscanini does not eat before a performance, and his family wait with
+the evening meal until he joins them.
+</p>
+<p>
+As he stepped into the hall he saw his wife and daughters walking into
+the dining room. &quot;Where are you going?&quot; he asks them. &quot;In to supper, of
+course,&quot; one of them told him. The Maestro exploded: &quot;What? After THAT
+performance? Oh, no, you're not. It shall never be said of my family that
+they could eat after such a horrible show!&quot; All of them, including the
+great man himself, went to bed without supper that night.
+</p>
+<p>
+It stands to reason that a man of this type detests personal publicity.
+The interviews he has granted in the fifty-six years of his career&mdash;Mr.
+Toscanini, who is seventy-five, began conducting at nineteen&mdash;can be
+counted on the fingers of one hand. He feels and has often told friends
+that all he has to say he can say in musical terms; that he gladly leaves
+to others what satisfaction they may derive from publicly bandying words.
+</p>
+<p>
+But his frequent brushes with news photographers don't come under this
+head. The existence of numerous fine camera studies of the Maestro
+proves that he doesn't dislike being photographed. Nor does he dislike
+photographers. But he hates flashlights because they hurt his eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+This has bolstered the popular notion&mdash;based on the fact that he conducts
+from memory&mdash;that his sight is so poor as to amount almost to blindness.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Toscanini is neither blind nor half-blind. He does not use a strong
+magnifying glass to study his scores, note by note. He is near-sighted,
+but not more so than millions of others, and reads with the aid of ordinary
+spectacles.
+</p>
+<p>
+He has always conducted from memory because he believes that having the
+score in his head gives a conductor greater freedom and authority to impose
+his musical will upon his men. At rehearsals the score is kept on a stand
+a few feet from the Maestro. From time to time he consults it to verify a
+point at dispute. He has never been known to be wrong.
+</p>
+<p>
+His memory is, of course, phenomenal. Anything he has once seen, read and
+particularly, heard, he not only remembers but is unable to forget. The
+other day he and a friend were discussing the concerto played by a certain
+pianist on his American debut in 1911. Mr. Toscanini remembered it as
+Beethoven's Fourth Piano Concerto; the friend maintained it was the Second.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Maestro said: &quot;I recall the concert very well. He was soloist with the
+Philharmonic.&quot; And he reeled off all the other compositions on that program
+of twenty-seven years ago.
+</p>
+<p>
+To settle the argument the skeptical friend called the office of the
+Philharmonic. Mr. Toscanini had been right about the Beethoven Concerto and
+had correctly remembered the purely orchestral numbers as well.
+</p>
+<p>
+He is a profound student, not only of music but of all available literature
+bearing upon it. A music critic who visited him in Salzburg a few years
+ago, just before he was to conduct Wagner's &quot;Die Meistersinger,&quot; found him
+in a room littered with books on the opera, books on Wagner, volumes of the
+composer's correspondence.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Maestro, who has been coming to this country since 1908, speaks better
+English than most of us. He knows his English literature and is in the
+sometimes disconcerting habit of quoting by the yard from the works of
+Shakespeare, Keats, Shelley and Swinburne.
+</p>
+<p>
+Almost as great a linguist as he is a musician, he coaxes and curses his
+men in perfect, idiomatic French, German and Spanish as well as English and
+Italian.
+</p>
+<p>
+He likes reading, listening to the radio&mdash;he is fond of good jazz&mdash;and
+driving out in the country. He loves speed. An American friend who some
+years ago accompanied him on a motor trip from Milan to Venice groaned when
+the speedometer began hovering around 78. &quot;What's the matter with you?&quot; the
+Maestro wanted to know. &quot;We're only jogging along.&quot; Whenever possible he
+flies.
+</p>
+<p>
+Since 1926 he and Mrs. Toscanini have occupied an apartment in the
+Astor&mdash;the same suite of four smallish rooms. The place is furnished by the
+hotel, but the Maestro always brings his beloved knickknacks&mdash;his miniature
+of Beethoven, his Wagner and Verdi manuscripts, his family photographs.
+</p>
+<p>
+He has no valet and dislikes being pawed by barbers. He shaves himself,
+and Mrs. Toscanini or one of the daughters cuts his hair. He eats very
+little&mdash;two plates of soup (preferably minestrone), a piece of bread and a
+glass of chianti do him nicely for dinner.
+</p>
+<p>
+He begrudges the time spent in eating and sleeping. Like the child he is at
+heart, he loves staying up late. Occasionally he takes a nocturnal prowl.
+</p>
+<p>
+The other night, after a concert, he asked a friend to take him
+somewhere&mdash;&quot;some place where they won't know me and make a fuss over me.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The friend took him to a little place in the Village. The moment Mr.
+Toscanini entered, the proprietor dashed forward, bowed almost to the
+ground and said: &quot;Maestro, I am greatly honored ... I'll never forget this
+hour ...&quot; Then he led the party to the most conspicuous spot in the room.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Toscanini wanted a nip of brandy, but the innkeeper insisted that he
+try some very special wine of the house's own making. From a huge jug
+he poured a brownish-red, viscous liquid into a couple of tumblers. The
+Maestro's companion says it tasted like a mixture of castor oil, hair tonic
+and pitch.
+</p>
+<p>
+Turning white at the first sip, Mr. Toscanini drained his glass at a gulp.
+Outside, his friend asked him: &quot;Why did you drink that vile stuff?&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The Maestro said: &quot;The poor fellow meant well, and I didn't want to refuse.
+A man can do anything.&quot;
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_24"><!-- RULE4 24 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XXIV<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+LEOPOLD STOKOWSKI
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+Many years ago this reporter was traveling, as a non-fiddling, non-tooting
+member of the Philadelphia Orchestra, on a train that carried the
+organization on one of its Pennsylvania-Maryland-Ohio tours.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was 2 o'clock in the morning, Mr. Stokowski, the conductor, was secluded
+in his drawing room, perhaps asleep, but more likely trying to digest three
+helpings of creamed oysters in which he had indulged at the home of an
+effusive Harrisburg hostess. Mr. Stokowski in those days couldn't let
+creamed oysters alone, but neither could he take them.
+</p>
+<p>
+In the Pullman smoker sat the handsome gentleman who was then manager of
+the orchestra and your correspondent. &quot;Tell me,&quot; said the reporter, &quot;just
+between you and me&mdash;where did Stoky get that juicy accent?&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The manager removed his cigar to reply:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;God alone knows.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Stokowski then had been in this country nearly twenty years. He has
+been here now more than thirty years, and still no one on earth, with the
+possible exception of Mr. Stokowski himself, can tell you where he dug up
+his rich luscious accent that trickles down the portals of the ear as the
+sauce of creamed oysters trickles down the gullet.
+</p>
+<p>
+Surely he didn't get it in London where, on April 18, 1882, he was born.
+Nor did he learn it in Queens College, Oxford, where he was considered a
+bright student, or on Park Avenue, New York, where he landed in 1905 to
+play the organ at St. Bartholomew's.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Stokowski's dialectic vagaries are among the mysteries in which, for
+his own good reasons, he has chosen to wrap himself. Another one concerns
+his name and origin. Is he really Leopold Antoni Stanislaw Stokowski? Was
+his father one Joseph Boleslaw Kopernicus Stokowski, a Polish emigre
+who became a London stockbroker? Was his mother an Irish colleen and the
+granddaughter of Tom Moore, who wrote &quot;Believe Me If All Those Endearing
+Young Charms&quot;? Or is Stoky just plain Lionel Stokes, the sprout of a humble
+cockney family?
+</p>
+<p>
+Nobody knows. But everybody knows that Leopold Stokowski is one of the
+world's really great orchestra conductors, a true poet of the stick (though
+he has dispensed with the baton in recent years), and that he has made the
+name of the Philadelphia Orchestra synonymous with superb singing, beauty
+of tone and dazzling brilliance.
+</p>
+<p>
+Everybody knows, too, that he has few peers as an interpreter of Bach, many
+of whose compositions he unearthed from the organ repertoire and gave to
+the general public in shimmering orchestral arrangements, and that critics
+trot out their choicest adjectives to praise his playing of Brahms and all
+Russian composers.
+</p>
+<p>
+Everybody knows, further, that he and his orchestra have made a larger
+number of phonograph recordings of symphonic music than any other conductor
+and band, and that the Philadelphia organization was the first of its kind
+to dare the raised eyebrows of the musical tories by going on the air as a
+commercially sponsored attraction.
+</p>
+<p>
+The list, here necessarily condensed, is one of impressive musical
+achievements, which many an artist of a more placid temperament than Mr.
+Stokowski's would have considered ample to insure his fame.
+</p>
+<p>
+But the slender, once golden-locked, now white-thatched Leopold is and
+always was a restless fellow, a bundle of nervous energy, an insatiable
+lover of experiment, innovation and&mdash;the limelight.
+</p>
+<p>
+Those traits began to come to the surface in 1922, when he had been bossing
+the Philadelphia band for ten years. About that time he seemed no longer
+satisfied with merely playing to his audiences&mdash;he started talking to them.
+</p>
+<p>
+There were (and still are) two groups of Philadelphia Orchestra
+subscribers&mdash;the Friday afternoon crowd, consisting largely of stuffy
+dowagers, and the Saturday night clientele, composed mostly of persons
+genuinely interested in music.
+</p>
+<p>
+The old society gals went to the Friday matinees because it was the thing
+to do. While &quot;that dear, handsome boy&quot; and his men on the platform were
+discoursing Beethoven, Schubert and Wagner, the ladies swapped gossip,
+recipes and lamented the scarcity of skillful, loyal but inexpensive
+domestics.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was at one of those whispering bees (your reporter, who was there,
+swears it really happened) that, during the playing of a gossamer
+pianissimo passage, a subscriber informed her neighbor in a resonant
+contralto:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I always mix butter with MINE!&quot; Mr. Stokowski did not address the audience
+on that occasion. He gave his first lecture at another concert, and then he
+scolded the women not for talking but for applauding.
+</p>
+<p>
+Many of the Friday afternoon customers were in such a rush to catch trains
+for their Main Line suburbs that they seldom remained long enough to give
+conductor and orchestra a well-deserved ovation. So nobody ever quite knew
+whether the dead-pan Stoky was in earnest or moved by an impish sense of
+humor when, following the usual thin smattering of applause, he said:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;This strange beating together of hands has no meaning, and to me it is
+very disturbing. I do not like it. It destroys the mood my colleagues and I
+have been trying to create with our music.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Shortly afterward, the Philadelphia Orchestra and its blond, romantic
+conductor invaded New York. Their Tuesday night concerts at Carnegie
+Hall became the rage. The uninhibited music lovers of this town not only
+applauded Stoky but cheered, yelled and stamped to express their frenzied
+approval. He never lectured THEM.
+</p>
+<p>
+But in Philadelphia he continued his extra-conductorial antics. When the
+audience hissed an ultra-modern composition, he told them: &quot;I am glad you
+are hissing. It is so much better than apathy.&quot; Another time, when they
+booed an atonal piece, he repeated it immediately.
+</p>
+<p>
+He scolded the audience for coming late. He scolded them for leaving early.
+Once he scolded them for coughing. They continued the rasping noise. After
+the intermission, on Stoky's orders, the 100-odd men of the orchestra
+walked out on the stage barking as if in the last stages of an epidemic
+bronchial disease.
+</p>
+<p>
+All those didoes promptly made the front page. Thereafter Mr. Stokowski,
+who had tasted blood, or rather, printer's ink, came out on the average of
+once a month with a new notion to astound the Quakers.
+</p>
+<p>
+He shocked them with a demand for Sunday concerts&mdash;then a heresy in
+Philadelphia. He changed the seating arrangement of the orchestra. He
+discarded the wooden amphitheatre on which, since the dark symphonic ages,
+the players had sat in tiers, and put them on chairs directly on the stage.
+Then he shuffled the men, making the cellos change places with the second
+violins, the battery with the basses. There must have been some merit in
+all this switching, for several conductors copied it.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next he announced that light was a distraction at a concert. Henceforth,
+the Philadelphia Orchestra would play in darkness. Wails of dismay from the
+Friday afternoon dowagers. How on earth was any one going to see what her
+friends were wearing?
+</p>
+<p>
+At the next matinee the Academy of Music was black as a crypt. On the
+stage, at each of the players' desks, hung a small, green-shaded light.
+Then Mr. Stokowski walked out on the podium. The moment he had mounted
+the dais, a spotlight was trained on his head, turning his hair into a
+glittering golden halo. The ladies forgot all about their friends' dresses.
+Why, the darling boy looked like an angel descended into a tomb to waken
+the dead!
+</p>
+<p>
+Stoky explained to the press that the spot was necessary to enable his men
+to follow the play of his facial expressions.
+</p>
+<p>
+Most conductors make their appearance in a leisurely manner. Carrying
+the stick, they stride out on the platform, acknowledge the audience's
+reception with a courtly bow, say a few kind words to the men, and when
+musicians and listeners have composed themselves, begin the concert.
+</p>
+<p>
+Leopold changed all that. Leander-like, he leaped from the wings, dashed to
+the center of the stage, nodded curtly to the customers, then accepted
+the baton which was handed to him, with a flourish, by one of the viola
+players, and, before you could say &quot;Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart,&quot; plunged into
+the opening number.
+</p>
+<p>
+His audiences, particularly the ladies, doted on his conducting technique.
+His slim, youthful, virile figure was held erect, his feet remained
+still as if nailed to the floor, while his arms went through a series of
+sensuously compelling, always graceful motions. The view from the back was
+enhanced by the fact that the tailor who cut his morning and evening coats
+was almost as great as Stoky himself. And his hands! Ah, my dear, those
+hands&mdash;&mdash;!
+</p>
+<p>
+There was so much ecstatic comment on those slender, nervous, expressive
+hands that Mr. Stokowski decided to give the gals a full, unhampered view.
+He did away with the baton.
+</p>
+<p>
+About the same time he invented a new way of rehearsing the orchestra&mdash;the
+remote-control method. An assistant conductor wielded the stick while
+Stoky sat in the rear of the dark hall manipulating an intricate system
+of colored lights that made known his wishes to his understudy on the
+platform.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Stokowski is inordinately fond of gadgets and fancies himself as quite
+a technical expert. When he first conducted for the radio he strenuously
+objected to the arrangement whereby the engineers in the control room had
+the last word as to the volume of sound that was to go out on the air.
+</p>
+<p>
+Radio executives pacified him by rigging up an elaborate set of dials on
+his desk. These he happily twirled, completely unaware that the doodads
+were dead.
+</p>
+<p>
+Meanwhile&mdash;and please don't lose sight of this cardinal fact&mdash;he made
+transcendently beautiful music. His stature as a conductor grew with the
+years and so did the repertoire of scores he conducted from memory. This
+feat involved heartbreaking work, for his memory, while good, is not
+unusually retentive. In the middle years of his career, he devoted from ten
+to twelve hours a day to studying scores.
+</p>
+<p>
+In periods when the Stokowski brain was unproductive of new stunts, his
+private life and his recurrent rows with the directors of the orchestra
+about matters of salary and control kept him in the papers.
+</p>
+<p>
+His divorce from Mme. Olga Samaroff, the pianist, a Texan born as Lucy
+Hickenlooper, whom he married in the dim days when he conducted in
+Cincinnati, provided Rittenhouse Square with chit-chat for a whole winter.
+So did his marriage to Evangeline Brewster Johnson, an extremely wealthy,
+eccentric and independent young woman, who later divorced him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Stokowski's doings of the last few years can no longer be classed as
+minor-league musical sensations. They have become Hot Hollywood Stuff.
+First, there was his appearance in films. Then his collaboration with
+Mickey Mouse. Then his friendship with Greta Garbo. Then his five-month
+sentimental journey over half of Europe with the Duse of the screen. Today
+he is as big a feature of the fan magazines as Clark Gable and Robert
+Taylor.
+</p>
+<p>
+Upon his return from Europe in August, Stoky made the most amusing remark
+of a long amusing career. He told this reporter:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;I am not interested in publicity.&quot;
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<a name="RULE4_25"><!-- RULE4 25 --></a>
+<div align="center"><h3>
+XXV<br>
+&nbsp;<br>
+SERGE KOUSSEVITZKY
+</h3></div>
+
+<p>
+In the official biographies of Serge Alexandrovitch Koussevitzky you will
+find that the boss of the Boston Symphony learned the art and mystery of
+conducting at the Royal Hochschule in Berlin under the great Artur Nikisch,
+but in this town there lives and breathes a rather well-known Russian
+pianist who tells a different story.
+</p>
+<p>
+Long ago, says this key-tickler, when he was a youth, he was hired by
+Koussevitzky, then also a young fellow, to play the piano scores of the
+entire standard symphony repertoire.
+</p>
+<p>
+He pounded away by the hour, the day and the week, while Koussevitzky
+conducted, watching himself in a set of three tall mirrors in a corner of
+the drawing room of his Moscow home.
+</p>
+<p>
+The job lasted just about a year, and our pianist has never looked at a
+conductor since.
+</p>
+<p>
+There's also an anecdote to the effect that, much earlier, when Serge was
+still a little boy in his small native town in the province of Tver, in
+northern Russia, he would arrange the parlor chairs in rows and, with some
+score open in front of him, conduct them. Once in a while he'd stop short
+and berate the chairs. Then little Serge's language was something awful.
+</p>
+<p>
+Whether these stories are true or not, the fact remains that Mr.
+Koussevitzky became a conductor and a great one&mdash;one of the greatest.
+The yarn of the mirrors is the most credible of the lot, for the Russian
+batonist's platform appearance is so meticulous and his movements are so
+obviously studied to produce the desired effects that he seems to conduct
+before an imaginary pier glass.
+</p>
+<p>
+For elegant tailoring he has no peer among orchestral chiefs, except,
+perhaps, Mr. Stokowski. It's a toss-up between the two. Both are as sleek
+as chromium statues. Mr. Stokowski, slim, lithe, romantic in a virile
+way, looks as a poet should look, but never does. Mr. Koussevitzky,
+broad-shouldered, narrow-waisted, extremely military and virile in a
+dramatic way, looks as a captain of dragoons in civvies should have looked
+but never did.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Koussevitzy's conductorial gestures are literally high, wide and
+handsome. His wing-spread, so to speak, is much larger than that of
+either Mr. Stokowski or Mr. Toscanini, and he has a greater repertoire of
+unpredictable motions than both of them put together. Time cannot wither,
+nor custom stale, the infinite variety of his shadow boxing.
+</p>
+<p>
+Those who knew his history look upon Mr. Koussevitzky's joyous,
+unrestrained gymnastics with tolerant eyes. They realize that, for years,
+he was forced to hide his fine figure and athletic prowess from thousands
+of potential admirers.
+</p>
+<p>
+For Mr. Koussevitzky, before he became a conductor, was a world-famous
+performer on the double bass, that big growling brute of an instrument
+popularly known as the bull fiddle. In those days all that was visible of
+his impressive person was his head, one of his shoulders and his arms.
+</p>
+<p>
+He didn't want to be a bull fiddler any more than you or you or you, and
+it's greatly to his credit and indicative of his iron will, consuming
+ambition and extraordinary musicianship that he developed, according to
+authoritative opinion, into the best bull fiddler of his time.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here's what happened:
+</p>
+<p>
+Serge was the son of a violinist who scratched away for a meager living in
+a third-rate theatre orchestra. The boy, intensely musical, wished to be
+a fiddler like his father. When he was fourteen, his family gave him their
+blessing, which was all they had to give, and sent him to Moscow to try for
+a scholarship at the Philharmonic School.
+</p>
+<p>
+He arrived with three rubles in his pocket. At the school he was told that
+the only available scholarship was one in bull fiddling. Serge tried for it
+and won. He was, so far as is known, the first musician to make the barking
+monster into a solo instrument.
+</p>
+<p>
+An overburdened troubadour, he dragged the cumbersome thing all over
+Russia and played it in recitals with amazing success. In 1903, when Mr.
+Koussevitzky was twenty-nine (he's sixty-eight now but looks a mettlesome
+fifty), the Czar decorated him&mdash;the only instance in history of a
+decoration bestowed for bull fiddling.
+</p>
+<p>
+That same year, while giving a concert in Moscow, the virtuoso happened to
+look into the audience and his eyes met those of a stunning brunette in
+the front row. The owner of the lovely eyes, Natalya Konstantinova Ushkova,
+became his wife two years later.
+</p>
+<p>
+Natalya, the daughter of a wealthy merchant and a rich girl in her own
+right, promised him anything he wanted for a wedding gift. &quot;Give me a
+symphony orchestra.&quot; was Koussevitzky's startling request. The bride was
+taken aback, for it was with the bull fiddle that he had wooed and won her
+and she hated to see him give it up, but she kept her word.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now here is where our old pianist comes in. It was at that time, he says,
+that Mr. Koussevitzky sent for him and began an intensive course of study
+before the triple mirror.
+</p>
+<p>
+A year or so later Natalya hired eighty-five of the best musicians in
+Moscow. After a season of rehearsals Mr. Koussevitzky took his band on tour
+aboard a steamer&mdash;a little gift from his father-in-law.
+</p>
+<p>
+They rode up and down the Volga. Every evening the vessel&mdash;a sort of
+musical showboat&mdash;tied up at a different city, town or village and the
+orchestra gave a concert, often before peasants and small-town folk who had
+never heard symphony music before. In seven years Mr. Koussevitzky and his
+men traveled some 3,000 miles.
+</p>
+<p>
+Came the revolution. Kerensky ordered Koussevitzy and his men: &quot;Keep up
+with your music.&quot; They did, but it wasn't easy. It was a terribly severe
+winter; the country was in the killing grip of cold and famine.
+</p>
+<p>
+Koussevitzky and his players starved for weeks on end. The boss conducted
+in mittens. The men wore mittens, too, but they had holes in them, so they
+could finger the strings and keys of their instruments.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Bolsheviks made Mr. Koussevitzky director of the state orchestras
+which, in those early Soviet days, were at low musical ebb. He labored in
+that job for three years, from 1917 to 1920, but he was out of sympathy
+with the Lenin-Trotzky regime and asked permission to leave the country. It
+was refused because officials said, &quot;Russia needs your music.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The fiery Koussevitzky told the Government that, unless he were allowed to
+travel abroad, he'd never play or conduct another note in Russia. They let
+him go.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Koussevitzky says that the Bolsheviks robbed him of about a million in
+money, land and other property. In illustration of the state of things that
+impelled him to leave his native land, he likes to tell this story:
+</p>
+<p>
+A minor Bolshevik official came in one day to check up on the affairs of
+the orchestra. &quot;Who are those people?&quot; he asked, pointing to a group of
+players at the conductor's left. &quot;Those,&quot; said Koussevitzky, &quot;are the first
+violins.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;And those over there?&quot; asked the inspector, indicating a group at the
+conductor's right. &quot;The second violins,&quot; was the reply.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;What!&quot; yelled the official. &quot;Second violins in a Soviet state orchestra?
+Clear them out!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Koussevitzky went to Paris, where he conducted a series of orchestral
+concerts and performances of Moussorgsky's &quot;Boris Godounoff&quot; and
+Tschaikowsky's &quot;Pique Dame&quot; at the Opera. Between 1921 and 1924 he also
+appeared in Barcelona, Rome and Berlin. In Paris he established a music
+publishing house (still in existence), which issued the works of such
+modern Russian composers as Stravinsky, Scriabine, Medtner, Prokofieff and
+Rachmaninoff.
+</p>
+<p>
+In 1924, the offer of a $50,000 salary and the opportunity of rebuilding
+the Boston Symphony Orchestra, which had sadly deteriorated since the days
+of Dr. Karl Muck, lured him to this country.
+</p>
+<p>
+American customs, he now admits, at first appalled him. He was amazed to
+find musicians smoking in intermissions at rehearsals and concert. This he
+called &quot;an insult to art.&quot; He forbade smoking. The players raised an
+unholy rumpus, but Koussevitzky persisted. The men haven't taken a puff in
+Symphony Hall since that time.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next unpopular move he made was to fire a number of the old standbys
+who had sat in the orchestra for most of its forty-four-year history. &quot;I
+vant yongk blott!&quot; he cried in his then still very thick accent. &quot;If dose
+old chentlemen vant to sleep, let dem sleep in deir houses!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The Boston music lovers didn't like it. To them the Symphony is a sacred
+cow and they regarded the older members in the light of special pets. But
+when, at the opening of the new season, they heard a brilliant, completely
+rejuvenated orchestra, they forgave the new conductor. Since then, he
+has restored the Symphony to its old-time glory. Today Beacon Hill has no
+greater favorite than Serge Alexandrovitch Koussevitzky.
+</p>
+<p>
+The orchestra men, too, learned to like him. They discovered that, with
+all his public histrionics, he was on the level as a musician. He is a
+merciless task master, but in rehearsals he gives himself no airs. Dressed
+in an old pair of pants and a disreputable brown woolen sweater, which
+he has worn in private since the day he landed in Boston, he works like a
+stevedore. When he, the pants and the sweater had been with the Symphony
+ten years, the men gave him a testimonial dinner.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next to Mr. Toscanini he's the world's most temperamental conductor, but he
+has the ability to keep himself in check&mdash;when he wants to. &quot;Koussevitzky,&quot;
+says Ernest Newman, the eminent English music critic, &quot;has a volcanic
+temperament, yet never have I known it to run away with him. It is
+precisely when his temperament is at the boiling point that his hand on the
+regulator is steadiest.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+At a concert in Carnegie Hall four years ago he gave a dramatic
+demonstration of self-control. He was conducting Debussy's &quot;Prelude to the
+Afternoon of a Faun,&quot; when smoke from an incinerator fire in a neighboring
+building penetrated the hall. The smoke grew dense. People rose, rushed for
+the exits in near-panic. Women screamed.
+</p>
+<p>
+He stopped the orchestra, turned to the audience, held up his hand and
+shouted:
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Come back! Sit down! Sit down&mdash;all of you! Everything is all right!&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+The customers meekly resumed their seats. Mr. Koussevitzky swung 'round and
+continued playing Debussy's brooding, sensuous dreampiece as if nothing had
+happened.
+</p>
+<p>
+Because he has done so much, both as conductor and publisher, for living
+composers (he is the high priest of the Sibelius cult), he has been called
+a modernist. The label infuriates him.
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;Nonsense!&quot; he snarls. &quot;I'm not a modernist and I'm not a classicist. I'm
+a musician! The first movement of the Ninth Symphony of Beethoven is the
+greatest music ever written and George Gershwin's 'Rhapsody in Blue' is a
+masterpiece.&quot;
+</p>
+<p>
+&quot;There you are! Make the best of it!&quot;
+</p>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<pre class="notes">
+[Transcriber's Notes:
+a. The spelling of names and places are noted as having changed
+between the publication of this book and the year 2004:
+Chapter I (Palestrina):
+'Michael Angelo' vs. 'Michaelangelo' (also in Chapter VI)
+Chapter II (Bach):
+Leipsic vs. Leipzig (repeated in following chapters)
+L&uuml;neberg vs. L&uuml;neburg
+Chapter X (Mendelssohn):
+'Dreifaltigkeit Kirch-hof' vs. 'Dreifaltigkeit Kirchhof'
+Wiemar vs. Weimar
+Chapter XIII (Berlioz):
+Academi&eacute; vs. Acad&eacute;mie
+Chapter XIV (Verdi):
+'Sant' Agata' vs. 'Sant'Agata'
+'Apeninnes' vs. 'Apennines'
+'Corsia di Servi' vs. 'Corsia dei Servi'
+Chpater XXI (McDowell):
+Frankfort vs. Frankfurt (Germany)
+Peterboro vs. Peterborough (New Hampshire)
+ * * * * *
+b. Spelling errors found, not corrected:
+beseiged (besieged);
+Esterhazy (spelled unaccented twice) vs. Esterh&aacute;zy (spelled with accent 6 times)
+Carreno vs. Carre&ntilde;o (Teresa; each spelling used once.)
+Academi&eacute; (Acad&eacute;mie)
+Scandanavia (Scandinavia)
+ * * * * *
+c. Obvious spelling errors corrected:
+L&uuml;neberg (in 1 place) to L&uuml;neburg (this spelling found in 3 places)
+Febuary to February (One day in February ...);
+obsorbed to absorbed (... soon became so absorbed ...);
+polish to Polish (... a Polish emigre ...);
+Intrumental to Instrumental (Instrumental music no longer satisfied ...);
+Opportunties to opportunities (... greater opportunties for an
+ambitious ...);
+financ&eacute;e to fianc&eacute;e (... assisted by his
+financ&eacute;e ...);
+turing to turning (... turing his hair ...)
+ * * * * *
+d. Chapter numbers (Roman numerals) omitted
+for start of chapters on Toscanini, Stokowski and Koussevitzky,
+but were present in the Table of Contents;
+so the proper numbers (XXIII, XXIV, XXV) were entered in the proper places.]
+</pre>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The World's Great Men of Music, by Harriette Brower
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WORLD'S GREAT MEN OF MUSIC ***
+
+***** This file should be named 13291-h.htm or 13291-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/2/9/13291/
+
+Produced by Ronald Holder and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>